Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
3 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
jāyakam2.6.126NeuterSingularkālīyakam, kālānusāryam
janusNeuterSingularjanma, janiḥ, utpattiḥ, udbhavaḥ, jananambirth
kālānusāryamFeminineSingularśaileyam, vṛddham, aśmapuṣpam, śītaśivam
Monier-Williams Search
634 results for nus
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
abhigamam. (gaRa anuśatikādi- q.v), approaching View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhuktamfn. unenjoyed, unused, unexpended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhakīf. the pulse Cajanus Indicus Spreng. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhodvāran. the anus, pudendum muliebre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhomarmann. the anus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhoṅgan. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhoparan. the anus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhoraktapittan. discharge of blood from the anus and the urethra. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aihalaukikamf(ī-)n. (fr. iha-loka-), of this world, happening in this world, terrestrial etc. gaRa anuśatikādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākokeram. = , the constellation Capricornus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣakarṇam. the hypotenuse, especially of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣarāṅgan. part of a syllable (said of the anusvāra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alaukikamf(ī-)n. not current in the world, uncommon, unusual (especially said of words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alokyamf(/ā-)n. unusual, unallowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmalakīpattran. Pinus Webbiana. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amaṇḍam. the castor oil tree, Ricinus Communis (see āmaṇḍa-and maṇḍa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmaṇḍam. the castor-oil plant, Ricinus Communis (see amaṇḍa-and maṇḍa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmaṇḍakan. the castor-oil plant, Ricinus Communis (see amaṇḍa-and maṇḍa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amaṅgalam. the castor oil tree, Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amaradārum. the tree Pinus Deodaru Roxb. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amarapuṣpa m. the plants Saccharum Spontaneum, Pandanus Odoratissimus and Magnifera Indica. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amarapuṣpakam. the plants Saccharum Spontaneum, Pandanus Odoratissimus and Magnifera Indica. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amarārim. an asura-, hence ( amarāri amarāri- -pūjya- m. equals asurācārya-, q.v), Name of śukra-, the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukapim. Delphinus Gangeticus, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukīśa m. a porpoise (especially the Gangetic, Delphinus Gangeticus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukūrmam. a porpoise (especially the Gangetic, Delphinus Gangeticus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anantavātam. a disease of the head (like tetanus). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāsāditavigrahamfn. unused to war. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anityamfn. irregular, unusual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anucitamfn. improper, wrong, unusual, strange. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anucitārtham. an unusual meaning. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuharatm. (an-) Name of a man, (gaRa anuśatikādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuhoḍam. a cart (?), (gaRa anuśatikādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānuśāsanikamfn. (fr. anuśāsana-), relating to or treating of instruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuśatikādia gaRa of , containing the compounds the derivatives of which have vṛddhi- in both parts, as ānuśātika-, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānusukamfn. studying or knowing the work anusū- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anusvārāgamam. an augment consisting in the addition of an anusvāra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anusvāravatmfn. having the anusvāra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anusvāravyavāyam. separation between two sounds caused by an anusvāra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apānam. (opposed to prāṇ/a-), that of the five vital airs which goes downwards and out at the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apānam. the anus (in this sense also(am-) n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apānadvāran. the anus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apaskaram. anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprasiddhamfn. unusual, uncommon, of no real existence, not current, not generally known. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprayuktatāf. unusualness (of expressions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprayuktatvan. unusualness (of expressions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārakṣam. the junction of the frontal sinuses of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhacandram. Name of the anusvāra- (from its being written in the older manuscripts in a semilunar form) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arditan. Name of a disease (spasm of the jaw-bones, trismus, tetanus;or hemiplegia id est paralysis of the muscles on one side of the face and neck) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkāhvam. the plant Pinus Webbiana View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ās cl.2 A1. /āste- (and /āsate- ; imperative 2. sg. ās-sva-, āsva-,and āsasva-;2. plural ādhvam-; parasmE-pada āsān/a-, āsat-[ ],and āsīna-[see below]; āsāṃ-cakre-[ ]; āsiṣyate-; āsiṣṭa-; āsitum-) to sit, sit down, rest, lie etc. ; to be present ; to exist ; to inhabit, dwell in ; to make one's abode in etc. ; to sit quietly, abide, remain, continue etc. ; to cease, have an end etc. ; to solemnize, celebrate ; to do anything without interruption ; to continue doing anything ; to continue in any situation ; to last ; (it is used in the sense of"continuing" , with a participle, adjective (cf. mfn.),or substantive exempli gratia, 'for example' etat sāma gāyann āste-,"he continues singing this verse";with an indeclinable participle in tvā-, ya-,or am- exempli gratia, 'for example' upa-rudhya arim āsīta-,"he should continue blockading the foe";with an adverb exempli gratia, 'for example' tūṣṇīm āste-,"he continues quiet"; sukham āsva-,"continue well";with an inst. case exempli gratia, 'for example' sukhenāste-,"he continues well";with a dative case case exempli gratia, 'for example' āstāṃ tuṣṭaye-,"may it be to your satisfaction") : Causal āsayati-, to cause any one to sit down commentator or commentary on : Desiderative A1. āsisiṣate- ; ([ confer, compare Greek , ()-, -: Latin a7sachanged toA7ra;A7-nusforA7s-nus.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāram. Ricinus Communis (castor-oil tree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśāsA1. -śāste- (Aorist 1. plural /ā-śiṣāmahi- ) to desire, wish, ask, pray for ; to hope, expect etc. ; to instruct, order, command ; to subdue ([ /ā-śādhi-="anuśiṣṭān kuru-" ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asihatyan. fighting with swords (or knives), (gaRa anuśatikādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asipucchakam. the Gangetic porpoise (Delphinus Gangeticus). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsphujit= Name of the planet Venus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aspṛṣṭamfn. not touched by the organs of articulation (as the vowels, the anusvāra-, and the sibilants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asuragurum. "teacher of the asura-s", the planet Venus (or śukra-) (see amarāri-pūjya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvabhāvam. unnatural or unusual character or temperament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsvanP. (perfect tense 3. plural -svenus- ) to resound. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyahatya(or -ha-tya-) gaRa anuśatikādi- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsyahātyamfn. (fr. asy-a-hatya- gaRa vimuktādi- ), containing the word asy-a-hatya-,"non-killing with a sword"(as a chapter) or (gaRa anuśatikādi- ) belonging to a non-massacre ([ asi-hatya-and āsihātya- ])
āṭif. Name of the bird Turdus Ginginianus (see āḍi-and āti-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātif. (equals āṭi- q.v) the bird Turdus Ginginianus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auṣṭran. the camel genus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaṭam. any depressed part of the body, a sinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayogavāham. "(sounds) which occur (in the actual language) without being given (by grammarians) together with (the other letters of the alphabet)", a term for anusvāra-, visarjanīya-, upadhmānīya-, jihvāmūlīya-, and the yama-s on śivasūtra- 5 and on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālam. Cyprinus Denticulatus or Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālamūlikāf. Hibiscus Cannabinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bārhatānuṣṭubhamfn. consisting of a bṛhatī- and an anuṣṭubh- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
barhiṣṭhan. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bham. (1. bhā-) Name of the planet Venus or its regent, (equals śukra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadradārum. n. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadradārum. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadrakam. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadrakāṣṭhan. the wood of Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadravatn. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagaṃdaram. "lacerating the vulva", a fistula in the pudendum muliebre or in the anus etc. (5 to 8 forms enumerated; see bhaga-dāraṇa-) (see on ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhālāṅkam. Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṅgānam. Cyprinus Bangana View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhārgavamf(ī-)n. Name of śukra- (regent of the planet Venus and preceptor of the daitya-s) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhārgavapriyan. "dear to śukra- or the planet Venus", a diamond View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣānuśāsana(ṣānuś-) n. Name of a Prakrit grammar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavadārun. equals devadāru-, Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedam. (in mathematics) the hypothenuse of a right-angled triangle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛgum. of śukra- or the planet Venus (called either bhṛgu- or the son of bhṛgu-;his day is Friday) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛguja() () m. "son of bhṛgu-", the planet Venus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛgunandanam. "son of bhṛgu-", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛguputram. "son of bhṛgu-", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛgusutam. " bhṛgu-'s son", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛgutanaya() m. "son of bhṛgu-", the planet Venus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛguvāram. the day of Venus, Friday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūridyumnam. of the sons of 2 manu-s (varia lectio -dhāman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtahārinm. Pinus devadāru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bindum. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' also -ka-) the dot over a letter representing the anusvāra- (supposed to be connected with śiva- and of great mystical importance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bindum. a zero or cypher (in manuscripts put over an erased word to show that it ought not to be erased ="stet") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bindupratiṣṭhāmayamf(ī-)n. founded or based upon the anusvāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmadeyan. instruction in the veda- or sacred knowledge ( brahmadeyānusaṃtāna yānusaṃtāna-, mfn.one in whose family Vedic teachings;is hereditary [ brahmadeyātmasaṃtāna yātma-saṃtāna-,"the son of a woman married according to the brāhma- rite"; see ātma-s-])
bṛhatkāyam. "large-bodied", Name of a son of bṛhad-dhanus- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkam. the Ricinus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bulif. equals buri- or the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakran. a circle or depression of the body (for mystical or chiromantic purposes; 6 in number, one above the other, viz. 1. mūlādhāra-,the parts about the pubis;2. svādhiṣṭhāna-,the umbilical region;3. maṇi-pūra-,the pit of the stomach or epigastrium;4. anāhata-,the root of the nose;5. viśuddha-,the hollow between the frontal sinuses;6. ājñākhya-,the fontanelle or union of the coronal and sagittal sutures;various faculties and divinities are supposed to be present in these hollows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakrabālāf. Hibiscus cannabinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakṣuṣyam. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakṣuṣyan. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calakarṇam. (in astronomy) the changeable hypothenuse ("the true distance of a planet from the earth") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāmarapuṣpam. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāpamn. a particular constellation (equals dhanus-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
capalāṅgam. "swift-bodied", the gangetic Delphinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturam. the fish Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāturvaidyamfn. (fr. catur-vidyā- gaRa anuśatikādi-;fr. -veda- ) versed in the 4 veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturvidyāf. gaRa anuśatikādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chālam. (gaRa ardharcādi-,not in and ) Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chidrānveṣinm. equals nusaṃdhānin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chinnapattrīf. "having divided leaves", Hibiscus cannabinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chinnaruhāf. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citram. Ricinus communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrāf. Name of a plant (Salvinia cucullata ;Cucumis maderaspatanus ;a kind of cucumber ;Ricinus communis ;Croton polyandrum or Tiglium ;the Myrobalan tree ;Rubia Munjista ;the grass gaṇḍadūrvā- ) (equals dravanti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrabījam. "having variegated seeds", red Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrakam. Ricinus communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrapuṣpīf. "variegated-blossomed", Hibiscus cannabinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citravarṣinmfn. raining in an unusual manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cutamf(ti-). equals cūta-, the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cyūta varia lectio for cūta-, the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cyutif. (equals cuti-) the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyāhvam. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyāhvayam. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daityagurum. "preceptor of the daitya-s", Name of śukra-, the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daivātyayam. danger or evil resulting from unusual natural phenomena View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalapuṣpāf. Pandanus odoratissimus = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalapuṣpīf. Pandanus odoratissimus = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānavagurum. preceptor of the danu-, regent of planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānavapūjitam. regent of Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍapātam. dropping a line (in a manuscript) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍāpatānakam. tetanus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dārun. Pinus devadāru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dārukan. Pinus Devadaru View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devadārumn. Pinus devadāru- or Deodar (also Avaria Longifolia and Erythrosylon Sideroxyloides) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devakāṣṭhan. "divine wood", Pinus devadāru- or some other kind of pine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devakyamfn. godlike, corresponding to the number of the gods (said of the metre anuṣṭubh-) (varia lectio tya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devamārgam. = anus (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanuḥśatan. 100 dhanus- or 400 hasta-s or cubits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhānurdaṇḍikamf(ī-)n. (fr. dhanus-+ daṇḍa-) living by bow and club View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanuṣkamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals dhanus- See sa-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanvanm. Name of a country. (Cf. dhanu-, nus-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhiṣṇyam. Name of uśanas- id est the planet Venus (see dhiṣaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūlipuṣpikāf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūpāṅgam. turpentine from Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūpavṛkṣam. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūpavṛkṣakam. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ḍimbam. Ricinus communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dina(accented only ) mn.(gaRa ardharcādi-,only occurring as n.) a day etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' also in Vedic texts) in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-). [ confer, compare Latin peren-dinus,nUndinusetc.; Got.sin-teins; Lit.de0na; O.Pr. accusative sg. deinan; Slavonic or Slavonian dr2ni1.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpavṛkṣam. Pinus Longifolia or devadāru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghadaṇḍam. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghadaṇḍakam. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghapattram. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghapattrakam. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ditisutagurum. the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhāśvam. of a son of kāśya- (varia lectio dha-dhanus-and -hanu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhavalkāf. Hibiscus Cannabinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
droṇīdalam. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drukiliman. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgandhakāram. the anus, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣṭavraṇam. a sinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekalavyam. Name of a son of hiraṇya-dhanus- and king of the niṣāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekanayanam. the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekekṣaṇam. "one-eyed", Name of śukra- or Venus (the teacher of the asura-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekonamfn. less by one, minus one (used in compound with viṃśati-and the succeeding decade numerals, thus ekonaviṃśati -viṃśat/i- f.nineteen etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
enathis, that, (this pronoun is enclitic and cannot begin a sentence;it is generally used alone, so that enam puruṣam-,"that man", would be very unusual if not incorrect. mmarians assert that the substitution of enam-etc. for imam-or etam-etc. takes place when something is referred to which has already been mentioned in a previous part of the sentence;See grammar 223 and 836) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
eraṇḍam. the castor-oil plant, Ricinus Communis or Palma Christi etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
eraṇḍakam. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
eraṇḍapattrakam. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaḍam. a kind of gold-fish (the young of the Ophiocephalus Lata or another species, Cyprinus Garra) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gajacirbhaṭāf. Cucumis maderaspatanus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galakam. a kind of fish (small kind of Cyprinus, perhaps Cyprinus Garra) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhapuṣpam. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gātrasamplavam. "body-diver", the bird Pelicanus fusicollis (see plava-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavākṣam. Name of a plant (Cucumis maderaspatanus ;Cucumis coloquintida ;Clitoria Ternatea ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanacchadam. Pinus Webbiana View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṭam. an elephant's frontal sinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghoṣam. the soft sound heard in the articulation of the sonant consonants (g-, gh-, j-, jh-, ḍ-, ḍh-, d-, dh-, b-, bh-, ṅ-, ñ-, ṇ-, n-, m-, y-, r-, l-, v-, h-), the vowels, and anusvāra- which with the yama-s of the first 10 of the soft consonants make up altogether 40 sounds (see a-gh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtāhvam. "called after (the sap resembling) ghee", the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goḍumbikāf. Cucumis maderaspatanus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gotran. a genus, class, species View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
graham. a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural manner;sometimes 5 are enumerated, viz. Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn ;also 7 id est the preceding with rāhu- and ketu- ;also 9 id est the sun[ see ] and moon with the 7 preceding ;also the polar star is called a graha-, ();the planets are either auspicious śubha--, sad--,or inauspicious krūra--, pāpa-- ;with jaina-s they constitute one of the 5 classes of the jyotiṣka-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛda(equals gud/a-?) , a part of a horse's hind quarter near the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyan. for guhya- (anus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gudam. an intestine, entrail, rectum, anus etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gudapākam. inflammation of the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gudauṣṭhan. the aperture of the anus, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gudavadanan. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gudavartmann. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyan. the pudenda (see 1. g/ṛhya-) the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇabhadram. Name of the author of the ātmānuśāsana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haimam. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halīmam. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hānif. insufficiency, deficit, a minus cessation, disappearance, non-existence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hanīlam. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hanun. "cheek", a particular part of a spearhead [ confer, compare Greek , , ; Latin gena,genui1nus; Gothic kinnus; German Kinn; English chin.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haridrum. (har/i--) a kind of tree (according to to "Chloroxylon Swietenia;a sort of Pinus;Curcuma Aromatica") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaparṇam. Palma Christi or Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemaketakīf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hīrakam. or n. a diamond (the gem is supposed to be presided over by śukra- or Venus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrasvairaṇḍam. red Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hyasind. (gaRa svar-ādi-) yesterday [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin hesternus,heri; Gothic gistra(-dagis); German ge0staron,gestern; Anglo-Saxon geostra; English yester(-day).] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indradārum. the tree Pinus devadāru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indriyan. the number five as symbolical of the five senses. (In addition to the five organs of perception, buddhīndriyāṇi-or jñānendriyāṇi-, id est eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin, the Hindus enumerate five organs of action, karmendriyāṇi- id est larynx, hand, foot, anus, and parts of generation;between these ten organs and the soul or ātman-stands manas-or mind, considered as an eleventh organ;in the vedānta-, manas-, buddhi-, ahaṃkāra-,and citta-form the four inner or internal organs, antar-indriyāṇi-,so that according to this reckoning the organs are fourteen in number, each being presided over by its own ruler or niyantṛ-;thus, the eye by the Sun, the ear by the Quarters of the world, the nose by the two aśvin-s, the tongue by pracetas-, the skin by the Wind, the voice by Fire, the hand by indra-, the foot by viṣṇu-, the anus by mitra-, the parts of generation by prajāpati-, manas by the Moon, buddhi- by brahman-, ahaṃkāra- by śiva-, citta by viṣṇu- as acyuta-;in the nyāya- philosophy each organ is connected with its own peculiar element, the nose with the Earth, the tongue with Water, the eye with Light or Fire, the skin with Air, the ear with Ether;the jaina-s divide the whole creation into five sections, according to the number of organs attributed to each being.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indum. designation of the anusvāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indukalikāf. the plant Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣṭam. the plant Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣukamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals /iṣu- (exempli gratia, 'for example' trīṣukaṃ dhanus- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāghanīgudan. sg. tail and anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaihnavakam. a prince of the jihnu-s Va1rtt. 28 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalakapim. "water-monkey", Delphinus gangeticus, 726. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalatāpikam. the fish Cyprinus Cachius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambālam. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambulam. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambūlam. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāmin. deva-jām/i-; ([ confer, compare Latin geminus.])
janasn. race, class of beings (Latin genus) equals jana-loka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janimann. genus, kind, race View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janusm. genus, class, kind () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātif. kind, genus (opposed to species), species (opposed to individual), class etc., (once tī- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātimatmfn. belonging to a genus, what may be subordinated to a generic idea ( jātimattva -tva- n.abstr.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātimātran. species, genus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātiśabdaa word expressing the idea of species or genus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātivācakamfn. expressing genus, generic (a name) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātīyamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ( ) belonging to any species or genus or tribe or order or race of (anucara--) etc. (See evaṃ-guṇa--, evaṃ--,etc., paṭu--, samāna--, sva--,etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kācana n. a string or tape or wrapper which ties or keeps together a parcel or bundle of papers or leaves of a manuscript etc. (see kacela-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kācanakan. a string or tape or wrapper which ties or keeps together a parcel or bundle of papers or leaves of a manuscript etc. (see kacela-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kācanakinm. a writing, manuscript View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kacelan. a string or cover containing and keeping together the leaves of a manuscript (see kācana-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaitakamfn. (fr. ket-), coming from the tree Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākocikam. the fish Cyprinus Cachius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakuppradāham. "a glowing of the quarters of the sky", unusual redness of the horizon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kamind. (sometimes, like kim-and kad-,at the beginning of compounds) marking the strange or unusual character of anything or expressing reproach
kāmakhaḍgadalāf. the plant Pandanus Odoratissimus (see svarṇa-ketakī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kan (kā-in veda-) cl.1 P. kanati-, cakāna-, cake-, akānīt-, kanitā-, etc. ; (Aorist 1. sg. akāniṣam-,2. sg. kāniṣas- ), to be satisfied or pleased ; to agree to, accept with satisfaction ; to shine ; to go : Intensive P. (subjunctive cāk/anat-; Potential cākanyāt-; perfect tense 1. sg. cākana-) ; A1. (subjunctive 3. plural cāk/ananta-and cak/ananta- ), to be satisfied with, like, enjoy (with locative case genitive case,or instrumental case) ; to please, be liked or wished for (with genitive case of the person) ; to strive after, seek, desire, wish (with accusative or dative case) ; ([ confer, compare kā-, kai-, kam-, kvan-,and can-: confer, compare also Zend -kan; Greek ; Anglo-Saxon hana; Latin canus,caneo,candeo,candela(?); Hibernian or Irish canu,"full moon."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakaketakīf. a species of Pandanus with yellow blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakapuṣpīf. a species of Pandanus with yellow blossoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṇḍānusamayam. on (see padārthānusamaya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭadalāf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭakadalāf. Pandanus Odoratissimus , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇṭaphalam. Name of several plants (Asteracantha Longifolia;bread-fruit tree;Datura Fastuosa;Guilandina Bonduc;Ricinus Communis) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karaparṇam. a kind of Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karatṛṇan. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karavīrabhujāf. Cajanus Indicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇam. (in geometry) the hypothenuse of a triangle or the diagonal of a tetragon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṣṭhadārum. the tree Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātalam. a kind of large fish (Cyprinus Catla see kātara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātaram. a kind of large fish (Cyprinus Catla, kātala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaurupāñcālamfn. (gaRa anuśatikādi-) belonging to the race of the kuru-s and pañcāla-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kautūhalan. anything causing curiosity, any unusual phenomenon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavim. that of śukra- (regent of the planet Venus and preceptor of the demons) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavim. of the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavim. of the sons of several manu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāyasthāf. Myrobalanus Chebula View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketakam. the tree Pandanus odoratissimus etc.
ketum. any unusual or striking phenomenon, comet, meteor, falling star etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khan. the anusvāra- represented by a circle (bindu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalidrumam. (equals khalla-) Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khallan. (equals khali-) Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiliman. a kind of pine (Pinus Deodar see deva-dāru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiṅkiran. the frontal sinus of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
koṇaśaṅkum. the sinus of the height of the sun (the sun standing neither in the vertical circle(-vṛtta- q.v)nor in the unmaṇḍala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krakacacchadam. "saw-leaved", Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramam. method, manner (exempli gratia, 'for example' yena krameṇa-,in which manner ; tad-anusaraṇa-krameṇa-,so as to go on following him ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramajyakāf. the sinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krāntibhujāf. the cosinus of declination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇaśalkinm. "black-twigged", Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṭif. plural (once only sg. ) men, races of men (sometimes with the epithet m/ānuṣīs-[ ] or n/āhuṣīs-[ ] or mānav/īs-[ ]; see carṣaṇ/i-;originally the word may have meant cultivated ground, then an inhabited land, next its inhabitants, and lastly any race of men; indra- and agni- have the N. r/ājā-or p/atiḥ kṛṣṭīn/ām-;the term p/añca kṛṣṭ/ayas-,perhaps originally designating the five Aryan tribes of the yadu-s, turvaśa-s, druhyu-s, anu-s, and pūru-s, comprehends the whole human race, not only the Aryan tribes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtif. a kind of anuṣṭubh- metre (consisting of two pāda-s of twelve syllables each and a third pāda- of eight syllables) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayam. (in algebra) a negative quantity, minus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣemaṃkarinm. the brāhmaṇī- kite or Coromandel eagle (bird of good omen), Falco pondicerianus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrasambhavam. Ricinus communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīraśīrṣam. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kucandanan. red sanders (Pterocarpus santalinus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuḍiśam. a kind of fish (commonly Kurchi, Cyprinus Curchius) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuhakasvanam. a wild cock (Phasianus gallus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kukkubham. the wild cock (Phasianus gallus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kukkuṭam. a wild cock (Phasianus gallus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kukkuṭakam. a wild cock (Phasianus gallus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulālam. a wild cock (Phasianus gallus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulālakukkuṭam. a wild cock (Phasianus gallus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhakāram. a wild fowl (Phasianus gallus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumbhakārakakukkuṭam. a wild fowl (Phasianus gallus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kurukandakan. horse-radish (Raphanus sativus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kurukatam. Name of a man gaRa gargādi- and anuśatikādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghucitrahastamfn. light and ready-handed, possessing unusual manual skill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīveṣṭam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekham. (also plural) a writing, letter, manuscript, written document of any kind etc. (see kūṭa-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhyan. a writing, letter, manuscript View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
likhitapāṭhakam. one who reads from manuscript
lipif. anything written, manuscript, inscription, letter, document View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohitam. Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokottaramf(ā-)n. excelling or surpassing the world, beyond what is common or general, unusual, extraordinary etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mācikāf. a fly (see gṛha-m-) Hibiscus Cannabinus (see kāka-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnenduprabhākarṇam. or n. the hypotenuse of the moon's midland shadow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamandiran. pudendum muliebre and anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maghābhava m. "offspring of magha-", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maghābhūm. "offspring of magha-", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mah (originally magh-; confer, compare also maṃh-) cl.1.10. P. () mahati-, mah/ayati- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also A1. mahate-, h/ayate-; parasmE-pada mah/at- q.v; perfect tense mamāha- grammar; māmah/e-; subjunctive māmahanta-, māmahas- ; Aorist amahīt- grammar; future mahitā-, mahiṣyati- ; ind.p. mahitvā- ; infinitive mood mahe-,and mah/aye- q.v) to elate, gladden, exalt, arouse, excite ; to magnify, esteem highly, honour, revere etc. ; (A1.) to rejoice, delight in (instrumental case or accusative) ; to give, bestow [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin magnus,mactus; Old German michel; English mickle,much.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādārun. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahairaṇḍam. a species of Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahārakṣāf. (with Buddhists) a great tutelary goddess (5 in number, viz. mahā-pratisarā- or pratisarā-, mahā-māyūrī- or mahā-mayūrī-, mahā-sahasrapramardanī- or mahā-sahasrapramardinī-, mahā-śīta-vatī- or mahā-śeta-vatī- and mahā-mantrānusāriṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvasam. Delphinus Gangeticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhendramf(ī-)n. (fr. mahendra-) relating or belonging to great indra- etc. (dram dhanus- n.the rainbow; dram ambhas- n.rain-water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitram. the anus on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makaram. Name of the 10th sign of the zodiac (Capricornus) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makararāśim. the zodiacal sign Capricornus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makarasaṃkramaṇan. the passage of the sun from Sagittarius into Capricornus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavadharmaśāstran. Name of the code of laws attributed to manu- (equals manusaṃhitā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍam. (only ) Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manojñam. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manojñan. the wood of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manum. the Man par excellence or the representative man and father of the human race (regarded in the as the first to have instituted sacrifices and religious ceremonies, and associated with the ṛṣi-s kaṇva- and atri-;in the described as dividing his possessions among some of his sons to the exclusion of one called nābhā-nediṣṭha- q.v;called sāṃvaraṇa- as author of ; āpsava- as author of ;in he is numbered among the 31 divine beings of the upper sphere, and as father of men even identified with prajā-pati-;but the name manu- is especially applied to 14 successive mythical progenitors and sovereigns of the earth, described and in later works as creating and supporting this world through successive antara-s or long periods of timeSee manv-antara-below;the first is called svāyambhuva- as sprung from svayam-bhū-,the Self-existent, and described in as a sort of secondary creator, who commenced his work by producing 10 prajāpati-s or maharṣi-s, of whom the first was marīci-,Light;to this manu- is ascribed the celebrated"code of manu-"See manu-saṃhitā-,and two ancient sūtra- works on kalpa- and gṛhya- id est sacrificial and domestic rites;he is also called hairaṇyagarbha- as son of hiraṇya-garbha-, and prācetasa-, as son of pra-cetas-;the next 5 manu-s are called svārociṣa-, auttami-, tāmasa-, raivata-, cākṣuṣa- see ;the 7th manu-, called vaivasvata-,Sun-born, or from his piety, satya-vrata-,is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings, and said, like the Noah of the Old Testament, to have been preserved from a great flood by viṣṇu- or brahmā- in the form of a fish: he is also variously described as one of the 12 āditya-s, as the author of ,as the brother of yama-, who as a son of he Sun is also called vaivasvata-, as the founder and first king of ayodhyā-, and as father of ilā- who married budha-, son of the Moon, the two great solar and lunar races being thus nearly related to each otherSee ;the 8th manu- or first of the future manu-s according to to ,will be sāvarṇi-;the 9th dakṣa-sāvarṇi-;the 12th rudra-sāvarṇi-;the 13th raucya- or deva-sāvarṇi-;the 14th bhautya- or indra-- sāvarṇi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manum. Name of the number"fourteen"(on account of the 14 manu-s)
manuf. manu-'s wife (equals manāvī-) ; Trigonella Corniculata [ confer, compare Gothic manna; German Mannus,son ofTuisto[TM], mentioned by Tacitus, in his work Germania,as the mythical ancestor of the West-Germans,mann,man; Anglo-Saxon man; English man.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manurhita(nus-+ h-) mfn. friendly to men, good for men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣam. (or ṣ/a- ) (fr. manus-) a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānuṣamf(ī-)n. or mānuṣ/a- (fr. manus-) belonging to mankind, human etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣvatind. (fr. manus-) as (among or for or with) men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manvādi Name (also title or epithet) of particular tithi-s (which are anniversaries of the 14 Manus), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārgam. (in medicine) a way, passage, channel (in any part of the body, especially the intestinal canal, anus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maricapattrakam. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marmarīf. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mastadārun. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātṛkāf. Name of particular diagrams (written in characters to which a magical power is ascribed;also the alphabet so employed;prob. only the 14 vowels with anusvāra- and visarga- were originally so called after the 16 divine magical) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyarājam. Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūravidalāf. Hibiscus Cannabinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūrikāf. Hibiscus Cannabinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
merusāvarṇam. a general N. for the last 14 of the 14 manu-s ( merusāvarṇatā -tā- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mocasrutm. the resin of Gossampinus Rumphii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgakarṇam. red Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naisarpam. (fr. unused ni-s-) Name of one of the 9 treasures (with jaina-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
napuṃsakaliṅgasaṃgraham. Name of chapter of the nāmaliṅgānuśāsana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narakavargam. "hell-chapter", Name of chapter of amara-siṃha-'s liṅgānuśāsana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāṭyavargam. Name of chapter of the nāma-liṅgānuśāsana- by amarasiṃha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlapṛṣṭham. Cyprinus Denticulatus (a kind of fish) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimittāyamānamfn. (fr. an unusual Nom. ttāya-) causing, producing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niśābalan. a collect. Name of the signs of the zodiac Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Sagittarius, Capricornus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpapriyāf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pācanam. red ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārthānusamayam. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order etc. (see kāṇḍānus-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmadarśanam. "looking like a lotus", the resin of the Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pallavakam. a species of fish (Cyprinus Denticulatus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṃsukāf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcagavyāpānavatmfn. having an anus made of the pañca-gavya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcalakṣaṇamfn. possessing 5 characteristics (said of the purāṇa-s, which ought strictly to comprehend 5 topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the manu-s, and the history of the solar and lunar races) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāṅgulam. Ricinus Communis (which has 5-lobed leaves) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇinim. (according to patronymic fr. pāṇina-) Name of the most eminent of all native Sanskrit grammarians (he was the author of the aṣṭādhyāyī-and supposed author of several other works, viz. the dhātu-pāṭha-, gaṇa-pātha-, liṅgānuśāsana- and śikṣā-;he was a gāndhāra- and a native of śalātura-, situated in the North-West near Attok and Peshawar [see and śālāturīya-];he lived after gautama- buddha- but B.C. and is regarded as an inspired muni-;his grandfather's name was devala- and his mother's dākṣi- [see sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order and ananta-]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāf. (in logic) genus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāparan. (in logic) a community of properties in a small class under the larger or generic, a species or class between the genus and individual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāparatāf. the state of being both a genus and a species View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāparatvan. the state of being both a genus and a species View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāribhadram. Pinus Deodora or Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripannan. the change of m- into anusvāra- (see above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripuṣkarāf. Cucumis Maderaspatanus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parisrāvinm. (sc. bhagaṃ-dara-) a form of fistula of the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivarjitamfn. abandoned or left by, deprived or devoid of (instrumental case or compound) etc. (with saṃkhyayā-,countless, innumerable ;with aṣṭabhis-,less by 8, minus 8 ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryakind. (originally n.of an unusual pary-añc-; see praty-añc-etc.) round about, in every direction
paryaṅkapādikā() f. a species of Lupinus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryaṅkapaṭṭikā() f. a species of Lupinus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭhāntaran. "another reading", a variation of the text in a book or manuscript View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātikam. Delphinus Gangeticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāyasam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāyu(, p/āyu-), m. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāyukṣālanan. washing or cleaning the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāyūpasthan. the anus and the organs of generation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pharendram. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīḍāf. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṇḍam. (dual number) the two projections of an elephant's frontal sinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṇḍilāf. Cucumis Maderaspatanus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītadārum. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītadrum. Pinus Longifolia or Curcuma Aromatica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītanan. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītapuṣpāf. Cajanus Indicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītavṛkṣam. "yellow tree", Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṝ cl.9 P. () pṛṇ/āti- ; cl.6 P. ( pṛṇ-, ) priṇ/ati- ; cl.3 P. () p/iparti- (also A1.; imperative pipīpṛhi- ; perfect tense papāra-,3. plural paparuḥ-,or papruḥ- ; pupūre-, rire- ; -pupūryās- ; papṛv/as-[?] ; Aorist apārīt- grammar, pūriṣṭhās- ; imperative pūrdh/i- ; preceding priyāsam- , pūryāt- grammar; future parīṣyati-, parītā- grammar; ind.p. pūrtvā- grammar, -pūrya- ; -pūram-[in compound with its object; confer, compare udara-p-, goṣpada-p-, carma-p-.and ]; infinitive mood pṛṇ/adhyai- ; -puras- ; pūritum- ), to fill (A1."one's self") ; to fill with air, blow into (accusative) ; to sate, cherish, nourish, bring up ; to refresh (as the pitṛ-s) (Aorist apārīt- varia lectio atārpsīt-) ; to grant abundantly, bestow on (dative case), present with (instrumental case) (often parasmE-pada pṛṇ/at-= bounteous, liberal, ungrudging) ; to fulfil, satisfy (as a wish) : Passive voice pūry/ate- (Epic also ti-,and A1. p/ūryate-, parasmE-pada p/ūyamāṇa-), to be filled with, become full of (instrumental case), be sated etc. ; to become complete (as a number) : Causal pārayati-, to fill ; to fulfil (only Aorist pīparat-) ; pūr/ayati- (), te- (Passive voice pūryate-[ confer, compare above]; Aorist apūri-, apūriṣṭa-), to fill, fill up with (instrumental case) etc. ; to fill (with a noise, said also of the noise itself) ; to fill with wind, blow (a conch) ; to draw (a bow or an arrow to the ear) ; to make full, complete, supplement (a sentence) ; to cover completely, overspread, bestrew, surround etc. ; to load or enrich or present with (instrumental case) ; to fulfil (a wish or hope) etc. ; to spend completely (a period of time) : Desiderative piparīṣati-, pupūrṣati- grammar : Intensive pāparti-, popūrti-, popūryate- [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin plere,plenus; Lit.pi4lti,pi4lnas; Slavonic or Slavonian plu8nu8; Gothic fulls; German voll; English full.]
prā cl.2 P. () prāti- (perfect tense P. papr/au-or paprā-,2. sg. paprātha-, parasmE-pada papriv/as- f. pr/uṣī- ; A1. papre-,2. sg. priṣe- ; papre-as Passive voice,Bhatt aor 3. sg. aprāt-or aprās- ; subjunctive pr/ās-or pr/āsi- ; Aorist Passive voice aprāyi- ), to fill [ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin ple1-nus.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākaraṇikamfn. (fr. -karaṇa-) belonging to the matter in question or to a chapter or to a class or genus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasthikaf. (prob.) Hibiscus Cannabhinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratānam. a kind of disease, tetanus, epilepsy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipustakan. a copy of an original manuscript, a copy in general on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiśukrabudha(in the beginning of a compound), towards the planets Venus or Mercury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiśukram(perhaps two words) ind. towards the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravaṇamf(ā-)n. humble, modest [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin pro1nus.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
proṣṭhīf. Cyprinus Pausius (also m. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
proṣṭhikāf. Cyprinus Sophore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣadhram. of a son of one of the manu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthum. of a son of one of the manu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puliśam. = Paulus (Alexanndrinus), Name of the author of a siddhānta- (also śācārya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraḥśukramind. while śukra- (the planet Venus) is before one's eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purīṣaṇam. the rectum or anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purūcīf. (of an unused purv-añc-) abounding, abundant, full, comprehensive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpacāmaram. "having flower for a chowrie", Artemisia Indica or Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpaśakunam. "flower-bird", Phasianus gallus (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpaśarāsanam. equals -dhanus- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustaf. a manuscript, book (see below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustakamf(ikā-)n. a manuscript, book, booklet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pustakāstaraṇan. the wrapper of a manuscript View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūtikāṣṭha n. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūtikāṣṭhakan. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūtudru pūt/u-dru- () m. () the tree Acacia Catechu or Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raghuyatmfn. (pr. p. fr. an unused Nom. raghuya-) moving fleetly or rapidly (dative case raghūyat/e- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājadharmam. equals mānuśāsana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājahāsakam. Cyprinus Catla (a species of fish) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājapauruṣyan. a king's minister gaRa anuśatikādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajjuf. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' sometimesm.;in earlier language also f(rajjū-).; Vedic or Veda accusative rajjvam-; genitive case rajjvās- ;probably fr. an unused rasj-,or rajj-; see rasanā- equals raśanā-) a rope, cord, string, line etc. (rajjum ā-sthā-,to have recourse to the rope, to hang one's self ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktairaṇḍam. the red Ricinus or castor-oil plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktakam. red Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktaśīrṣakam. Pinus longifolia or its resin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
randhrānveṣinmfn. equals randhrānusārin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasāhvam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasāṅgakam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasāveṣṭam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rauhiṣam. Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayintamamfn. (superl. of an unused form rayin-; see ) possessing much property, very wealthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṇan. a negative quantity, minus (in mathematics) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rohitm. Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rohitam. a kind of fish, Cyprinus Rohitaka etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rohitan. a kind of rainbow appearing in a straight form, indra-'s bow unbent and invisible to mortals (see rohitendra-dhanus-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rohitamatsyam. Cyprinus Rohitaka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṣim. the fish Cyprinus ṛṣi- ; ([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish arsan,"a sage, a man old in wisdom"; arrach-,"old, ancient, aged."]), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rucakam. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpasvinmfn. (fr. an unused rūpas- equals rūpa-+ vin-) handsome, beautiful (superl. vi-tama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ruvaṇya(fr. an unused ruvaṇa-) Nom. P. yati-, to cry, utter harsh or loud cries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ruvum. (see uruvu-) the castor-oil tree, Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūvukam. the castor-oil tree, Ricinus Communis (see ruvuka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdabhedinm. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhāraṇan. a generic property, a character common to all the individuals of a species or to all the species of a genus etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahadānu(sah/a--) mfn. with a dānu- or with dānu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sairaṃdhram. (prob. fr. an unused sīraṃdhra-,"plough-holder"; see mahī-dhra-, aṃsa-dhrī-) a kind of menial or domestic servant (in the caste-system born from a dasyu- and an āyogavī-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakradrumam. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakrapādapam. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakṛddeśam. () "door of the feces" , the anus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakṛddvāran. (K.)"door of the feces" , the anus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavāyam. (in philosophy) perpetual co-inherence, inner or intimate relation, constant and intimate union, inseparable concomitance (= nitya-sambandha-,the sixth padārtha- or category of the vaiśeṣika-s, expressing relation which exists between a substance and its qualities, between a whole and its parts[ exempli gratia, 'for example' between cloth and the yarn composing it], between a genus and its individuals etc.)
samavṛttakarṇam. the hypotenuse of the shadow of the time when the sun reaches the prime vertical circle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāmbhavan. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvaraṇamf(ī-)n. shutting, closing (with vali- f."one of the three folds of skin which cover the anus") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sānusvāramfn. having the nasal mark anusvāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śapharam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).;also written saphara-and said to be connected with śapha-) Cyprinus Saphore (a kind of bright little fish that glistens when darting about in shallow water) etc.
saralam. a species of pine tree, Pinus Longifolia etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarayantrakan. the string on which the palm-leaves of a manuscript are filed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarjanīf. one of the three folds of the anus, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārṅgadhanvanm. equals -dhanus- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarvam. of a son of dhanuṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvabhūmif. gaRa anuśatikādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvānuṣṭubhamfn. entirely consisting of anuṣṭubh- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatobhadrakam. (with cheda-) a fourfold incision in the anus for fistula View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śataparveśam. "lord or husband of śataparvā-", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śauddhākṣaramfn. (fr. śuddha-+ akṣara-) relating to a pure vowel (without consonant or anusvāra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaukramf(ī-)n. relating to the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumyagraham. an auspicious or benign planet (such as Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and the full moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvarṇim. metron., of the eighth manu- (son of the Sun by su-varṇā- q.v,and therefore younger brother of the seventh manu- or vaivasvata-;the succeeding manu-s to the twelfth, or according to to other authorities to the fourteenth inclusive, are all called sāvarṇi-; see dakṣa--, brahma--, dharma-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śī cl.2 A1. () ś/ete- (with guṇa- throughout the proper stem : thus, ś/aye-[in also 3. sg. ], ś/eṣe-etc., 3. plural ś/erate-[in also ś/ere-and Class. śayire-]; Potential ś/ayīta- etc.; imperative -śetām-and śayām- ; imperfect tense aśeta- etc., 3. plural aśerata-[in also /aśeran-], parasmE-pada ś/ayāna- etc.;Ved. and Epic also cl.1. ś/ayate-, ti-; imperfect tense /aśayat-and aśāyata- ; perfect tense śiśye-, śiśyire- ; parasmE-pada Ved. śaśayān/a-,Class. śiśyāna-; Aorist aśayiṣṭa- subjunctive ś/eṣan- ; future śayitā- sg. t/āse- ; śayiṣyate-, ti- ; śeṣyate-, ti- ; infinitive mood śay/adhyai- ; śayitum- ; ind.p. śayitvā- etc.; -śayya- ), to lie, lie down, recline, rest, repose etc. ; to remain unused (as soma-) ; to lie down to sleep, fall asleep, sleep etc. ; (with patye-) to lie down to a husband (for sexual intercourse) ; (madanena-śī-= "to be impotent") : Passive voice śayyate- grammar (Aorist aśāyi- , pr.p. once in śīyat-): Causal śāyayati-, te- (Aorist aśīśayat-), to cause to lie down, lay down, put, throw, fix on or in (locative case) etc. ; to cause to lie down, allow to rest or sleep : Desiderative śiśayiṣate-, to wish to rest or sleep : Intensive śāśayyate-, śeśayīti-, śeśeti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ,"to lie";, "a bed."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasārasvatam. (with śabdānuśāsana-) Name of a gram. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhif. any unusual skill or faculty or capability (often in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīdhran. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiṃśumāram. a porpoise, Delphinus Gangeticus (= śiśu-māra- q.v) (equals grāha- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśukam. a kind of aquatic animal (according to to a porpoise or Delphinus Gangeticus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśumāram. "child-killer", the Gangetic porpoise or dolphin, Delphinus Gangeticus etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśumāravasāf. the marrow or fat of the Delphinus Gangeticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitam. the planet Venus or its regent (equals śukra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītagandhāf. Minusops Elengi View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitāhvayam. "white-named", the planet Venus (see śukra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitairaṇḍam. the white Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitāsitam. dual number Venus and Saturn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivam. "The Auspicious one", Name of the disintegrating or destroying and reproducing deity (who constitutes the third god of the Hindu trimūrti- or Triad, the other two being brahmā-"the creator"and viṣṇu-"the preserver";in the veda- the only Name of the destroying deity was rudra-"the terrible god", but in later times it became usual to give that god the euphemistic N. śiva-"the auspicious"[just as the Furies were called "the gracious ones"], and to assign him the office of creation and reproduction as well as dissolution;in fact the preferential worship of śiva- as developed in the purāṇa-s and Epic poems led to his being identified with the Supreme Being by his exclusive worshippers [called śaiva-s];in his character of destroyer he is sometimes called kāla-"black", and is then also identified with"Time", although his active destroying function is then oftener assigned to his wife under her name kālī-, whose formidable character makes her a general object of propitiation by sacrifices;as presiding over reproduction consequent on destruction śiva-'s symbol is the liṅga- [ q.v ] or Phallus, under which form he is worshipped all over India at the present day;again one of his representations is as ardha-nārī-,"half-female", the other half being male to symbolize the unity of the generative principle[ ];he has three eyes, one of which is in his forehead, and which are thought to denote his view of the three divisions of time, past, present, and future, while a moon's crescent, above the central eye, marks the measure of time by months, a serpent round his neck the measure by years, and a second necklace of skulls with other serpents about his person, the perpetual revolution of ages, and the successive extinction and generation of the races of mankind: his hair is thickly matted together, and gathered above his forehead into a coil;on the top of it he bears the Ganges, the rush of which in its descent from heaven he intercepted by his head that the earth might not be crushed by the weight of the falling stream;his throat is dark-blue from the stain of the deadly poison which would have destroyed the world had it not been swallowed by him on its production at the churning of the ocean by the gods for the nectar of immortality;he holds a tri-śūla-,or three-pronged trident [also called pināka-] in his hand to denote, as some think, his combination of the three attributes of Creator, Destroyer, and Regenerator;he also carries a kind of drum, shaped like an hour-glass, called ḍamaru-: his attendants or servants are called pramatha- [ q.v ];they are regarded as demons or supernatural beings of different kinds, and form various hosts or troops called gaṇa-s;his wife durgā- [otherwise called kālī-, pārvatī-, umā-, gaurī-, bhavāṇī- etc.] is the chief object of worship with the śākta-s and tāntrika-s, and in this connection he is fond of dancing [see tāṇḍava-]and wine-drinking;he is also worshipped as a great ascetic and is said to have scorched the god of love (kāma-deva-) to ashes by a glance from his central eye, that deity having attempted to inflame him with passion for pārvatī- whilst he was engaged in severe penance;in the exercise of his function of Universal Destroyer he is fabled to have burnt up the Universe and all the gods, including brahmā- and viṣṇu-, by a similar scorching glance, and to have rubbed the resulting ashes upon his body, whence the use of ashes in his worship, while the use of the rudrākṣa- berries originated, it is said, from the legend that śiva-, on his way to destroy the three cities, called tri-pura-, let fall some tears of rage which became converted into these beads: his residence or heaven is kailāsa-, one of the loftiest northern peaks of the himālaya-;he has strictly no incarnations like those of viṣṇu-, though vīra-bhadra- and the eight bhairava-s and khaṇḍobā- etc.[ ] are sometimes regarded as forms of him;he is especially worshipped at Benares and has even more names than viṣṇu-, one thousand and eight being specified in the 69th chapter of the śiva-purāṇa- and in the 17th chapter of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-, some of the most common being mahā-deva-, śambhu-, śaṃkara-, īśa-, īśvara-, maheśvara-, hara-;his sons are gaṇeśa- and kārttikeya-) etc.
śivadārun. the tree Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivadviṣṭāf. Pandanus Odoratissimus
sīvanīf. the part of the body of a horse below the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śliloñchavṛttif. subsistence by gleaning (or by unusual and irregular occupation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snas varia lectio for snus- q.v , p.1268. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehaviddham. "impregnated with oil", Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snigdham. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snigdhadārum. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snus (varia lectio snas-) cl.4 P. snusyati-, to eat ; to disappear ; to take View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣoḍaśāṃśum. "16-rayed", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣoḍaśārcism. "16-rayed", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravam. the hypotenuse of a triangle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravaṇam. the hypotenuse of a triangle or the diagonal of a tetragon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛdhumf. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛdhūf. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīmfn. diffusing light or radiance, splendid, radiant, beautifying, adorning (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';See agni--, adhvara--, kṣatra--, gaṇa--, jana-śrī-etc.) [The word śrī-is frequently used as an honorific prefix (="sacred","holy") to the names of deities(exempli gratia, 'for example' śrī-durgā-, śrī-rāma-) , and may be repeated two, three, or even four times to express excessive veneration.(exempli gratia, 'for example' śrī-śrī-durgā- etc.);it is also used as a respectful title (like"Reverend") to the names of eminent persons as well as of celebrated works and sacred objects (exempli gratia, 'for example' śrī-jayadeva-, śrībhāgavata-), and is often placed at the beginning or back of letters, manuscripts, important documents etc.;also before the words caraṇa-and pāda-"feet", and even the end of personal names.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīniketan. the resin of Pinus Longifolia, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīnivāsam. or n. (?) the resin of Pinus Longifolia (also saka- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīpiṣṭam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia (prob. wrong reading for śrīveṣṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīrasam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīvāsam. "having a pleasant scent", the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīvatsapiṇyākam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīveṣṭa m. the resin of the Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīveṣṭakam. the resin of the Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutif. the diagonal of a tetragon or hypothenuse of a triangle
sthānan. the place or organ of utterance of any sound (said to be 8 in number, viz. kaṇṭha-,"throat"; tālu-,"palate"; mūrdhan-,"top of palate"; danta-,"teeth"; oṣṭha-,"lips"; kaṇṭha-tālu-,"throat and palate"; kaṇṭh'-oṣṭha-,"throat and lips"; dant'-oṣṭha-,"teeth and lips";to which are added nāsikā-,"nose", said to be the place of utterance of true anusvāra-, and uras-,"chest", of visarga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiragandham. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlāntran. the larger intestine near the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stobhanasaṃhāraprob. wrong reading for stobhānusaṃhāra- (above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strībhūṣaṇan. "woman's ornament", Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhagraham. an auspicious planet, lucky star (such as Jupiter, Venus, Mercury, and the moon when more than half full) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucim. the planet Venus or its regent (see śukra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūcikāf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūcipuṣpam. the ketaka- tree, Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudharmanm. (plural) Name of various classes of gods under various manu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudhūpakam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugandhinīf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suhotram. of a son of su-dhanus- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukāṣṭhakan. Pinus Deodora or another species View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklaalso for śukra-, Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklam. ricinus or white ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukram. the planet Venus or its regent (regarded as the son of bhṛgu- and preceptor of the daitya-s) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukracāram. course of the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukrācāryam. the sage śukrācārya- (regent of the planet Venus and preceptor of the daitya-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukragṛhan. house or mansion of the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukrasutam. son of the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukravāram. Venus' day, Friday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlaśatrum. "hostile to colic", Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūnuf. a daughter [ confer, compare Zend hunu; Lithuanian su1nu4s; Slavonic or Slavonian synu8; Gothic sunus; Anglo-Saxon sunu; English son; German Sohn.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhidāru(L.) () m. Pinus Longifolia. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhidāruka() m. Pinus Longifolia. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhūruham. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suradārun. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suradārumayamf(ī-)n. made of the Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāhvam. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāhvayan. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surakāṣṭhan. Pinus Deodora or another species View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surasam. the resin of Gossampinus Rumphii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suraśatrugurum. the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suśarmanm. of a son of one of the manu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sutapasm. of various ṛṣi-s and their sons under various manu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtranaḍam. Name of a man (see sautranāḍi-) gaRa anuśatikādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svan cl.1 P. () svanati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense sasvāna-,3. plural sasvanuḥ-[Gr. also svenuḥ-] etc.; Aorist asvanīt-, svānīt- [for Aorist P. sv/ani-See adhi--and anu-ṣvan-]; future svanitā-, svaniṣyati- grammar; infinitive mood svanitum- ), to sound, make any noise, roar, yell, hum, sing etc. etc.: Causal svanayati- (Aorist asisvanat-), to sound, resound ; to adorn (in this sense also svānayati-) : Desiderative sisvaniṣati- grammar : Intensive saṃsvanyate-, saṃsvanti- (confer, compare pari-ṣvan-) [ confer, compare Latin sonit,sonus,sonare; Anglo-Saxon swin; English swan; German Schwan.]
svap cl.2 P. () svapiti- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also sv/apati-, te-; imperative sv/aptu- ; Potential svapīta- ; perfect tense suṣvāpa-[3. plural suṣupuḥ-; parasmE-pada suṣupv/as-and suṣupāṇ/a-,qq.vv.] etc.; Aorist asvāpsīt-; preceding supyāt- future svaptā- ; svapiṣyati- ; te- ; svapsyati- etc.; te- etc.; infinitive mood svaptum- etc.; ind.p. suptv/ā- etc., -sv/āpam- ), to sleep, fall asleep (with varṣa-śatam-,"to sleep for a hundred years, sleep the eternal sleep") etc. ; to lie down, recline upon (locative case) etc. ; to be dead ; Passive voice supyate- (Aorist asvāpi-) etc. ; Causal svāp/ayati-, or (mc.) svapayati- (Aorist asūṣupat-;in also siṣvapaḥ-, s/iṣvap-; Passive voice svāpyate-), to cause to sleep, lull to rest ; to kill : Desiderative of Causal suṣvāpayiṣati- grammar : Desiderative suṣupsati-, to wish to sleep : Intensive soṣupyate-, sāsvapīti-, sāsvapti-, soṣupīti-, soṣopti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin somnusforsop-nus,sopor,sopire; Slavonic or Slavonian su8pati; Lithuanian sa4pnas; Anglo-Saxon swefan,"to sleep."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarṇaketakīf. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvastanamf(ī-)n. relating or belonging to the morrow (ne 'hani-,"on the morrow") ([ confer, compare Latin crastinus]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatantrinmfn. free, independent, uncontrolled (according to to equals sva-śāstrānusārin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. the planet Venus or its regent śukra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetairaṇḍam. white Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakākam. a white crow id est any very unusual thing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakākīyamfn. relating to a white crow, rare, unusual, unheard of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakola m. the fish Cyprinus Sophore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakolakam. the fish Cyprinus Sophore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaratham. "having a white car", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetakolakam. the saphara- fish, Cyprinus Saphore (commonly called Punti) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tālāṅgam. Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tālikam. a cover for binding a parcel of papers or a manuscript View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tālīśapattran. Pinus Webbiana View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tan cl.8 P. A1. n/oti-, nut/e- (3. plural nv/ate-[ /ā--and vi-tanvat/e- ] ; imperative nu-[ /ava-and v/i-tanuhi- ; see Va1rtt. 1 ] ; nuṣva- ; subjunctive 2. sg. nuthās-, ;1. dual number navāvahai-, ; imperfect tense 3. plural /atanvata-, ; perfect tense P. tat/āna-,once tāt- ;2. sg. tat/antha-[ ],class. tenitha-[ ]; A1.1. 2. 3. sg. [ /ā--] tatane-, [abh/i-]tatniṣe-, [v/i-]tatne- ;3. sg. irregular tate-, ;3. plural tatnir/e-[ v/i-- ] or ten-[ (vi--)etc.; see ]; Aorist P. /atan- ; [/ā-]atān-, ; ;[ p/ari--, v/i--] atanat- ; [anv-/ā]atāṃsīt- ; atānīt- ; tat/anat-, [abh/i-]t/anāma-, t/anan- ;2. plural ataniṣṭa- ;3. dual number atāniṣṭām- ; A1. atata-or ataniṣṭa-, atathās-or ataniṣṭhās- ;3. plural /atnata- ; tat/ananta-, ;1. sg. atasi- plural ataṃsmahi- ; future 2nd taṃsy/ate- ; future 1st [vi-]tāyitā- ; parasmE-pada proper tanv/at-, vān/a-; perfect tense tatanv/as-; ind.p. tatvā-, tv/āya-, -t/atya- ;[ vi--] tāya- ; infinitive mood tantum- ; Passive voice tāy/ate- [ parasmE-pada y/amāna-] etc.; tanyate- ; Aorist atāyi- ) to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to etc. ; to be protracted, continue, endure ; to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread, spin out, weave etc. ; to emboss ; to prepare (a way for) ; to direct (one's way, gatim-) towards ; to propagate (one's self or one's family, tanūs-, tantum-) ; to (spread id est to) speak (words) ; to protract ; to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment etc. (Passive voice to be put forth or extended, increase ) ; to accomplish, perform (a ceremony) etc. ; to sacrifice ; to compose (a literary work) ; to render (any one thirsty, double accusative) : Desiderative titaniṣati-, taṃsati-, tāṃs- : Intensive tantanyate-, tantanīti-, ; ([ see , etc.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanuhradam. the rectum, anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarmanm. n. the top of the sacrificial post (confer, compare Latin terminus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taruṇam. Ricinus communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīkṣṇapuṣpāf. Pandanus odoratissimus
tilaparṇam. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilaparṇan. Pterocarpus santalinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilaparṇīf. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilaparṇikāf. Pterocarpus santalinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilaparṇikan. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripuṭinm. Ricinus communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triśṛṅginm. the fish Cyprinus Rohita View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivalīf. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivalīkan. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛṇam. Name of a man gaRa śivādi- and naḍādi-; ([ confer, compare Gothic thaurnus.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛṇaśūnyamfn. the fruit of Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛṇavṛkṣam. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tubarīf. Cajanus indicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tubarikāf. Cajanus indicus
tucchadrum. Ricinus communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tūṇīf. a disease of the anus and the bladder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchritam. Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakaśuddham. Name of a (man) (?) gaRa anuśatikādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūnamfn. less (in number, size, or degree), minus, fewer, smaller, inferior etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūnamfn. less by one (prefixed to decimals from twenty up to one hundred, exempli gratia, 'for example' ūna-viṃśa- equals ekona-viṃśa-,the twentieth minus one, the nineteenth). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasthamn. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uruvu m. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uruvuka m. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uruvūkam. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uśanasm. ā- (;Ved. accusative ām-;Ved. locative case and dative case e-; vocative case as-, a-,and an- on ) Name of an ancient sage with the patronymic kāvya- (in later times identified with śukra-, the teacher of the asura-s, who presides over the planet Venus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uśanasm. Name of the planet Venus etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣapam. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣarbudhamfn. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūṣmanm. (in grammar) N. applied to certain sounds (viz. the three sibilants, h-, visarga-, jihvāmūlīya-, upadhmānīya-, and anusvāra-) etc. (the omits visarga- and anusvāra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣṇavīryamfn. Delphinus Gangeticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpātam. an unusual or startling event boding calamity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsarjanamfn. expelling (the feces, said of one of the muscles of the anus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānapattrakam. a species of Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairājam. of manu- or of the manu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valīnakam. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
van cl.1 P. () v/anati- (Vedic or Veda also te-,and van/ati-) ; cl.8 P. A1. () van/oti-, vanut/e- (perfect tense vāv/āna-, vāv/antha-, vavanm/a-, vavn/e-; parasmE-pada vavanv/as- ; Aorist vanta-, v/aṃsva- ; vaṃsat-, sate- ; vaniṣat- ; ṣanta- ; vanuṣanta-, ; Potential vaṃsīmahi-, vasīmahi- ; preceding vaniṣīṣṭa- vaṃsiṣīya- ; future vaniśā- grammar; vaniṣyate-, ; infinitive mood vanitum- grammar; -vantave- ), to like, love, wish, desire ; to gain, acquire, procure (for one's self or others) ; to conquer, win, become master of, possess ; to prepare, make ready for, aim at, attack ; to hurt, injure ( also"to sound";"to serve, honour, worship, help, aid") : Causal vanayati- or vānayati- ; varia lectio (confer, compare saṃ-van-): Desiderative v/ivāsati-, te-, to attract, seek to win over : Intensive (only vāv/anaḥ-and vāvandh/i-;but confer, compare vanīvan-) to love, like [ confer, compare Latin venia,Venus; Got.gawinnan; German gewinnen; English win.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanacandanan. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaniṣṇum. (prob. wrong reading for vaniṣṭu-) equals apāna-, the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varacandanan. Pinus Deodora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varāham. Delphinus Gangeticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varaṇḍālum. the castor-oil tree, Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcomārgam. the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vardhamānam. Ricinus Communis (so called from its vigorous growth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇāf. Cajanus Indicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇavṛttan. Name of a class of metres regulated by the number of syllables in the half-line (such as the anuṣṭubh-, indra-vajrā- etc.; see mātrā-vṛtta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārṣikamf(ī-)n. belonging to the rainy-season, rainy etc. etc. (with /āpas- f. plural rain-water, with dhanus- n.a rainbow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasāḍhya (vasāḍh-) m. Delphinus Gatigeticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasāḍhyaka(vasāḍh-) m. Delphinus Gatigeticus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātakumbham. the part of an elephant's forehead below the frontal sinuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātārim. "enemy of wind-disease", Name of various plants (especially Ricinus Communis;Asparagus Racemosus;Ptychotis Ajowan;Embelia Ribes etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vatsākṣīf. Cucumis Maderaspatanus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhipa m. "one who presides over the veda-"Name of certain planets (viz. of Jupiter or bṛhaspati-, Venus, Mars, and Mercury, who are supposed to preside respectively over the ṛg--, yajur--, sāma--, and atharva-- veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhipatim. "one who presides over the veda-"Name of certain planets (viz. of Jupiter or bṛhaspati-, Venus, Mars, and Mercury, who are supposed to preside respectively over the ṛg--, yajur--, sāma--, and atharva-- veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikaṭamf(ā-or ī-)n. (prob. Prakrit for vi-kṛta- see ut--, pra-k-etc.;for 1. vi-kaṭa-See) having an unusual size or aspect, horrible, dreadful, monstrous, huge, large, great etc. ( vikaṭam am- ind.terribly) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikaṭamf(ā-or ī-)n. unusually handsome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikeśam. Name of the wife of śiva- (manifested in the form of mahī- or"the Earth", one of his eight tanus- or visible forms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikṛtaveṣinmfn. having an unusual dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināor vin/ā- ind. (prob. a kind of instrumental case of 3. vi-) without, except, short or exclusive of (preceded or followed by an accusative instrumental case,rarely ablative; see ;exceptionally in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound', gaRa exempli gratia, 'for example' gaRa śuci-vinā-,without honesty, satya-v-,without faith ) (not in manuscript) etc. (sometimes vinā-is used pleonastically, exempli gratia, 'for example' natad asti vinā deva yat te virahitaṃ hare-,"there is nothing, O god hari-, that is without thee" ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viphalam. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virūpamf(ā-)n. less by one, minus one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamamf(ā-)n. odd, unusual, unequalled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamakarṇam. the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle (especially as formed between the gnomon of a dial and the extremities of the shadow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamānnan. irregular or unusual food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visarjanīf. "evacuating", Name of one of the 3 folds of skin at the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visarjayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be (or being) discharged (into the anus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣam. (in geometry) the hypotenuse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇusahasranāmann. Name of a portion of the anuśāsana-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata- (also viṣṇusahasranāmakathana ma-kathana- n.or viṣṇusahasranāmastotra ma-stotra- n.) and of a chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvamānuṣamfn. (viśv/a--) (prob.) known to all men (see viśv/a-manus-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvāvasum. of one of the manu-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣajātīyamfn. belonging to the genus tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣabhavīthif. Name of the ninth division of the course of the planet Venus (comprising the lunar mansions maghā-, pūrva-phalgunī-, and uttara-phalgunī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttabījāf. Cajanus Indicus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyaḍambaka n. the castor oil plant, Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyaḍambanan. the castor oil plant, Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghradalam. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghrapuccham. the castor-oil tree, Ricinus Commuuis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyālambahastam. the red Ricinus or castor-oil plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyañjanam. Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahāraviṣayam. a subject or title of legal procedure, any act or matter which may become the subject of legal proceedings (according to eighteen in number, viz. ṛṇādānam-, nikṣepaḥ-, asvāmi-vikrayaḥ-, sambhūya-samutthānam-, dattasyānapakarma-, vetanādānam-, saṃvid-vyatikramaḥ-, kraya-vikrayānuśayaḥ-, svāmi-pālayor vivādaḥ-, sīmā-vivādaḥ-, vāk-pāruṣyam-, daṇḍa-pāruṣyam-, steyam-, sāhasam-, strī-saṃgrahaṇam-, strīpuṃ-dharmaḥ-, vibhāgaḥ-, dyūtam-, āhvayaḥ-,qq.vv.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttatvamfn. (in philosophy) the being separated from, the being non-extensive (= alpa-deśa-vṛttitvam-,"existing in few places", i.e."comprising but few individuals", said of a species, and opp. to adhika-d-vṛ-,"existing in many places", said of a genus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
173 results
akṣaḥ अक्षः [अश्-सः] 1 An axis, axle, pivot; अक्षभङ्गे च यानस्य....न दण्डं मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.291,292; दृढधूः अक्षः Kāś. V. 4.74; Śi.12.2, 18.7; ज्योतिश्चक्राक्षदण्डः Dk. 1 Axle-pole. -2 The pole of a cart. -3 A cart, car; also a wheel. -4 The beam of a balance. -5 Terrestrial latitude. -6 A die for playing with; cube; यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूत इति गम्यते न तु विदेवना- क्षमिति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.35. -7 The seed of which rosaries are made. -8 A weight equal to 16 māṣas and called कर्ष. -9 N. of the plant Terminalia Belerica (बिभीतक- Mar. बेहडा) the seed of which is used as a die; also the nut of this plant; यथा वै द्वे वामलके द्वे वा कोले द्वौ वाक्षौ मुष्टिरनुभवति Chān. Up; so धाराभिरक्षमात्राभिः. -1 A shrub producing the rosary seed, Eleocarpus Ganitrus (रुद्राक्ष); the seed of this plant, as also of another plant (इन्द्राक्ष). -11 A serpent; hence a curve. -12 Garuḍa. -13 N. of a son of Rāvaṇa. -14 The soul. -15 Knowledge (usually, sacred). -16 Law; a lawsuit; legal procedure. -17 A person born blind. -18 the lower part of the temples (कर्ण- नेत्रयोर्मध्ये शङ्खादधोभागः). -19 The base of a column; अथवाक्षं नवांशोच्चं जन्म चैकेन कारयेत् । Māna.14.17. -2 The window-like part of a swing, a hammock, a palanquin, an axle of a chariot; पार्श्वयोर्वारणं कुर्यात् तस्याधो$क्षं सुसंयुतम् । Māna.5.165,166. -21 Gambling (in general). cf. अक्षो द्यूते वरूथाङ्गे नयवादौ बिभीतके । कर्षे व्याप्तौ कृषे (?) चक्रे आधारव्यव- हारयोः । आत्मजे पाशके दैत्यभेदे चेन्द्रियवालयोः । Nm. -क्षम् (अश्नुते व्याप्नोति विषयान् स्ववृत्त्या संयोगेन वा) 1 An organ of sense; निरोधाच्चेतसो$क्षाणि निरुद्धान्यखिलान्यपि Pt.2.154; संयताक्षो विनीतः Mātaṅga L.12.1. (The word संयताक्ष here means 'having control over his senses', but 'having eyes closed' M. W.); m. also (नियच्छेद्विषयेभ्यो$क्षान् Bhāg.; an object of sense. -2 The eye, (only at the end of comp.; जलजाक्ष, कमलाक्ष, &c.) -3 Sachal salt, sea-salt. -4 Blue vitriol (from its crystallized shape) (Mar. मोरचूद) [cf. L. axis; Gr. akshon or axon, old Germ. ahsa; Germ. achse.] -Comp. -अंशः the degree of latitude. -अग्रम् the axle or its end; the anterior end of the axle or its end; the anterior end of the pole of a car. -अग्रकीलः -लकः a linch-pin, a pin which fastens the yoke to the pole. -आवपनम् [अक्षान् पाशान् आवपति क्षिपत्यस्मिन्; आ-वप्-आधारे ल्युट्] a dice-board (अक्षा उप्यन्ते$स्मिन्निति अक्षावपनम् अक्षस्थानावपनपात्रम्, सायण). -आवलिः f. a rosary. -आवापः [अक्षान् आवपति क्षिपति; आवप्-अण्] a gambler, keeper of the dice or gambling table; he is one of the रत्निन्s mentioned in Taitt. Saṁ. I.8.9.1.2 and Śat. Br.5.3.2; also ˚अतिवापः (अक्षावापो नाम अक्षाणां क्षेप्ता अक्षगोप्ता वा द्यूतकारः). -उपकरणम् a piece at chess. -कर्णः hypotenuse, particularly of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow; (astr.) argument of the latitude. -कुशल, -शौण्ड a. [स. त.] skilful in gambling. -कूटः [ अक्षस्य कूट इव] the pupil of the eye. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in dice; so ˚विद्, ˚वेत्तृ &c. -क्षेत्रम् [अक्षनिमित्तं क्षेत्रम्] an astronomical figure (अक्षसाधनार्थं क्षेत्रतया कल्पितानां अक्षभवानामष्टानां क्षेत्राणामेकं). -ग्लहः [तृ. त.] gambling, playing at dice. -चक्रम् the circle of sensual passions. दृढनियमित ˚क्रः K.37 (also axis and wheels). -जम् [अक्षात् जायते; जन्-ड] 1 direct knowledge or cognition. -2 a thunderbolt (वज्रम् अस्थिरूपावयवजातत्वात्तस्य तन्नामत्बम्). -3 a diamond. -4 अक्षक्षेत्रम् q.v. (m. in some of these senses). -जः N. of Viṣṇu. -तत्त्वम्, -विद्या the science of gambling; ˚विद् skilled in the principles of gambling. -दण्डः axle-pole. -दर्शकः, -दृश् [अक्षाणाम् ऋणादानादिव्यवहाराणां दर्शकः दृश्-ण्वुल्, अक्षान् पश्यतीति दृश् -क्विप् कुत्वम्] 1 a judge (one who tries law-suits). -2 a superintendent of gambling. -दृक्कर्मन् n. operation or calculation for latitude. -देविन् m.. [अक्षैर्दीव्यति, दिव्-णिनि], अक्षद्यूः, [दिव्-क्विपू ऊठ् P.VI.4.19.] -द्यूतः [अक्षैर्द्यूतं यस्य] a gambler, dicer. -द्यूतम् dice play, gambling; ˚तादिगणः a class of words mentioned in P.IV.4.19. -द्यूतिकम् [अक्षद्यूत- ठक्] dispute at play. -द्रुग्ध a. [अक्षैः द्रुग्धः] unlucky at dice (opposed to अक्षप्रिय fond of dice, or lucky in gambling). -धरः [अक्षं चक्रं रथावयवं तत्कीलकमिव कण्टकं वा धरतीति धरः धृ-अच् ष. त.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of the plant (also called शाखोट); Trophis Aspera. (Mar. हेदि, खरोत). -3 a wheel. -4 any one who bears a wheel, or who holds dice. -धूः (धुर्) the yoke attached to the fore-part of the pole of a car. -धूर्तः [अक्षे तद्देवने धूर्तः] 'dice-rogue,' a gamester, a gambler. -धूर्तिलः [अक्षस्य शकटस्य धूर्तिं भारं लाति, ला-क; or अक्ष-धुर्-तिलप्रत्ययः] a bull or ox yoked to the pole of a cart. -पटलः[ष. त.] 1 a court of law. -2 depository of legal documents. -3 = अक्षि- पटलम्, q. v. -लः [अक्षाणां व्यवहाराणां पटलमस्त्यस्य अच्] a judge. -4 record-office (GI). -5 account-office (RT). -पटलाधिकृतः superintendent of records and accounts. -परि ind [अक्षेण विपरतिम् वृत्तं P.II.1.1 द्यूतव्यवहारे पराजये एवायं समासः Sk.] so as to be a loser (by an unlucky throw of dice) पाशकक्रीडायां यथा गुटिकापाते जयो भवति तद्वि- परीतपातः Tv.) -पाटः = ˚वाटः, q. v. -पाटकः [अक्षे व्यवहारे पाटयति; पट् दीप्तौ-ण्वुल्] one who is well-versed in law, a judge. -पातः [ष. त.] cast of dice. -पादः N. of the sage Gautama, founder of the Nyāya system of philosophy, or a follower of that system (अक्षं नेत्रं दर्शनसाधनतया जातः पादो$स्य; अक्षपादो हि स्वमतदूषकस्य व्यासस्य मुखदर्शनं चक्षुषा न कर्तव्यम् इति प्रतिज्ञाय पश्चाद् व्यासेन प्रसादितः पादे नेत्रं प्रकाश्य तं दृष्टवान् इति प्रसिद्धिः Tv.) -पीडा [ष. त.] 1 an injury to the organs. -2 [अक्षम् इन्द्रियं रसनारूपं पीडयति आस्वादनात्; पीड्-अच्] N. of the plant यवतिक्ता. (Mar. शंखिनी). -भागः (˚अंशः) a degree of latitude. -भारः [ष. त.] 1 a cart-load. -2 the lower part of a chariot. (cf. तत्तद्देशे तु छिद्रं स्यादक्षभारे रथान्तकम् । छिद्रे प्रवेशयेत् कीलं युक्त्या च पट्टयोजितम् ॥ Māna. 42.51-53.) -मदः [च. त.] a mad passion for gambling. -मात्रम् [अक्षो मात्रा यस्य] 1 anything as large as dice; dice. -2 a moment of time (निमिषः) twinkling of an eye. -माला, -सूत्रम् [अक्षाणां माला -सूत्रम्] 1 a rosary, string of beads (अकारादिक्षकारान्तः अक्षः तत्कृता तत्प्रतिनिधिभूता वा माला); कृतो- $क्षसूत्रप्रणयी तया करः Ku.5.11,66; ˚मालामुपयाचितुमागतो$स्मि K.151. (It is made of रुद्राक्ष seeds, corals, crystals, rubies, gems &c.) -2 N. of अरुन्धती (अक्षमाला त्वरुन्धती - Hm.); अक्ष- माला वसिष्ठेन संयुक्ताधमयोनिजा...जगामाभ्यर्हणीयताम् Ms.9.23. मातङ्गयामक्षमालायां गर्हितायां रिरंसया । Bu. ch.4.77. (अक्षस्य नक्षत्रचक्रस्य मालेव भूषणत्वात्; सा ह्युत्तरस्यां दिशि गगने सप्तर्षिमण्डले मालारूपेण वसिष्ठसमीपे वर्तते सर्वेभ्यश्चोज्ज्वलत्वात्तस्या मालारूपेण स्थितत्वाच्च नक्षत्रचक्रभूषणत्वम् Tv). -राजः [अक्षाणां राजेव] one addicted to gambling; also 'the die called Kali'. --वामः [स. त.] an unfair gambler. -वाटः [अक्षाणां पाशकक्रीडानां बाटः वासस्थानम्] 1 a gambling house; the gambling table. -2 [अक्षस्य रथचक्रस्य क्षुण्णस्थानस्य इव वाटः] a place of contest, arena, wrestling ground (तत्र हि रथचक्रक्षुण्णपांशुसदृशपांशुम- त्त्वात् तत्सदृशत्वम् Tv.) -विद a. skilled in gambling. -वृत्त a. [अक्षे वृत्तः व्यापृतः स. त.] engaged in, addicted to, gambling; what has occurred in gambling. -वृत्तम् राशिचक्ररूपं वृत्तक्षेत्रम् the zodiacal circle. -शालिन् (शालिकः) officer in charge of the gambling house; EI 24.173. -स्तुषः Beleric Myrobalan (Mar. बेहडा) -हृदयम् perfect skill in, or conversancy with, gambling (lit. the heart or innermost nature of dice or gambling); वशीकृताक्षहृदयां K.131.
akṣuṇṇa अक्षुण्ण a. [न. त.] 1 Unbroken, uncurtailed. -2 Not conquered or defeated, successful; अक्षुण्णो$नुनयः Ve.1.2. -3 Not trodden or beaten, unusual, strange; अभीक्ष्णम- क्षुण्णतयातिदुर्गमम् Śi.1.32 being not practised or experienced. -4 Inexperienced, not expert.
aṅgam अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).
adhas अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते). -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (-क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle. -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥ -अधस् See above. -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse. -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ). -करणम् excelling, defeating, degradation; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour. -खननम् undermining. -गतिः f., गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell. -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse. -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा). -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्] 1 thief. -2 one who goes downwards. -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee. -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ). -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚. -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (-ष्टिः) a downward look. -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place. -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above. -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber). -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्). -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr. -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल. -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37. -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (-खम्) (नक्षत्रम्) 1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are : मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa. -2 N. of a hell. -यन्त्रम् a still. -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat); -लम्बः 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world. -वर्चस् a. strong _x001F_3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. -वशः Pudendum Muliebre. -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency. -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (-य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18. -शिरस् a. -मुख (n.) N. of a hell. -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below, -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.
ananta अनन्त a. [नास्ति अन्तो यस्य] Endless, infinite, eternal, boundless, inexhaustible; ˚रत्नप्रभवस्य यस्य Ku.1.3. -न्तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu; गन्धर्वाप्सरसः सिद्धाः किन्नरोरगचारणाः । नान्तं गुणानां जानन्ति (नास्यान्तमधिगच्छन्ति) तेनानन्तो$यमुच्यते ॥; also of Viṣṇu's couch, the serpent _x001F_-Śeṣa; of Kṛiṣṇa and his brother; of Siva, the 14th Arhat; Vāsuki, the lord of serpents अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29. -2 A cloud. -3 Talc. -4 N. of a plant (सिन्दु- वार) Vitex Trifolia (Mar. निरगुडी). -5 The asterism श्रवण. -6 A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the right arm on the अनन्तचतुर्दशी day. -7 The letter आ. -न्ता 1 The earth (the endless). -2 The number one. -3 Names of various females; N. of Pārvatī. -4 Names of various plants; शारिवा, अनन्तमूल (a very medicinal plant) दूर्वा, आमलकी, गुडूची, अग्निमन्थ, कणा, लाङ्गली, दुरालाभा, हरीतकी, अग्निशिखा, श्यामलता, पिप्पली. -न्ती A small silken cord tied round the left arm of a woman. -न्तम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Infinity, eternity. -3 Absolution, final beatitude; तदनन्ताय कल्पते Pt.2.72. -4 The Supreme Spirit, Brahman (परब्रह्म,); सत्यं ज्ञानमनन्तं ब्रह्मेति श्रुतिः । न व्यापित्वाद्देशतो$न्तो नित्यत्वान्नापि कालतः । न वस्तुतो$पि सर्वात्म्यादानन्त्यं ब्रह्मणि त्रिधा ॥ -5 A sloping and a projecting member of the entablature representing a continued pent-roof; अनन्तं चान्तरिक्षं च प्रस्तरं चाष्टधा लुपाः । Māna.18.174-175. cf. अनन्तः शेषविष्ण्वोश्चानवधौ क्लीबमम्बरे । स्त्रियां स्याच्छारिपादूर्वाविशल्याला- ङ्गलीषु च । हैमवत्यां गळूच्यां च...। Nm. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit; -कर a. magnifying to any extent; P.III.2.21. -ग a. moving forever. -गुण a. possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite number; प्लवङ्गानामनन्तगुणतैधते Mv.6.55. -चतुर्दशी, -˚व्रतम् [अनन्तस्य आराधनं यस्यां सा चतुर्दशी] the 14th day of the bright half of Bhādrapada when Ananta is worshipped -चरित्रः N. of a Bodhisattva. -जित् (अनन्तानि भूतानि जितवान्) 1 N. of Vāsudeva, the conqueror of all. -2 N. of an Arhat deity. -तान a. of endless width, extensive. -तीर्थकृत् m. 1 one who visits many places of polgimage. -2 a Jaina deity. -तृतीया the third day of the bright half of भाद्रपद, मार्गशीर्ष or वैशाख; नभस्ये वाथ वैशाखे मार्गशीर्षे$थवा पुनः । शुक्ल- पक्षतृतीयायां... उक्तानन्ततृतीयैषा सुतानन्दफलप्रदा. -दृष्टिः [अनन्ता दृष्टयो नेत्राणि यस्य] N. of Śiva, or of Indra. -देवः [अनन्तो देव इव] 1 the serpent Seṣa. -2 [अनन्ते दीव्यति; दिव्-अच्] N. of Nārayaṇa who sleeps on Seṣa. -3 N. of the king of Kashmir. -नेमिः N. of the king of Mālava, a contemporary of शाक्यमुनि -पार a. of endless width, boundless; ˚रं किल शब्दशास्त्रम् Pt.1. -पालः N. of a warriorchief in Kashmir. -मतिः N. of a Bodhisattva. -मायिन् a. of endless tricks, endlessly deceitful. -मूलः a medicinal plant (शारिवा). -राशिः an infinite quantity. -रूप a. of innumerable forms or shapes; epithet of Visnu. -वातः a disease of the head, resembling tetanus. -विक्रमिन् N. of a Bodhisattva. -विजयः [अनन्तान् विजयते ध्वनिद्वारा अनेन] N. of Yudhiṣṭhira's conchshell. अनन्तविजयं राजा कुन्तीपुत्रो युधिष्ठिरः Bg.1.16. -वीर्यः N. of the 23rd Jaina Arhat of a future age. -व्रतम् 1 See अनन्तचतुर्दशी above. -2 N. of the 12nd Adhyaya of the Bhaviṣyottara-Purāṇa. -शक्ति a. of boundless power, omnipotent, epithet of the Supreme Being. -शयनम् Travancore; Sriraṅgapaṭṭaṇa (because there are temples of Viṣṇu reclining on अनन्त Serpent). -शीर्ष N. of Visnu or the Supreme Being. (-र्षा) N. of the wife of Vāsuki. -शुष्म a. Ved. possessing endless strength; endlessly blowing. -श्री a. of boundless magnificence, an epithet of the Supreme Being.
anabhijña अनभिज्ञ a. Ignorant of, unacquainted with, unused to, (usually with gen.); ˚ज्ञः कैतवस्य Ś.5; वृत्तान्तानामन- भिज्ञास्मि K.236; ˚ज्ञः परमेश्वरगृहाचारस्य Mv.2; अनभिज्ञा- स्तमिस्राणां दुर्दिनेष्वभिसारिकाः Ku.6.43.
anartha अनर्थ a. [न. ब.] 1 Useless, worthless; शुनः पुच्छमिवानर्थं पाण्डित्यं धर्मवर्जितम् Pt.3.97. -2 Unfortunate, unhappy. -3 Harmful, disastrous, bad; चित्तज्ञानानुवर्तिनो$नर्था अपि प्रियाः स्युः Dk.16; wicked (opp. दक्षिण). -4 Not having that meaning (but another); having no meaning, nonsensical, meaningless. -5 Poor. -र्थः [न. त.] 1 Nonuse or value. -2 A worthless or useless object. -3 A reverse, evil, calamity, misfortune; R.18.14; रन्ध्रोपनिपातिनो$नर्थाः Ś.6; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H.1; cf. छिद्रेष्वनर्था बहुलीभवन्ति &c.; Ms.4.193, H.4.92; harmful object, danger; अर्थमनर्थं भावय नित्यम् Moha. M.2. -4 Nonsense, want of sense. -5 N. of Viṣṇu (आप्तसर्व- कामत्वात्तस्य तथात्वम्). -Comp. -अन्तरम् [न अर्थान्तरम्] sameness or identity. cf. आरम्भो व्यापारः क्रियेत्यनर्थान्तरम् ŚB. on MS.11.1.1. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing useless or unprofitable things. -2 mischievous, harmful; unprofitable, productive of evil. -नाशिन् m. N. of Śiva (destroyer of calamities). -भाव a malicious. -लुप्त a. [दृष्टार्थेन अलुप्तः] not devoid of the apparent meaning; free from all that is worthless. -संशयः [अनर्थकारी संशयः शाक. त.] 1 a great evil, hazardous adventure; प्रतिनिवर्त- तामस्मादनर्थसंशयात् Māl.5.2. [न. त.] not a risk of one's money; safety of one's wealth, अनर्थ्य anarthya अनर्थक anarthaka अनर्थ्य अनर्थक a. 1 Useless; meaningless; सर्वमप्ये- तदनर्थकम् Ve.1; ˚आयास K.18; not significant, as a particle used expletively. -2 Nonsensical. -3 Unprofitable. -4 Unfortunate. -कम् Nonsensical or incoherent talk.
anāsādita अनासादित a. Not obtained, not found or met with; not encountered or attacked; not occurred or having happened, non-existent. -Comp. -विग्रह a. unused to war, having had no occasion to fight.
anitya अनित्य a. 1 Not eternal or everlasting, transient, non-eternal, perishable (नश्वर) (opp. नित्य); गन्धवती पृथ्वी सा द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च T. S.9 (अनित्या = कार्यरूपा); See नित्य; यदि नित्यमनित्येन निर्मलं मलवाहिना । यशः कायेन लभ्येत तन्न लब्धं भवेन्तु किम् ॥ H.1.45. रजस्वलमनित्यं च भूतावासमिमं त्यजेत् Ms.6.77; धर्मो$नित्यः सुखदुःखे$प्यनित्ये जीवो$नित्यो हेतुरस्या- प्यनित्यः Mb. -2 Occasional, temporary, casual; not peremptory or obligatory as a rule &c., special. -3 Unusual, extraordinary; वर्णे चानित्ये P.V.4.31 (लोहितकः कोपेन, अन्यथा तु श्वेतवर्ण इति भावः); आनाय्यो$नित्ये III.1.127 (स हि गार्हपत्यादानीयते$नित्यश्च सततमप्रज्वलनात् Sk.) See VI.1. 147. -4 Unsteady, fickle, not permanent; अनित्यं यौवनं रूपम् H.4.68; ˚हृदया हि ताः Rām. -5 Uncertain, doubtful; अनित्यो विजयो यस्माद् दृश्यते युध्यमानयोः Ms.7.199; विजयस्य ह्यनित्यत्वात् Pt.3.22. -6 (in grammar) A rule or operation which is not invariable or compulsory; optional. -त्यम् adv. Occasionally, not permanently, incidentally, casually; अनित्यं हि स्थितो यस्मात् Ms.3.12. -Comp. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया an occasional act, such as a sacrifice for a special purpose, a voluntary and occasional act. -दत्तः, -दत्तकः, -दत्रिमः a son given by his parents to another temporarily (for temporary or preliminary adoption). -प्रत्यवेक्षा (with Buddhists) the consciousness that everything is perishable and is passing away. -भावः transitoriness, transient state, limited nature or existence; so अनित्यतावम् frailty, instability. -समः a sophism or fallacious reasoning which generalizes what it is exceptional (as अनित्यत्वम्). -समासः a compound which it is not obligatory to form in every case (the sense of which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent members.).
anucita अनुचित a. 1 Wrong, improper. -2 Unusual; unfit. -अर्थः An unusual meaning.
anucchiṣṭa अनुच्छिष्ट a. Not rejected; pure, holy; fresh, unused; ˚ यौवना Dk.112.
anupātakam अनुपातकम् [पातकं ब्रह्महत्यादि तत्सदृशम्] A heinous crime such as theft, murder, adultery &c. 35 such sins are enumerated in Viṣṇusmṛiti; Manu mentions 3 kinds; See 11.54-58.
anuṣṭhā अनुष्ठा a. Standing after, in succession; अभीमिन्द्रो नद्यो वव्रिणा हिता विश्वा अनुष्ठाः प्रवणेषु जिघ्नते Rv.1.54.1. अनुष्ठातृ anuṣṭhātṛ ष्ठायिन् ṣṭhāyin अनुष्ठातृ ष्ठायिन् a. Doing, performing, executing &c.; one who undertakes or begins.
anuṣṭhiḥ अनुष्ठिः ष्ठुः f. [स्था-कु] Proper order, succession (used only in instr.); ˚ष्ठु, अनुष्ठया, अनुष्ठुया in proper order, duly, immediately, properly; immediate, direct. अनुष्ठेय anuṣṭhēya ष्ठातव्य ṣṭhātavya अनुष्ठेय ष्ठातव्य pot. p. To be effected, performed; followed, done conformably to; विदर्भगतमनुष्ठेयम् M.5 what to do with. कस्मिंश्चिदाप्तजनानुष्ठेये कर्मणि त्वां व्यापारयितु- मिच्छामि Mu.1.
anusaṃdhānam अनुसंधानम् 1 Inquiry, investigation; close inspection or scrutiny, examination; Mv.7. -2 Aiming at. H. -3 Planning, arranging, getting ready &c.; दुर्गानुसंधाने को नियुज्यताम् H.3 equipping with the necessary materials. -4 A plan, scheme. -5 Suitable connection. -6 (In the Vaiś. Phil.) The 4th step in a syllogism, the उपनय or application. अनुसंधानिन् anusandhānin संधायिन् sandhāyin अनुसंधानिन् संधायिन् a. Investigating, looking after; skilful in concerting plans.
anusāraḥ अनुसारः 1 Going after, following (fig. also); pursuit; व्याधानुसारचकिता हरिणीव यासि Mk.1.17; शब्दानु- सारेण अवलोक्य Ś.7 looking in the direction of the sound; कपटानुसारकुशलः Mk.9.5 following up or tracing fraud. -2 Conformity to, accordance with, suitability, conformity to usage; किरणानुसारगलितेन K.137, 194, 24; धर्मशास्त्रानुसारेण Y.2.1. -3 Custom, usage, established practice; अनुसारादधिका (वृद्धिः) Ms.8.152. -4 Received or established authority, especially of codes of law. -5 Nature, natural condition of anything. -6 Currency, prevalence. -7 Consequence, result. अनुसारतः anusāratḥ अनुसारेण anusārēṇa अनुसारतः अनुसारेण (in comp.) In accordance with, conformably to.
anya अन्य a. [अन् अध्न्यादि˚ य; अन्यः, न्यस्मै, ˚स्मात्; n. अन्यत् &c.] 1 Another, different, other (भिन्न); another, other (generally); स एव त्वन्यः क्षणेन भवतीति विचित्रमेतत् Bh. 2.4; अन्यदेव भागधेयमेते निर्वपन्ति Ś.2; सर्वमन्यत् everything else; किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; changed, altered; संप्रत्यन्ये वयम् Bh.3.66 quite different persons; oft. in comp. अन्यसङ्गात्, अनन्यसाधारण &c. -2 Other than, different from, else than (with abl. or as last member of comp.); नास्ति जीवितादन्यदभिमततरमिह सर्वजन्तूनाम् K.35; को$स्ति धन्यो मदन्यः Bv.4.37; उत्थितं ददृशे$न्यञ्च कबन्धेभ्यो न किंचन R.12.49; किमन्यदस्याः परिषदः श्रुतिप्रसादनतः Ś.1; oft. used in addition to ऋते or विना; ऋते समुद्रादन्यः को विभर्ति वडवानलम् Pt.5.35; किं नु खलु मे प्रियादर्श- नादृते शरणमन्यत् Ś.3. -3 Another person, one different from self (opp. स्व, आत्मीय); वासश्च धृतमन्यैर्न धारयेत् Ms.4.66. -4 Strange, unusual, extraordinary; अन्य एव स प्रकारः K.168; अन्या जगद्धितमयी मनसः प्रवृत्तिः Bv. 1.69; धन्या मृदन्यैव सा S. D. -5 Ordinary, any one; निरातङ्कः कन्यामन्यो$पि याचते Mv.1.31; cf. इतर. -6 Additional, new, more; अन्यान् दशसुवर्णान्प्रयच्छ Mk.2 another ten (coins); अन्यदन्यन्नलिनदलशयनम् K.157 new and new (changing every now and then); अन्यस्मिन् दिवसे another day; one of a number (with gen.); अन्यच्च moreover, besides, and again (used to connect sentences together); एक- अन्य the one-the other; एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी । काङ्क्षन्त्यन्यो वदनमदिरां दौहृदच्छद्मनास्याः Me.8; see under एक also; अन्य-अन्य one another; अन्यः करोति अन्यो भुङ्क्ते one does, another suffers; अन्यन्मुखे अन्यन्निर्वहणे Mu.5; अन्यदुग्तं जातमन्यत् Ms.9.4,99; 8.24; कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते Pt.1.35; अन्यदुच्छृङ्खलं सत्त्वमन्यच्छास्त्र- नियन्त्रितं Śi.2.62; अन्य-अन्य-अन्य &c. one, another, third, fourth &c., जल्पन्ति सार्धमन्येन पश्यन्त्यन्यं सविभ्रमाः । हृद्गतं चिन्त- यन्त्यन्यं प्रियः को नाम योषिताम् Pt.1.135; मनस्यन्यद्ववचस्यन्यत् कार्यमन्यद् दुरात्मनाम् H.1.97.; (in pl.) केचित्-अन्ये some- others; एके-अन्ये-तथान्ये (बीजमेके प्रशंसन्ति क्षेत्रमन्ये मनीषिणः । बीजक्षेत्रे तथैवान्ये तत्रेयं तु व्यवस्थितिः ॥) Ms.1.7;4.9;12.123. [cf. L. alius; Gr. allos for aljos, Zend anya]. -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a different meaning, sense, or purpose. -असाधारण a. not common to others, peculiar. -आश्र- यण a. going or passing over to another. -उदर्य a. born from another; नहि ग्रभायारणः सुशेवो$न्योदर्यो मनसा मन्तवा उ Rv. 7.4.8. (-र्यः) a step-mother's son, a half brother. (-र्या a half sister. -ऊढा a. married to another; another's wife. -कारुका a worm bred in excrement (शकृत्कीटः). -क्षेत्रम् 1 another field. -2 another or foreign territory. अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्रलेपो भविष्यति ॥ -3 another's wife. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going to another. -2 adulterous, unchaste; वणिजां तु कुलस्त्रीव स्थिरा लक्ष्मीरन- न्यगा Ks.21.56;19.27. -गोत्र a. of a different family or lineage. -चित्त a. having the mind fixed on something or some one else; see ˚मनस्. -ज, -जात a. of a different origin. -जन्मन् a. another life or existence, regeneration, metempsychosis. -दुर्वह a. difficult to be borne by others. -देवत, -त्य, -दैवत्य a. addressed or referring to another deity (as a Vedic Mantra). -धर्मन् a. having another or different property. (-र्मः) different property or characteristic. -धी a. whose mind is turned away from God. -नाभि a. belonging to another family. -पदार्थः 1 another substance. -2 the sense of another word; ˚प्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः the Bahuvrīhi compound essentially depends on the sense of another word. -पर a. 1 devoted to another or something else. -2 expressing or referring to something else. -पुष्टा, -भृता 'reared by another', epithet of the cuckoo, which is supposed to be reared by the crow (called अन्यभृत्); अप्यन्यपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1.45; कलमन्यभृतासु भाषितम् R.8.59. -पूर्वा [अन्यः पतिः पूर्वो यस्याः] 1 a womon already promised or betrothed to another. -2 a remarried widow (पुनर्भू) see अनन्यपूर्व. -बीज, -बीजसमुद्भव, -समुत्पन्न an adopted son (born from other parents), one who may be adopted as a son for want of legitimate issue. -भृत् m. a crow (rearing another, it being supposed to sit on the eggs of the cuckoo and to rear its young ones), cf. Ś5.22. -मनस्, -मनस्क, -मानस a. 1 having the mind fixed on something else; inattentive. -2 fickle, versatile, unsteady; अन्यमनसः स्त्रियः H.1.111 absentminded; possessed by a demon. -मातृजः a half-brother (born of another mother) असंसृष्ट्यापि बा$$दद्यात्संसृष्टो नान्यमातृजः Y.2.139. -रङ्गः the second court or theatre or a compound; Māna. 21.144. -राजन्, -राष्ट्रीय a. subject to another king or kingdom (Ved.). -रूप a. having another form, changed, altered; पद्मिनीं वान्यरूपाम् Me.85. (-पम्) another or changed form; ˚पेण in another form. -लिङ्ग, -ङ्गक a. following the gender of another word (i. e. the substantive), an adjective; ऊषवानूषरो द्वावप्यन्यलिङ्गौ Ak. -वादिन् a. 1 giving false evidence. -2 a defendant in general. -वापः the cuckoo leaving the eggs in the nests of other birds. -विवर्धित a. = पुष्ट a cuckoo. -व्रत a. following other (than Vedic) observances, devoted to other gods, infidel. -शाखः, -खकः a Bārhmaṇa who has gone over to another school (of religion &c.); an apostate. -संक्रान्त a. fixed on or transferred to another (woman); ˚हृदयः आर्यपुत्रः M.3,4. -संगमः intercourse with another; illicit intercourse. -साधारण a. common to many others. -स्त्री another's wife, a woman not one's own. [In Rhetoric she is considered as one of three chief female characters in a poetical composition, the other two being स्वीया and साधारणी स्त्री. अन्या may be either a damsel or another's wife. The 'damsel' is one not yet married, who is bashful and arrived at the age of puberty. As "another's wife" she is fond of festivals and similar occasions of amusement, who is a disgrace to her family and utterly destitute of modesty, see S. D. 18-11]. ˚गः an adulterer. यस्य स्तेनः पुरे नास्ति नान्यस्त्रीगो न दुष्टवाक्... स राजा शक्रलोकभाक्; Ms.8.386. [Note: Some compounds under अन्य will be found under अनन्य.]
anyādṛkṣ अन्यादृक्ष् श् श a. [अन्य इव पश्यति, अन्यादृश्, कर्मकर्तरि क्स, क्विन्, कञ् वा P.III.2.6] 1 Of another kind, like another. -2 Changed, unusual, strange; यात्राप्रतिनिवृत्तम- न्यादृशं भवन्तमवधारयामि Māl.1; अन्यादृशमेव भगवत्या वचनम् 2; being different or otherwise; न खलु अन्यादृशेषु युष्मादृश्यः पक्षपातिन्यो भवन्ति 4; अन्यादृश्येव क्षणमजनिष्ट Dk.16, K.39; अन्यादृशी रचना कस्यापि वलीमुखस्य Mv.6 strange.
apavarjita अपवर्जित p. p. Left, abandoned; fulfilled; see above; oft. in comp. in the sense of 'free from', 'being without', 'destitute of', or with instr.; ष़ड्भिरपवर्जिता- शीतिः Bṛi. S.53.7;8 minus 6, अपवर्जितविप्लवे शुचौ Ki.2.26.
apaskaraḥ अपस्करः [अप-कॄ अप्-सुट् रथाङ्गे निपातः अपस्करो रथाङ्गम् P.VI.1.149] Any part of a carriage, except the wheel (˚रम् also); उरगध्वजदुर्धर्षं सुवरूथं स्वपस्करम् Rām 6. 57.26; cf. स्याद्रथाङ्गमपस्करः । Ak. अपस्करमधिष्ठाने हिमवान् विन्ध्यपर्वतः Mb. -2 Excrement. -3 Vulva. -4 Anus.
apānaḥ अपानः Breathing out, respiration (opp. प्राण); प्राणापानौ समौ कृत्वा नासाभ्यन्तरचारिणौ Bg.5.27; one of the five life-winds in the body which goes downwards and out at the anus (अपनयनान्मूत्रपुरीषादेरपानो$धोवृत्तिर्वायुर्ना- मिस्थानः) मूत्रशुक्रवहो वायुरपान इति कीर्त्यते. -नः, -नम् The anus (आधारे घञ्). -Comp. -दा giving Apāna. Vāj. 17.15. -द्वारम् the anus. -पवनः, -वायुः 1 the life-wind called अपान. -2 ventris crepitus. -भृत् f. a sort of brick (cherishing the life-wind अपान).
aprayukta अप्रयुक्त a. 1 Not used or employed, not applied. -2 Wrongly used, as a word. -3 (In Rhet.) Rare, unusual (as a word when used in a particular sense or gender though that sense or gender be sanctioned by lexicographers); अप्रयुक्तं तथाम्नातमपि कविभिर्नादृतम्; तथा मन्ये दैवतो$स्य पिशाचो राक्षसो$थवा । where the mas. gender of दैवत, though sanctioned (by Amara), is not used by poets and is, therefore, अप्रयुक्त. सन्त्यप्रयुक्ताः Mbh.
aprasiddha अप्रसिद्ध a. 1 Unknown, unimportant, insignificant अप्यप्रसिद्धं यशसे हि पुंसाम् Ku.3.19. -2 Unusual, uncommon; ˚पदम् an obsolete word.
abhukta अभुक्त a. 1 Uneaten, unenjoyed, unused; अभुक्तायां यस्यां क्षणमपि न यातं नृपशतैः Bh.3.25. -2 (Actively used) One who has not eaten, enjoyed, used &c.; cf. पति. -Comp. -मूलम् the interval between the closing part of Jyeṣṭhā and the beginging of Mūla.
amaṇḍa अमण्ड a. 1 Without decoration or ornaments. -2 Without froth or scum (as boiled rice). -ण्डः The castor oil tree (एरण्ड) Ricinus communis.
ayathā अयथा ind. Not as it should be or is intended to be, unfitly, improperly, wrongly. -थम Ved. Without effort; गोधा तस्मा अयथं कर्षदेतत् Rv.1.28.1. -Comp. -अर्थ a. 1 not true to the sense, unmeaning, nonsensical; परित्यक्तस्वार्थो नियतमयथार्थः क्षितिपतिः Mu.3.4. -2 incongruous, unfit, false, द्वयमिदमयथार्थं दृश्यते मद्विधेषु Ś.3.2; incorrect, wrong; अनुभवो द्विविधो यथार्थो$यथार्थश्च T. S.; ˚अनुभवः incorrect or untrue knowledge, wrong notion; तदभाववति तत्प्रकारको$नुभवो$यथार्थानुभवः । यथा शुक्तौ रजतमिदमिति ज्ञानं सैव अप्रमेत्युच्यते. -अभिप्रेताख्यानम् Communicating a news in an undesired manner, i. e. to tell a good news in a whispering tone, and to declare a bad news loudly. P.III.4.59. अयथाभिप्रेताख्यानं नामाप्रियस्योच्चैः, प्रियस्य च नीचैः कथनम् Sk. -इष्ट a. 1 not as wished or desired, disliked. -2 not enough or sufficient. -उचित a. unfit, unworthy. (-तम्) unfitly. -तथ a. 1) not as it should be, unfit, unsuitable, unworthy; इदमयथातथं स्वामिचेष्टितम् Ve.2. -2 vain, useless, profitless. (-थम्) 1 unfitly, unsuitably. -2 in vain, uselessly; तद् गच्छति अ˚ Ms.3.24. -3 wrongly; Ve.5. -तथ्यम् unsuitableness, incongruity, uselessness. -द्योतनम् intimation or occurrence of something or act which is not expected. -पुर, -पूर्व a. unprecedented, unparalleled, unusual; ददृशे सो$यथापूर्वो R.12.88. -मुखीन a. having the face turned away -वृत्त a. acting wrongly. -शास्त्रकारिन् a. not acting according to the Sāstras, irreligious; अयथाशास्त्रकारी च न विभागे पिता प्रभुः Nārada.
ayukta अयुक्त a. 1 Not yoked or harnessed; अरश्मानो ये$रथा अयुक्ता Rv.9.97.2. -2 Not joined, united or connected. -3 Not devout or pious, inattentive, negligent. नास्तिबुद्धिरयुक्तस्य Bg.2.66; अयुक्तासो अब्रह्मता यदसन् Rv.5.33.3. -4 Unpractised, unused, unemployed; ˚बुद्धि, ˚चार. -5 Unfit, improper, unsuitable; अयुक्तो$यं निर्देशः P.IV.2.64 Mbh. -6 Untrue, wrong. -7 Unmarried. -8 Opening externally. -9 Reduced to straits, miserable. -Comp. -कर्मन् m. an official (perhaps for आयुक्त˚). -कृत् a. doing improper or wrong acts. -पदार्थः the sense of a word to be supplied, as the sense of अपि q. v. -रूप a. incongruous, unsuitable; ˚पं किमतःपरं वद Ku.5.69.
araṇa अरण a. (-णी f.) Ved. 1 Departed, gone away; belonging to others, strange, unusual, foreign; distant, remote (opp. स्व, नित्य or अमा); (Sāy. grieved, sorry दुःखित, अरममाण); inimical, hostile, (with whom one is not on speaking terms). -2 Not fighting. -णम् 1 Moving, going. -2 Entering into, being inserted. -3 A refuge; विभेति यस्मादरणं ततो नः Bhāg.6.9.21.
ariṣam अरिषम् [न रिष्यते विच्छिद्यते] A continuous down-pour of rain. -षः A sort of disease in the anus.
ardita अर्दित p. p. [अर्द्-क्त] Tormented, afflicted; begged &c. -तम् A disease, spasm of the jaw-bones, tetanus or hemiflegia (paralysis of the muscles on one side of the face and neck).
ādarśaḥ आदर्शः [आदृश्यते$त्र, दृश् आधारे घञ्] 1 A mirror, a looking-glass; यथादर्शे तथात्मनि Kaṭh. Up.6.5. यथादर्शो मलेन च Bg.3.38. आत्मानमालोक्य च शोभमानमादर्शबिम्बे स्तिमि- तायताक्षी Ku.7.22. -2 The original manuscript from which a copy is taken; (fig.) a pattern, model, type; आदर्शः शिक्षितानाम् Mk.1.48; आदर्शः सर्वशास्त्राणाम् K.5; so गुणानाम् &c. -3 A copy of a work. -4 A commentary, gloss. cf. आदर्शो दर्पणे दीका प्रतिपुस्तकयोरपि Medinī. -5 A particular boundary of a country. -6 N. of a country. -Comp. -मण्डलः 1 a globular mirror. -2 the surface of a mirror. (-लम्) -3 a kind of snake (with globular spots).
ānuśrava आनुश्रव a. See next word; आनुश्रवं श्रुतिभिरङ्घ्रिजमङ्ग- सङ्गैः Bhāg.11.6.19. आनुश्र ānuśra (श्रा śrā) विक vika आनुश्र (श्रा) विक a. (-की f.) [गुरुपाठादनुश्रूयते; अनुश्रवो वेदस्तत्र विहितः ठक्] According to hearing, resting on Veda or tradition; देवानां गुणलिङ्गानामानुश्रविककर्मणाम् Bhāg.3.25.32. -कः Means of obtaining Heaven, absolution &c. Sk.
ānuṣṭhubha आनुष्ठुभ a. (-भी f.) [अनुष्टुप् छन्दो$स्य उत्सा˚ अञ्] 1 Consisting of Anuṣṭubhs. -2 Relating to Anuṣṭubh, formed like the metre; आनुष्टुभस्य हविषो हविर्यत् Rv.1. 181.1. -भम् The Anuṣṭup metre.
ānusūya आनुसूय a. (-यी f.) [अनुसूयया अत्रिपत्न्या दत्तं अण्] Coming from or given by Anusūyā; स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलमानुसूर्यं सा बिभ्रती शाश्वतमङ्गरागम् R.14.14.
ārakṣa आरक्ष a. Preserved, defended, fit to be protected. -क्षः, -क्षा 1 Protection, preservation, guard; आरक्षस्य विधिं कृत्वा Mb.5.16.3; आरक्षे मध्यमे स्थितान् Rām; Śānti. 3.5; Ms.3.24. शतसाहस्रमारक्षं मध्यगं रक्षसां कपिः Bk. -2 The junction of the frontal sinuses of an elephant (कुम्भसन्धि). -3 The part of the forehead below this junction. -4 An army; आरक्षो मे हतस्तात Rām.3.31.4. -Comp. -अधिकृतः Guard. EI., I. p. 5. f.
āsphujit आस्फुजित् m. N. of the planet Venus.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
uttāna उत्तान a. 1 Stretched out, spread out, expanded, dilated; उत्तानतारकस्य लोचनयुगलस्य K.143; U.3.23. -2 (a) Lying on the back, with the face upwards, supine; Māl.3; उत्तानोच्छूनमण्डूकपाटितोदरसंनिभे K. P.7; पितृपात्रं तदुत्तानं कृत्वा विप्रान्विसर्जयेत् Y.1.248. (b) Upright, erect. -3 Open, turned upwards; उत्तान आस्येन हविर्जुहोति Mb.12.245.27. उत्तानपाणिद्वयसंनिवेशात् Ku.3.45; ˚रश्मिषु Pt.3.151. -4 Open, unreserved, frank, candid; स्वभावोत्तानहृदयम् Ś5; frank-minded. -5 Elevated; Māl.7. -6 Concave; having the mouth upwards. -7 Shallow -Comp. -अर्थ a. Superficial, shallow. -कूर्मकम् a particular posture in sitting. -पट्टम् A pavement; व्यूढं चोत्तान- पट्टं सकलकनखले ... यश्चकार ... (An Abu inscription in the reign of Bhūmadeva. Ind. Ant. Vol. XI). -पत्रकः a. species of Ricinus (रक्तैरण्ड). -पद् f. 1 vegetation, the whole creation of upward germinating plants (Sāy.). -2 One whose legs are extended (in parturition). -पाद a. with extended legs (children). (-दः) 1 N. of a king, father of Dhruva. -2 the Supreme Spirit. ˚जः N. of Dhruva, the polar star. -शय a. sleeping supinely or on the back, lying with the face upwards; कदा उत्तानशयः पुत्रकः जनयिष्यति मे हृदयाह्लादम् K.62. (-यः, -या) a little child, suckling, infant. -शीवन् a. lying extended; stagnant. आप उत्तानशीवरीः Av.3.21.1. -हस्त a, having the hands stretched out in prayers. (-स्तौ) (du.) the two hands with the fingers stretched out and with the backs turned towards the ground. -हृदय Open-hearted.
uttara उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
utpātaḥ उत्पातः 1 Flying up, a spring, jump; एकोत्पातेन at one jump; एकोत्पातेन ते लङ्कामेष्यन्ति हरियूथपाः Rām.5.39. 4. -2 Rebounding, rising up (fig. also); करनिहतकन्दुक- समाः पातोत्पाता मनुष्याणाम् H.1. v. l. Upward jolt; विचलन् प्रथमोत्पाते हयानां भरतर्षभ Mb.3.168.4. -3 portent, any portentous or unusual phenomenon boding calamity; उत्पातेन ज्ञापिते च Vārt.. on P.I.4.44. Sk. ˚जलधरः K.111,287; Ve.1.22; सापि सुकुमारसुभगेत्युत्पातपरंपरा केयम् K. P.1; Mv.1.37. -4 Any public calamity (as an eclipse, earthquake &c.); a calamity (in general); अघर्मात्तु महोत्पातो भविष्यति हि सांप्रतम् Rām.5.26.32. ˚केतु K.5; ˚धूमलेखा Ketu; Māl.9.48. -Comp. -पवनः, -वातः, -वातालिः portentous or violent wind, whirlwind, a hurricane; R.15.23; Mv.1. ओषामासे मत्सरो- त्पातवातः Śi.18.35; उत्पातवाततरलीकृततारकाभम् Nāg.5.8. -प्रतीकारः provision made to counteract the evil portents; Kau. A.2.7.
utsargaḥ उत्सर्गः 1 Laying or leaving a side, abandoning, suspension; श्रीलक्षणोत्सर्गविनीतवेवाः Ku.7.45. -2 Pouring out, dropping down, emission; तोयोत्सर्गद्रुततरगतिः Me.19, 39; so शुक्र˚. -3 A gift, donation, giving away; (धनस्य) उत्सर्गेण शुध्यन्ति Ms.11.193. 4 Spending; अर्थ˚ Mu.3. -5 Loosening, letting loose; as in वृषोत्सर्गः -6 An oblation, libation. -7 Excretion, voiding by stool &c.; पुरीष˚, मलमूत्र˚. -8 Completion (as of study or a vow); cf. उत्सृष्टा वै वेदाः (opp. उपाकृता वै वेदाः). -9 A general rule or precept (opp. अपवाद a particular rule or exception); अपवादैरिवो- त्सर्गाः कृतव्यावृत्तयः परैः Ku.2.27, अपवाद इवोत्सर्गं व्यावर्तयितु- मीश्वरः R.15.7. -1 Offering what is promised (to gods, Brāhmaṇas &c.) with due ceremonies. -11 The anus; मित्रमुत्सर्गे Ms.12.121. -12 A heap, mass; अन्नस्य सुबहून् राजन्नुत्सर्गान्पर्वतोपमान् Mb.14.85.38. -13 Dedication, securing the services (of priests). उत्सर्गे तु प्रधानत्वात् etc. MS.3.7.19. (where शबर paraphrases उत्सर्ग by परिक्रय). -Comp. -समितिः carefulness in the act of excretion so that no living creature be hurt (Jaina).
upastha उपस्थ a. Near, approximate. -स्थः 1 The lap; उपस्थं कृ to make a lap; ˚स्थे कृ to take on the lap. -2 The middle part in general. तस्मिन्निर्मनुजे$रण्ये पिप्पलोपस्थ आस्थितः Bhāg.1.6.16. -स्थः, -स्थम् 1 The organ of generation (of men and women, particularly of the latter); स्नानं मौनोपवासेज्यास्वाध्यायोपस्थनिग्रहाः Y.3.313 (male); स्थूलोपस्थस्थलीषु Bh.1.37 (female); हस्तौ पायु- रुपस्थश्च Y.3.92 (where the word is used in both senses). -2 The anus. -3 The haunch or hip. -4 A sheltered place, seat. एवमुक्त्वा$र्जनः संख्ये रथोपस्थ उपाविशत् Bg.1.47. -5 Surface, ground; तं शयानं धरोपस्थे Bhāg.7.13.12. -Comp. -दघ्न a. reaching to the lap. -निग्रहः restraint of sensual passions, continence; स्नानं मौनोपवासेज्यास्वाध्यायोपस्थनिग्रहाः Y.3..313. -पत्रः, -दलः the Indian fig-tree (so called because its leaves resemble in shape the female organ of generation). -पदा f. A particular artery leading to the generative organs (of a male); Sāyaṇa on Ait. Br.3.37.6. -पाद a. Sitting with the legs bent down so as to form a lap; Sāṅkhyāyana Gr. Sūtra 4. -सद् a. sitting in the lap. प्रेष्ठः श्रेष्ठ उपस्थसत् Rv.1.156.5.
urudhā उरुधा ind. In many ways; अन्तरो$नन्तरो भाति पश्य तं माययोरुधा Bhāg.1.13.47. उरुवुः uruvuḥ वुकः vukḥ वूकः vūkḥ उरुवुः वुकः वूकः The plant Ricinus Communis. (Mar. एरण्ड).
uśanas उशनस् m. [वश्-कनसि संप्र˚ Uṇ.4.238] (Nom. sing. उशना; Voc. sing. उशनन्, उशन, उशनः) N. of Śukra, regent of the planet Venus, son of Bhṛigu and preceptor of the Asuras. In the Vedas he has the epithet (or patronymic name) Kāvya given to him, probably because he was noted for his wisdom; मित्रावरुणावुशनां काव्यम् (अवथः) Av.4.29.6. cf. कवीनामुशना कविः Bg. 1.37; He is also known as a writer on civil and religious law (Y.1.4). and as an authority on civil polity; शास्त्रमुशनसा प्रणीतम् Pt.5; अध्यापितस्योशनसापि नीतिम् Ku.3.6. -Comp. -प्रियम् A kind of gem Called गोमेद (वैडूर्य ?)
uṣṇa उष्ण a. [उष्-नक् Uṇ.3.2.] 1 Hot, warm; ˚अंशुः, ˚करः &c. -2 Sharp, strict, active; आददे नातिशीतोष्णो नभस्वानिव दक्षिणः; R.4.8 (where उष्ण has sense 1 also). -3 Pungent, acrid (as a रस). -4 Clever, sharp. -5 Choleric, warm, passionate. -ष्णः, -ष्णम् 1 Heat, warmth. -2 The hot season (ग्रीष्म); उष्णे वर्षति शीते वा मारुते वाति वा भृशम् । न कुर्वितात्मनस्त्राणं गोरकृत्वा तु शक्तितः ॥ Ms.11.113. -3 Sunshine. -4 A deep or feverish sigh. तप्यमानामिवोष्णेन मृणालीमचिरोद्धृताम् Rām.5.19.17. -5 Sorrow, distress (of separation, bereavement &c.); उष्णार्दितां (नीलकण्ठीमिव) Rām.5.5.25. -ष्णः An onion. -ष्णा 1 Warmth, heat. -2 Consumption. -3 Bile. शीतोष्णे चैव वायुश्च त्रयः शारीरजाः गुणाः Mb.12.16.11. ˚अङ्गत्वम्, ˚मलत्वम् Bile, disease. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -गुः, -दीधितिः, -रश्मिः, -रुचिः 'hot-rayed', the sun; लोकेन चैतन्यमिवोष्णरश्मेः R.5.4. परि- धेर्मुक्त इवोष्णदीधितिः R.8.9; Ku.3.25. -अभिगमः, -आगमः, -उपगमः approach of heat, hot season. -असहः the cold season. -उदकम् 1 warm or hot water. -2 a body-shampooer (अङ्गमर्दक); cf. Rām.2.83.14. 'उष्णोदकं समुल्लेखोद्वाहनोद्वर्तनेषु च' -उष्ण a. Very hot; उष्णोष्णशीकरसृजः Śi.5.45. -कालः, -गः 1 the hot season; चलं हि तव सौभाग्यं नद्याः स्रोत इवोष्णगे Rām.2.7.15. -2 The rainy season; गङ्गावेगमिवोष्णगे Mb.5.139.11 (according to the नीलकण्ठ- भाष्य). -करण a. heating. -गन्धा N. of a plant (Mar. कोळिंजन). -गुः The sun; क्षणेन नाशयामास नैशं तम इवोष्णगुः Bhāg.1.76.17. -नदी the hot river वैतरणी or the river of hell. -बाष्पः 1 tears. -2 hot vapour. -वारणः, -णम् an umbrella, parasol; यदर्थमम्भोजमिवोष्णवारणम् Ku. 5.52. -वीर्यः Delphinus Gangeticus (शफरी मत्स्य).
uhraḥ उह्रः A bull. Ms.9.123. -5 Minus (in this sense used with numerals); एकोन less by one; ˚विंशतिः 2 minus 1 = 19; so ˚त्रिंशत् 29; ˚पञ्चाशत् 49; अष्टोनं शतम् 1 minus 8 = 92. -Comp. -अतिरिक्त a. Too little or too much. -अब्दिकम् The श्राद्ध ceremony on the previous day before the anniversary ceremony. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः N. applied to a particular lunar day (which is omitted if two lunar days end in one solar day); Sūrya 1.4.
ṛṇa ऋण a. [ऋ-क्त] 1 Going. -2 Guilty. -णम् 1 Debt; (as to the three kinds of debt, see अनृण; cf. जायमानो ह वै ब्राह्मणस्त्रिभिर्ऋणवान् जायते, यज्ञेन देवेभ्यः ब्रह्मचर्येण ऋषिभ्यः प्रजया पितृभ्यः इति । स वै तर्हि अनृणो भवति यदा यज्वा, ब्रह्मचारी, प्रजावानिति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.31. ऋणानि त्रिण्यपाकृत्य मनो मोक्षे निवेशयेत् Ms.6.35. देवानां च पितॄणां च ऋषीणां च तथा नरः । ऋणवाञ् जायते यस्मात्तन्मोक्षे प्रयतेत् (त ?) सदा ॥ देवानामनृणो जन्तुर्यज्ञैर्भवति मानवः । अल्पवित्तश्च पूजाभिरुपवासव्रतैस्तथा ॥ श्राद्धेन प्रजया चैव पितॄणामनृणो भवेत् । ऋषीणां ब्रह्मचर्येण श्रुतेन तपसा तथा ॥ (विष्णुधर्मोत्तरम्); ऋणं कृ to incur debt; ऋणं दा to pay off or discharge debt; अन्त्यं ऋणं (पितॄणम्) the last debt to be paid to the manes, i. e. creation of a son. -2 An obligation in general. cf. ऋणसंस्तवो हि अवश्यकर्तव्यानां भवति । ŚB on MS.6.2.31. -3 (In alg.) The negative sign or quantity, minus (opp. धन). -4 A fort, strong-hold. -5 Water. -6 Land. -Comp. -अन्तकः the planet Mars. -अपनयनम् -अपनोदनम्, -अपाकरणम्, -दानम्, -मुक्तिः, -मोक्षः, -शोधनम् paying off debt, discharge or liquidation of debt. -आदानम् 'recovery of debt' Kau. A.3; receipt of money lent &c. (one of the 18 titles or subjects of litigation). -उद्ग्रहणम् recovering a debt in any way from the creditor (by friendly or legal proceedings). -ऋणम् (ऋणार्णम्) debt for a debt, debt incurred to liquidate another debt. ऋणस्य अपनयनाय यदन्यदृणं क्रियते तत् ऋणार्णम् Sk.73; Vārt. on P.VI.1.89. -कर्तृ a. one who gets into debt; Mb.13.23.21. -काति a. one to whom praise is due as a debt; or one who receives praise as a debt to be repaid in benefits (Sāy.) -ग्रस्त a. indebted, involved in debt. -ग्रहः 1 borrowing (money). -2 a borrower. -ग्राहिन् a. borrowing. -m. a debtor, borrower. -चित् a. acknowledging (praise) as a debt to be paid for. N. of ब्रह्मणस्पति; Rv.2.27. 17. -च्छेदः Payment of a debt. -(णम्)चयः N. of a king; Rv.5.3.12,14. -दातृ, -दायिन् a. one who pays a debt. -दासः [ऋणात् मोचनेन कृतो दासः] one who is bought as a slave by paying off his debts; ऋणमोचनेन दास्य- त्वमभ्युपगतः ऋणदासः Mitā. -निर्णयपत्रकम्, -पत्रम् A note of acknowledgement of debt; Sūkra.1.33. -निर्मोक्षः Discharge or acquittance of debt (to ancestors &c.); न चोपलेभे पूर्वेषामृणनिर्मोक्षसाधनम् R.1.2. -प्रदातृ moneylender. -मत्कुणः, -मार्गणः security, bail. -मुक्तः released from debt. -मुक्तिः &c. see ऋणापनयनम्. -लेख्यम् 'debtbond' a bond acknowledging a debt (in law; Mar. कर्जरोखा).
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
auttamiḥ औत्तमिः N. of the third of the fourteen Manus; Ms.1.62.
kacelam कचेलम् A string or cover containing and keeping together the leaves of a manuscript.
karṇa कर्ण a. Ved. 1 Having long ears. -2 Furnished with chaff (as grain). -र्णः 1 The ear; अहो खलभुजङ्गस्य विपरीतवधक्रमः । कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते ॥ Pt.1. 35, 34 also; -कर्णे दा to listen; कर्णमागम् to come to the ear, become known; तद्गुणैः कर्णमागत्य R.1.9; कर्णे कृ to put round the ear; Ch. P.1; कर्णे कथयति whispers in the ear; cf. षट्कर्ण, चतुष्कर्ण &c. also. -2 The handle or ear of a vessel; उभा कर्णा हिरण्यया Rv.8.72.12. -3 The helm or rudder of a ship; सेना भ्रमति संख्येषु हत- कर्णेव नौर्जले Rām.6.48.26. -4 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -5 The diameter of a circle; Sūrya. -6 An intermediate region or quarter (उपदिग्भाग); Mb.6. 6.1. -7 (In prosody) A spondee. -8 N. of a tree (Mar. बाहवा, रुइमांदार) Rām.5.56.34. -2 N. of a celebrated warrior on the side of the Kauravas mentioned in the Mahābhārata. भवान् भीष्मश्च कर्णश्च Bg.1.8;11.34. [He was the son of Kuntī begotten on her by the god Sun while she was yet a virgin residing at her father's house (see Kuntī). When the child was born, Kuntī, afraid of the censure of her relatives and also of public scandal, threw the boy into the river where he was found by Adhiratha, charioteer of Dhṛitrāṣṭra, and given over to his wife Rādhā, who brought him up like her own child; whence Karṇa is often called Sūtaputra, Rādheya &c. Karṇa, when grown up, was made king of Aṇga by Duryodhana, and became by virtue of his many generous acts a type of charity. On one occasion Indra (whose care it was to favour his son Arjuna) disguised himself as a Brāhmaṇa and cajoled him out of his divine armour and ear-rings, and gave him in return a charmed javelin. With a desire to make himself proficient in the science of war, he, calling himself a Brāhmaṇa went to Parasurāma and learnt that art from him. But his secret did not long remain concealed. On one occasion when Parasurāma had fallen asleep with his head resting on Karṇa's lap, a worm (supposed by some to be the form assumed by Indra himself to defeat Karṇa's object) began to eat into his lap and made a deep rent in it; but as Karṇa showed not the least sign of pain, his real character was discovered by his preceptor who cursed him that the art he had learnt would avail him not in times of need. On another occasion he was curse by a Brāhmaṇa (whose cow he had unwittingly slain in chase) that the earth would eat up the wheel of his chariot in the hour of trial. Even with such disadvantages as these, he acquitted himself most valiantly in the great war between the Paṇḍavas and Kauravas, while acting as generalissimo of the Kaurava forces after Bhīṣma and Droṇa had fallen. He maintained the field against the Paṇḍavas for three days, but on the last day he was slain by Arjuna while the wheel of his chariot had sunk down into the earth. Karṇa was the most intimate friend of Duryodhana, and with Śakuni joined him in all the various schemes and plots that were devised from time to time for the destruction of the Paṇ&dvas.] -Comp. -अञ्चलः (लम्) Ear-lobe; (Mātaṅga L.5.12.) -अञ्जलिः 1 The auditory passage of the outer ear. -2 The ears pricked up; आपीय कर्णाञ्जलिभिर्भवापहाम् Bhāg.3.13.5. -अनुजः Yudhiṣṭhira. -अन्तिक a. close to the ear; स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -अन्दुः, -न्दू f. an ornament for the ear, ear-ring. -अर्पणम् giving ear, listening. -आरा (= -वेधनी). -आस्फालः the flapping of the elephant's ears. -इन्दुः f. a semicircular ear-ring. -उत्तंसः an ear-ornament or merely an ornament (according to some authorities). (Mammaṭa says that here कर्ण means कर्णंस्थितत्व; cf. also his remark ad hoc:- कर्णावतंसादिपदे कर्णादिध्वनिनिर्मितः । सन्निधानार्थबोधार्थं स्थितेष्वेत- त्समर्थनम् ॥ K. P.7). -उपकर्णिका rumour; (lit. 'from ear to ear'). प्रागेव कर्णोपकर्णिकया श्रुतापवादक्षुभितहृदयः Pt. -ऊर्णः a kind of deer; कर्णोर्णैकपदं चास्मै निर्जुष्टं वृकनाभिभिः Bhāg. -कषायः Dirt in the ears; आपीयतां कर्णकषायशोषाननुक्रमिष्ये न इमान्सुपेशान् Bhāg.2.6.46. -कीटा, -टी 1 a worm with many feet and of a reddish colour, -2 a small centipede. -कुमारी N. of Bhavānī. -कूटः The tower at the corner of the roof; Māna.19.54-55. -क्ष्वेडः (in Medic.) a constant noise in the ear. -गूथम् earwax. (-थः) -गूथकः hardening of the wax of the ear. -गोचर a. audible. -ग्राहः a helmsman. -चूलिका f. An ear-ring; उत्कृत्तकर्णचूलिकेन मुखेन ...... Svapna.2. -जप a. (also कर्णेजप) a secret traducer, talebearer, informer. कर्णेजपः सूचकः Mbh. on P.III.2.13. -जपः, -जापः slandering, tale-bearing, calumniating. -जलूका a small centipede. (also -जलौकस्, -जलौका) -जाहम् the root of the ear; cf. तस्य पाकमूले पील्वादिकर्णादिभ्यः कुणब्जाह चौ Pān. V.2.24. अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः Māl.5.8. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Karṇa', epithet of Arjuna, the third Pāṇḍava prince. -ज्वरः pain to the ear; U.5.6. -तालः the flapping of the elephant's ears, the noise made by it; विस्तारितः कुञ्जरकर्ण- तालैः R.7.39,9.71; Śi.17.37. -दर्पणः an ear-ring. -दुन्दुभिः = कर्णकीटा. -धारः a helmsman, a pilot; अकर्णधारा जलधौ विप्लवेतेह नौरिव H.3.2; अविनयनदीकर्णधार- कर्ण Ve.4. -धारिणी a female elephant. -पत्रकः The lobe of the ear; Y.3.96. -पथः the range of hearing. -परम्परा from ear to ear, hearsay; इति कर्णपरंपरया श्रुतम् Ratn.1. -पर्वन् n. the eighth (i. e. Karṇa) section of the Mahābhārata. -पाकः inflammation of the outer ear. -पालिः, -ली f. 1 the lobe of the ear. -2 the outer edge of the ear. (-ली) an ornament of the ear. -पाशः a beautiful ear; U.6.27. -पिशाची f. a type of goddess. -पुटम् the auditory passage of the ear. -पूरः 1 an ornament (of flowers &c.) worn round the ear, an ear-ring; इदं च करतलं किमिति कर्णपूरतामारोपितम् K.6. प्रचुरसमरशोभासुभ्रुवः कर्णपूरः Śiva. B.3.46. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Śirīṣa tree. -4 the blue lotus. -पूरकः 1 an ear-ring. -2 the Kadamba tree. -3 the Aṣoka tree. -4 the blue lotus. -प्रणादः, -प्रतिनाहः a disease of the ear. -प्रान्तः the lobe of the ear. -फलः a kind of fish. -भूषणम्, -भूषा an ear-ornament. -मुकुरः an ear-ornament. -मूलम् the root of the ear; तं कर्णमूलमागत्य रामे श्रीर्न्यस्यतामिति R.12.2. -मोटी a form of Durgā. -योनि a. having the ear as a source. तस्य साध्वीरिषवो याभिरस्यति नृचक्षसो दृशये कर्णयोनयः Rv.2.24.8. -लता, -लतिका the lobe of the ear; मन्ये$मुना कर्णलतामयेन N.7.64. -वंशः a raised platform or dais of bamboo. -वर्जित a. earless. (-तः) a snake. -विवरम्, -छिद्रम्, -पुरम्, -रन्ध्रम् the auditory passage of the ear. -विष् f. ear-wax; Ms.5.135. -विषम् 'poisoning the ear', slandering, backbiting. -वेधः piercing the ears to put ear-rings on; a religious ceremony (संस्कार). -वेधनी, -वेधनिका an instrument for piercing the ear. -वेष्टः, -वेष्टनम् an ear-ring; सुकृतौ कर्णवेष्टौ च Rām.5.15.42. -शष्कुली the outer part of the ear (leading to the auditory passage); AV.9.8.1. अवलम्बितकर्णशष्कुलीकलसीकं रचयन्नवोचत N.2.8. -शूलः, -लम् ear-ache. -श्रव a. audible, loud; कर्णश्रवे$- निले Ms.4.12. -श्रावः, -संश्रवः 'running of the ear', discharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear. -सूः f. Kuntī, mother of Karṇa. -स्रोतस् n. excretion of the ear (कर्णमल) कर्णस्रोतोभवं चापि मधुं नाम महासुरम् Mb.6. 67.14. -हर्म्यम् a tower, a side-tower. -हीन a. earless. (-नः) a snake.
kala कल a. [ कल्- घञ्] 1 Sweet and indistinct (अस्पष्टमधुर); कर्णे कलं किमपि रौति H.1.78; सारसैः कलनिर्ह्रादैः R.1.41,8. 59; M.5.1. वाग्भिः कलाभिर्ललितैश्च हावैः Bu. Ch.2.3. (Hence -2 Low, soft, sweet (note &c.); melodious, pleasing, निशासु भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12. -3 Making noise, jingling, tinkling &c.; भास्वत्कलनूपुराणाम् R.16.12; कल- किङ्किणीरवम् Śi.9.74,82; कलमेखलाकलकलः 6.14,4.57; -4 Weak. -5 Crude; undigested. -6 Vigorous. -7 Full. दीनस्य ताम्राश्रुकलस्य राज्ञः Rām.2.13.24. -ला 1 A low or soft and inarticulate tone. -2 (In poetry) Time equal to four Mātrās. -3 (-m. pl.) A class of manes. -लम् Semen. -Comp. अङ्कुरः the Sārasa bird. -अनु- वादिन् m. 1 a sparrow. -2 a bee. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अविकलः a sparrow. -आलापः 1 a sweet humming sound. -2 sweet and agreeable discourse; स्फुरत्- कलालापविलासकोमला करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकधिकम् K.2. -3 a bee. -उत्ताल a. high, sharp. -कण्ठ a. having a sweet voice. (-ण्ठः) (ण्ठी f.) 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a goose, swan. -3 a pigeon. -कलः 1 murmuring or hum of a crowd. -2 indistinct or confused noise; चलितया विदधे कलमेखलाकलकलो$लकलोलदृशान्यया Śi.6.14; नेपथ्ये कलकलः (in dramas); Bh.1.27,37; Amaru.31. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 resin, pitch. -कूजिका, -कूणिका a wanton woman. -घोषः the (Indian) cuckoo. -चु(चू)रिः N. of a royal family; B. R. -तूलिका a wanton or lascivious woman. -धूतम् silver. -धौतम् 1 silver; कलधौतधौत- शिलवेश्मनां रुचौ Śi.13.21,4.41. -2 gold; विमलकलधौत- त्सरुणा खड्गेन Ve.3. कन्येयं कलधौतकोमलरुचिः कीर्तिस्तु नातः परा Mahār. -3 a low or pleasing tone. ˚लिपि f. 1 illumination of a manuscript with gold. -2 characters written in gold; मरकतशकलकलितकलधौतलिपेरिव रतिजय- लेखम् Gīt.8. -ध्वनिः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a pigeon. -3 a peacock. -4 the (Indian) cuckoo. -नाद a. having a low and sweet tone. (-दः) a swan; see कलध्वनि. -भाषणम् lisping, the prattle of childhood. -रवः 1 a low sweet tone. -2 a dove. -3 the (Indian) cuckoo. -विशुद्ध a. soft and clear; Ś.5. -व्याघ्रः a mongrel breed between a tigress and panther. -हंसः 1 a gander, a swan; वधूदुकूलं कलहंस- लक्षणम् Ku.5.67. -2 a duck, drake; Bk.2.18; कलमन्य- भृतासु भाषितं कलहंसीषु मदालसं गतम् R.8.59. -3 the supreme soul. -4 an excellent king.
kācana काचन काचनकम् A string or tape which ties a parcel or bundle of papers or the leaves of a manuscript; cf. कचेल.
kācanakin काचनकिन् m. A manuscript, writing.
kiṅkiraḥ किङ्किरः 1 A horse. -2 The (Indian) cuckoo. -3 A large black bee. -4 N. of Cupid, the god of love. -5 The red colour. -रम् The frontal sinus of an elephant. -रा Blood.
kullūkaḥ कुल्लूकः N. of learned commentator on Manusmṛiti.
koṇaḥ कोणः [कुण्-करणे घञ् कर्त्तरि अच् वा Tv.] 1 A corner, an angle (of anything); भयेन कोणे क्वचन स्थितस्य Vikr.1. 99. युक्तमेतन्न तु पुनः कोणं नयनपद्मयोः Bv.2.173. -2 An intermediate point of the compass. -3 The bow of a lute; a fiddle-stick. -4 The sharp edge of a sword or weapon. -5 A stick, staff, club. -6 A drum-stick; ... कोणैर्भे- र्यो निजघ्निरे Bk.14.2. -7 N. of the planet Mars. -8 N. of the planet Saturn. -9 A sort of musical instrument [cf. Gr. gonia]. -Comp. -आघातः striking of drums, tabors &c., used in the sense of 'a mingled sound of various musical instruments'; कोणाघातेषु गर्जत्प्रलयघनघटान्योन्य- संघट्टचण्डः Ve.1.22. (It is thus defined by Bharata :-- ढक्काशतसहस्राणि भेरीशतशतानि च । एकदा यत्र हन्यन्ते कोणाघातः स उच्यते ॥). -कुणः, -पारावतम् (see कपोतपालिका) A dove-cot or doveridge, a bug. -वादिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -वृत्तम् a vertical circle extending from north-east to south-west or from north-west to south-east. -शङ्कुः the sinus of the height of the sun.
kvācitka क्वाचित्क a. (-त्की f.) Met with occasionally, rare, unusual; इति क्वाचित्कः पाठः
kṣayaḥ क्षयः [क्षि-अच्] 1 A house, residence, abode; यातनाश्च यमक्षये Ms.6.61; निर्जगाम पुनस्तस्मात्क्षयान्नारायणस्य ह Mb. -2 Loss, decline, waste, wane, decay, diminution; आयुषः क्षयः R.3.69; धनक्षये वर्धति जाठराग्निः Pt.2.186; so चन्द्रक्षयः, क्षयपक्षः &c. -3 Destruction, end, termination; निशाक्षये याति ह्रियैव पाण्डुताम् Ṛs.1.9; Amaru.6. -4 Pecuniary loss; Ms.8.41. -5 Fall (as of prices.) -6 Removal. -7 Universal destruction (प्रलय). -8 Consumption. -9 A disease in general. -1 The negative sign or quantity, minus (in algebra). -11 Family, race. -12 The house of Yama. -13 A part of the elephant's knee (गजजानुभागविशेषः); Mātaṅga L.5.15. -14 Power (क्षी क्षयैश्वर्ययोरित्यैश्वर्यार्थस्य क्षिधातो रूपम् -Com. on Mb.12.33.2); उपपद्यति संयोगाद् गुणैः सह गुणक्षयात् ibid. -यम् N. of the last year in the sixty years cycle. -Comp. -उपशमः complete annihilation of the desire of being active (Jaina). -कर (also क्षयंकर) a. causing decay or destruction, ruinous. -कालः 1 time of universal destruction. -2 the period of decline. -कासः consumptive cough. -तिथिः, f. -क्षयाहः the lunar day not beginning with the sun-rise, hence omitted in the calendar. -पक्षः the dark fortnight. क्षयपक्ष इवैन्दवीः कलाः सकला हन्ति स शक्तिसंपदः Ki.2.37. -2 a fortnight of 13 days. -मासः the month in which two संक्रान्तिs occur and which is omitted in the adjustment of the lunar-solar calender. -युक्तिः f., -योगः an opportunity of destroying; Ki.2.9. -रोगः consumption. -वायुः the wind that is to blow at the destruction of the world. -संपद् f. total loss, ruin.
kṣuṇṇa क्षुण्ण p. p. [क्षुद्-क्त] 1 Pounded, crushed to pieces, bruised. -2 Powdered, pulverized, ground. -3 Beaten, trodden (as a path); रेखामात्रमपि क्षुण्णादा मनोर्वर्त्मनः परम् (न व्यतीयुः) R.1.17. -4 (Fig.) Practised, followed; क्षुद्रजनक्षुण्ण एष मार्गः K.146; अ˚ unusual; Māl.3. -5 Violated (a vow); Rām.1. -6 Exercised, practised, skilful. -7 One versed in the sacred science but unable to teach it. -8 Overcome, defeated; क्षतं क्षुण्णासुरगणैरगणैरिव किं यशः Ki.15.8. -Comp. -मनस् a. penitent, repentant.
kha खः The sun. -खम् 1 The sky; खं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2; यावद्गिरः खे मरुतां चरन्ति Ku.3.72; Me.9. -2 Heaven. -3 Organ of sense; पराञ्चि खानि व्यतृणत्स्वयंभूस्तमात्पराङ् पश्यति नान्तरात्मन् Kaṭh.2.1.1. -4 A city. -5 A field. -6 A cypher. -7 A dot, an anusvāra. -8 A cavity, an aperture, hollow, hole; नश्यतीषुर्यथा विद्धः खे विद्धमनुविध्यतः Ms.9.43. -9 An aperture of the human body; (of which there are 9, i. e. the mouth, the two ears, the two eyes, the two nostrils, and the organs of excretion and generation); खानि चैव स्पृशेदद्भिः Ms.2.6,53;4.144; Y.1.2; cf. Ku.3.5. -1 A wound. -11 Happiness, pleasure. -12 Tale. -13 Action. -14 Knowledge. -15 Brahman. -16 The glottis (in anatomy). -17 The tenth mansion from any given constellation or the sun's entrance into it. -खा 1 A well, fountain. -2 A river. -3 Pārvatī. -4 The earth. -5 Lakṣmi. -6 The speech; cf. खोमा क्ष्मा कमला च गीः Enm. -Comp. -अटः (खे$टः) 1 a planet. -2 Rāhu, the ascending node. -आपगा an epithet of the Ganges. -उल्कः, -खोल्कः 1 a meteor. -2 a planet. -3 N. of the sun. ˚आदित्यः a form of the sun. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कामिनी N. of Durgā. -कुन्तलः N. of Śiva. -ग a. [खे आकाशे गच्छति गम्-ड] moving in the air; आरुह्यतामयं शीघ्रं खगो रत्नविभूषितः Rām.3.42.7. (-गः) 1 a bird; अधुनीत खगः स नैकधा तनुम् N.2.2; Ms.12.63. -2 air, wind; तमांसीव यथा सूर्यो वृक्षानग्निर्घनान्खगः Mb. -3 the sun. -4 a planet; e. g. आपोक्लिमे यदि खगाः स किलेन्दुवारः Tv. -5 a grass-hopper. -6 a deity. -7 an arrow; आशीविषाभान् खगमान् प्रमुञ्चन् Mb.8.67.2. ˚अधिपः an epithet of Garuḍa; हर्षयन्विबुधानीकमारुरोह खगाधिपम् Bhāg.8. 4.26. ˚अन्तकः a hawk, falcon. ˚अभिरामः an epithet of Śiva. ˚आसनः 1 the eastern mountain on which the sun rises. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Garuḍa ज्ञानेन वैयासकिशद्वितेन भेजे खगेन्द्रध्वजपादमूलम् Bhāg. ˚वती f. the earth. ˚स्थानम् 1 the hollow of a tree. -2 a bird's nest. -गङ्गा celestial Gaṅgā. -गतिः f. 1 flight in the air. -2 the motion of a planet. -3 a metre of 4 x 16 syllables. -गम a. moving in the air, flying (as the Gandharvas or missile weapons). (-मः) a bird. -(खे)गमनः a kind of gallinule. -गुण a. having a cypher as a multiplier. -गोलः the celestial sphere. ˚विद्या astronomy. -चमसः the moon. -चर a. flying, moving in the air. (-रः) or खेचरः 1 a bird. -2 a cloud. -3 the sun. -4 the wind. -5 a demon. -6 an aerial spirit. -7 a Gandharva or Vidyādhara खचरनगरकल्पं कल्पितं शास्त्रदृष्ट्या Mb.7.7.54; दिव्यस्रग्वस्त्रसन्नाहाः कलत्रैः खेचरा इव Bhāg.1.82.9. -8 a planet. (hence the number 'nine'). -9 mercury or quicksilver. -1 a sign of the zodiac. (-री i. e. खेचरी) 1 a semi-divine female able to fly. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -3 The magical power of flying (सिद्धि); एवं सखीभिरुक्ताहं खेचरी- सिद्धिलोलुभा Ks.2.15. -4 a particular मुद्रा or position of fingers. -चारिन् a. moving in the air. (-m.) an epithet of Skanda. -जलम् 'sky-water', dew, rain, frost &c. -ज्योतिस् m. a firefly. -तमालः 1 a cloud. -2 smoke. -तिलकः the sun, -द्योतः 1 a firefly; खद्योतालीविलसितनिभां विद्युदुन्मेषदृष्टिम् Me.83. -2 the sun. -द्योतनः the sun. -धूपः a rocket; मुमुचुः खधूपान् Bk.3.5. -परागः darkness. -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower', used figuratively to denote anything impossible, an impossibility; cf. the four impossibilities stated in this verse :-- मृगतृष्णाम्भसि स्नातः शशशृङ्गधनुर्धरः । एष वन्ध्यासुतो याति खपुष्पकृतशेखरः Subhāṣ. -बाष्पः dew, frost. -भ्रमः a planet. -भ्रान्तिः a falcon. -मणिः 'the jewel of the sky', the sun. -मीलनम् sleepiness, lassitude. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva; a celestial body or person; Ms.2.82. -वारि n. rain-water, dew &c. -बाष्पः snow, hoar-frost. -शय (also खेशय) a. resting or dwelling in the air. -शरीरम् a celestial body. -श्वासः wind, air. -समुत्थ, -संभव a. produced in the sky, ethereal. -सिन्धुः the moon. -सूचि See under that word. -स्तनी the earth. -स्फटिकम् the sun or moon gem. -हर a. having a cypher for its denominator.
guṇanikā गुणनिका [गुण् भावे युच् स्वार्थे क] 1 Study, repeated reading, repetition; विशेषविदुषः शास्त्रं यत्तवोद्ग्राह्यते पुरः । हेतुः परिचयस्थैर्ये वक्तुर्गुणनिकैव सा ॥ Śi.2.75 (आम्रेडितम् Malli.); श्रुतेर्गुणनिकानिकामपरिपूतवक्त्राम्बुजान् Viś. Guṇā.159. -2 Dancing, the science or profession of dancing. -3 The prologue or introduction to a drama. -4 A garland, necklace; दरिद्राणां चिन्तामणिगुणनिका A. L.3. -5 Determining the value of the various readings of a manuscript. -6 A cipher, the character in arithmetic which expresses nothing.
gudam गुदम् The anus; intestine; rectum; आन्त्रेभ्यस्ते गुदाभ्यो वनिष्ठोर्हृदयादधि Rv.1.163.3; Y.3.93; Ms.5.136; 8.262. -दा The anus; vein (नाडी); सिन्धवो द्रुगुदा Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. -Comp. -अङ्कुरः piles. -आवर्तः obstruction of the bowels. -उद्भवः piles. -ओष्ठः the opening of the anus. -कीलः, -कीलकः piles. -ग्रहः constipation, flatulence, spasm of the rectum. -निर्गमः see गुदभ्रंश. -पाकः inflammation of the anus. -भ्रंशः prollapsus ani. -वर्त्मन् n. the anus. -स्तम्भः constipation.
guhya गुह्य pot. p. 1 To be concealed, covered or kept secret, private; गुह्यं च गूहति Bh.2.72. -2 Secret, solitary, retired. -3 Mysterious; Bg.18.63; पुरुषार्थज्ञानमिदं गुह्यम् Sāṅ K.69. -ह्यः 1 Hypocrisy. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 A tortoise. -ह्यम् 1 A secret, mystery; मौनं चैवास्मि गुह्यानाम् Bg.1.38;9.2; Ms.12.117; Pt.2.49; नास्य गुह्यं परे विद्युः छिद्रं विद्यात्परस्य च Kau. A.1.15. -2 A privity, the male or female organ of generation; सगुडं पिष्टरचितं गुह्यरूपं जुगुप्सितम् Ks.2.56. -3 The anus. -4 a private, secret place; मैथुनं सततं धर्म्यं गुह्ये चैव समाचरेत् Mb.12.193.17. -Comp. -गुरुः an epithet of Śiva; (considered as the special teacher of the Tantras). -दीपकः the fire-fly. -निष्यन्दः urine. -पुष्पः the Aśvattha tree ('with concealed blossoms'). -भाषितम् 1 secret speech or conversation. -2 a secret. -मयः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -रुज् f. a disease of the pudenda; Bṛi. S.5.86. -विद्या knowledge of Mantras or mystical incantations; V. P.1.9.117.
gṛdhū गृधू a. Bad, wicked. -f. 1 The wind escaping at the anus (अपान). -2 Understanding, reason, intellect.
gṛhya गृह्य a. [गृह् क्यप्] 1 To be attracted or pleased, as in गुणगृह्य q. v. -2 Domestic; गृह्याणां चैव देवानां नित्यपुष्पबलि- क्रिया Mb.13.141.43. -3 Not master of oneself, dependent. -4 Tame, domesticated. -5 Situated out-side of; ग्रामगृह्या सेना 'an army out-side a village.' -6 Adhering to the party of, being in close relation to; तमार्यगृह्यम् R.2.33. -7 Perceptible; Śvet. Up.1.13. -ह्यः 1 The inmate of a house. -2 A tame animal or bird. -3 The domestic fire. -ह्यम् 1 The anus. -2 A suburb; L. D. B. -3 A domestic affair; गृह्याणि कर्तुमपि Bhāg.1.8.25. -Comp. -अग्निः a sacred fire which every Brāhmaṇa is enjoined to maintain.
go गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.
granthaḥ ग्रन्थः [ग्रन्थ् संदर्भे भावे घञ्] 1 Binding, stringing together (fig. also). -2 A work, treatise, composition, literary production, book; ग्रन्थारम्भे, ग्रन्थकृत्, ग्रन्थसमाप्ति &c. -3 Wealth, property. -4 A verse consisting of 32 syllables, written in the Anuṣṭubh metre. -Comp. -कर्तृ, m. -कारः -कृत् m. a writer, an author; ग्रन्थारम्भे समुचितेष्टदे- वतां ग्रन्थकृत्परामृशति K. P.1. -कुटी, -कूटी 1 a library. -2 a studio. -विस्तरः, विस्तारः voluminousness, diffuse style; Bṛi S.1.2. -संधिः a section or chapter of a work; (for the several names by which sections, or chapters of works in Sanskṛit, are called, see under अध्याय).
gṛhya गृह्य a. 1 To be taken or received. -2 To be sized. -3 To be observed, perceptible, perceivable. -4 To be acknowledged or admitted. -5 To be trusted or relied on; to be honored. -6 Taking the side of, adopting or choosing as best. -7 Dependent, subservient. -ह्यः The anus.
ghaṭaḥ घटः [घट-अच्] 1 A large earthen water-jar, pitcher, jar, watering-pot; आकाशमेकं हि यथा घटादिषु पृथग्भवेत् Y. 3.144; कूपे पश्य पयोनिधावपि घटो गृह्णाति तुल्यं जलम् Bh.2.49. -2 The sign Aquarius of the zodiac (also called कुम्भ). -3 An elephant's frontal sinus. -4 Suspending the breath as a religious exercise. -5 A measure equal to 2 droṇas. -6 A part of a column; स्तम्भं विभज्य नवधा वहनं भागो घटो$स्य भागो$न्यः Bṛi. S.53.29. -7 A border. -8 A peculiar form of a temple; Bṛi. S.56.18,26. -9 The head; 'घटः समाधिभेदे ना शिरः कूटकटेषु च' Medinī; Mb.1.155.38. -Comp. -आटोपः covering for a carriage or any article of furniture. -उदरः N. of Gaṇeśa; घटोदरः शूर्पकर्णो गणाध्यक्षो मदोत्कटः Ks.55.165. -उद्भवः, -जः, -योनिः, -संभवः epithets of the sage Agastya. -ऊधस् f. (forming घटोध्नी) a cow with a full udder; गाः कोटिशः स्पर्शयता घटोध्नीः R.2.49. -कञ्चुकि n. a rite practised by Tāntrikas and Śāktas (in which the bodices of different women are placed in a receptacle (घट) and the men present at the ceremony are allowed to take them out one by one and then cohabit with the woman to whom each bodice belongs); Āgamapr. -कर्परः 1 N. of a poet. -2 a piece of a broken jar, pot-sherd; जीयेय येन कविना यमकैः परेण तस्मै वहेयमुदकं घट- कर्परेण Ghāṭ.22. -कारः, -कृत् m. a potter; Bṛi. S.15. 1;16.29. -ग्रहः a water-bearer. -दासी a procuress; cf. कुम्भदासी. -पर्यसनम् the ceremony of performing the funeral rites of a patita or apostate (who is unwilling to go back to his caste &c.) during his very life-time. -भवः, -योनिः Agastya. -भेदनकम् an instrument used in making pots. -राजः a water-jar of baked clay. -स्थापनम् placing a water-pot as a type of Durgā for nine days (नवरात्रम्).
camatkārin चमत्कारिन् a. Astonishing, surprising. -2 Unusual, uncommon.
cutaḥ चुतः तिः The anus.
cūtaḥ चूतः [चूष्-क्त, चोतति रसं चुत्-अच् वा पृषो˚ Tv.] 1 The mango tree; ईषद्बद्धरजः कणाग्रकपिशा चूते नवा मञ्जरी V.2.7; चूताङ्कुरास्वादकषायकण्ठः Ku.3.32; one of the 5 arrows of Cupid; see पञ्चबाण. -तम् The anus. -Comp. -यष्टिः The mango branch. चूतयष्ट्या समाश्लिष्टो दृश्यतां तिलकद्रुमः । Bu. Ch.4.46.
cūtiḥ चूतिः f. The anus.
cyutiḥ च्युतिः f. [च्यु-भावे क्तिन्] 1 Falling down, a fall. -2 Deviation from. -3 Dropping, oozing. -4 Losing, deprivation; धैर्यच्युतिं कुर्याम् Ku.3.1. -5 Vanishing, perishing. -6 The vulva. -7 The anus. -8 Quick motion.
janiman जनिमन् m. or n. 1 Birth, production. -2 Offspring, descendants. -3 A creature, being. -4 Gender, sex, -5 Genus, kind.
janus जनुस् n. 1 Birth; धिग्वारिधीनां जनुः Bv.1.16. -2 Creation, production. -3 Life, existence; जनुः सर्वश्लाध्यं जयति ललितोत्तंस भवतः Bv.2.55. -4 Nativity. -5 Birthplace. -6 A creature, being. -7 Genus, kind. -Comp. -भवनम् 1 lying in chamber. -2 (= सूतिकागृहम्); शाहेन्द्र- विलास 2.2.
jātiḥ जातिः f. [जन्-क्तिन्] 1 Birth, production, सङ्कुलं जल- जातिभिः Rām.3.11.6; Pt.1.38; Ms.2.148; also 'the time of birth'; cf. जातौ बाल्ये च कौमारे यौवने चापि मानवाः Mb.12.158.11. -2 The form of existence fixed by birth. -3 Race, family, lineage, rank. -4 A caste, tribe or class (of men); अरे मूढ जात्या चेदवध्यो$हं एषा सा जातिः परित्यक्ता Ve.3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four :-- ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र). -5 A class, genus, kind, species; पशुजातिः, पुष्पजातिः &c. -6 The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as गोत्व, अश्वत्व of cows, horses &c; see गुण, क्रिया and द्रव्य; जातिक्रियागुणैः Śi.2.47; and cf. K. P.2. -7 A fire-place. -8 Nutmeg. -9 The Jasmine plant or its flower; नागपुन्नागजातिभिः Bhāg.8.2.18; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru.4 (written also as जाती in the last two senses). -1 (In Nyāya) Futile answer. -11 (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; जातिभिः सप्तभिर्युक्तं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.1.4.8. -12 Reduction of fractions to a common denominator. -13 False generalization. -14 A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskṛit as well as in Prākṛita (संस्कृतप्राकृतयोः समा जातिः); cf. Vb.1.3. -15 A class of metres; see App. -Comp. -अन्ध a. born blind; Bh.1.9. -कोशः, -षः, -षम् nutmeg. -कोशी, -षी the outer skin of the nutmeg. -क्षयः (= जन्मोच्छेदः) the end of birth, spiritual release. जातिक्षयस्यासुलभस्य बोद्धा Bu. Ch.1.74. -गृद्धिः f. to take birth; जातिगृद्धयाभिपन्नाः Mb.5.6.9. -जानपद a. belonging to the castes and to the country; जातिजानपदान् धर्मान् Ms.8.41. -धर्मः 1 the duties of a caste. -2 a generic property. -ध्वंसः loss of caste or its privileges. -पत्री the outer skin of the nutmeg. -फलम् (sometimes जातीफलम् also) a nutmeg; जातीफलं मातुलानीमहिफेनं च पत्रकम् Śiva. B.3.15. -ब्राह्मणः a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāhmaṇa; (तपः श्रुतं च योनिश्च त्रयं ब्राह्मण्यकारणम् । तपःश्रुताभ्यां यो हीनो जातिब्राह्मण एव सः ॥ --शब्दार्थचिन्तामणि) -भ्रंशः loss of caste; Ms.11.67. -भ्रष्ट a. outcaste. -महः birth-day festival. -मात्रम् 1 'mere birth', position in life obtained by mere birth. -2 caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms.8.2; 12.114. -3 species, genus. -लक्षणम् generic distinction, a characteristic of a class. -वाचक a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्ती. -वैरम् instinctive or natural hostility. -वैरिन् m. a born enemy. -वैलक्षण्यम् inconsistency, incompatibility in kind. -शब्दः a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; गौः, अश्वः, पुरुषः, हस्ती &c. -संकरः admixture of castes; mixed blood. -संपन्न a. belonging to a noble family. -सारम् nutmeg. -स्मर a. remembering one's condition in a former life; जातिस्मरो मुनिरस्मि जात्या K.355. -स्वभावः generic character or nature. -हीन a. of low birth, outcaste; रूपद्रव्यविहीनांश्च जातिहीनांश्च नाक्षिपेत् Ms.4.141;1.35.
jhaṣaḥ झषः 1 A fish in general; झषाणां मकरश्चास्मि Bg.1.31; cf. words like झषकेतन below. -2 A large fish. -3 The sign Pisces of the zodiac. -4 Heat, warmth. -5 The sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -षम् 1 A forest, wood. -2 A desert, dreary forest. -Comp. -अङ्कः, -केतनः, -केतुः, -ध्वजः N. of the god of love; स्त्रीमुद्रां झषकेतनस्य Pt.4.34; स्वं कर्म कारयन्नास्ते निश्चिन्तो या झषध्वजः Bk.8.48. -अशनः a porpoise. -उदरी an epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -राजः a. crocodile, ... झषराजकुण्डलत्विषो- ल्लसच्छ्रीवदनाम्बुजः ... Bhāg.8.18.2.
tanu तनु a. (-नु, -न्वी f.) [तन्-उन्] 1 Thin, lean, emaciated; वीतप्रभावतनुरप्यतनुप्रभावः Ki.16.64. -2 Delicate, slender, slim (as a limb, as a mark of beauty); तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; cf. तन्वङ्गी -3 Fine, delicate (as cloth); स्तनेषु तन्वंशुकमुन्नतस्तना Ṛs.1.7. -4 Small, little, tiny, scanty, few, limited; तनुवाग्विभवो$पि सन् R.1.9;3.2; तनुत्यागो बहुग्रहः H.2.89. 'giving little' &c. -5 Trifling, unimportant, little; Amaru.28. -6 Shallow (as a river) -f. 1 The body, the person. -2 Outward form, manifestation; प्रत्यक्षाभिः प्रपन्नस्तनुभिरवतु वस्ताभिरष्टाभिरीशः Ś.1.1; M.1.1. -3 Nature, the form or character of anythig; तीक्ष्णां तनुं यः प्रथमं जहाति सो$नन्त्यमाप्नोत्यभयं प्रजाभ्यः Mb.12.245. 26. -4 Skin. [cf. L. tenuis, Eng. thin.] -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having slender limbs, delicate. (-ङ्गी) a delicate woman. -ऊनः the wind. -कूपः a pore of the skin. -गृहम्, -स्थानम् The first lunar mansion. -छद् (-द) a. protecting, clothing. -छदः an armour; ततस्तु द्रुपदानीकं शरैश्छिन्नतनुच्छदम् Mb.7.168.26; तरुपलाशसवर्णतनुच्छदः R.9.51;12.86. -ज a. born from the body; वाञ्छैव सूचयति पूर्वतरं भविष्यं पुंसां यदन्यतनुजं त्वशुभं शुभं वा Pt.2.8. (-जः) 1 a son; Bhāg.5.9.6. -2 the hair on the body; स्निग्धहर्यक्षतनुजश्मश्रुप्रवरमूर्द्धजम् Rām.1.16.12. -जा a daughter. -त्यज् a. risking one's life. -2 giving up one's person, dying; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -3 rash, desperate, fool-hardy. -त्याग a. spending little, sparing, niggardly. -त्रम्, -त्राणम्, an armour; रक्षन् विप्रांस्तनुत्रवान् Bk; Bhāg.8.1.37. -दानम् 1 offering the body (for sexual intercourse). -2 a. scanty gift. -धी a. littleminded. -प्रकाश a. of dim lustre; तनुप्रकाशेन विचेयतारका; R.3.2. -बीजः the jujube. -भवः a son. (-वा) a daughter. -भस्त्रा the nose. -भृत् m. any being furnished with a body, a living being; particularly a human being; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनुभिस्ततः किम् Bh.3.73. -मध्य a. having a slender waist. (-ध्यम्) the waist. (-ध्या) a metre. -रसः perspiration. -रुह् n., -रुहम् 1 the hair of the body. -2 a feather; तनुरुहाणि पुरो विजितध्वनेः Śi.6.45; Mv.6.33. -लता a. slender body; एणीदृशस्तनुलता तनुते मुदं नः P. R.2.19. -वातः a kind of hell; Jain. -वारम् an armour; तनुवारभसो भास्वानधीरो$विनतोरसा Ki.15.23. -व्रणः a pimple. -संचारिणी a young woman, a girl ten years old. -सरः perspiration. -ह्रदः the anus.
tanū तनू f. 1 The body, person, self. -2 A limb, member of the body; तं दृष्ट्वा वृष्णयो हृष्टास्तन्वः प्राणमिवोत्थिताः Bhāg.1.82.33. -Comp. -उद्भवः, -जः 1 a son. -2 a feather; अथ भ्रष्टतनूजाङ्गमात्मानं ददृशे खगः Mb.5.113.4. -उद्भवा, -जा a daughter -जानिः, -जन्मन् a son. -तलम् a measure of length equal to the arms extended, a fathom. -तापः fatigues or troubles of the body; अगणित- तनूतापं तप्त्वा तपांसि भगीरथः U.1.23. -नपम् clarified butter, ghee. -नपात् m. fire; तनूनपाद्धूमवितानमाधिजैः Śi.1.62; अधःकृतस्यापि तनूनपातो नाधः शिखा याति कदाचिदेव H.2.66. (-n.) ghee. -नप्तृ m. wind. -रुहम् 1 the hair of the body (-m. also); रवितुरङ्गतनूरुहतुल्यतां दधति यत्र शिरीषरजोरुचः Śi.6.22; चन्द्रांशुगौरैश्छुरितं तनूरुहैः Bhāg. -2 the wing of a bird, a feather; चित्रतनूरुहः (विहङ्गः) Mb.12.144.1. -(-हः) a son. -ह्रदः the anus, the rectum; cf. तनुह्रद.
tālikaḥ तालिकः [तालेन निर्वृत्तः ठक्] 1 The open palm of the hand. -2 Clapping the hands (तालिका also); यथैकेन न हस्तेन तालिका संप्रपद्यते Pt.2.132; उच्चाटनीयः करतालिकानां दानादिदानीं भवतीभिरेषः N.3.7. -3 A tie, seal. -4 A cover for binding a parcel of papers or a manuscript.
tūṇaḥ तूणः [तूण्-कर्मणि घञ्] A quiver; मिलितशिलीमुखपाटलि- पटलकृतस्मरतूणविलासे Gīt.1; R.7.57. -णी 1 An internal disease by which the anus and the bladder become painfully affected. -2 The indigo plant. -3 A quiver; धनुर्गृहीत्वा तूणी च खङ्गं च रुचिरप्रभम् Rām.7.75.9; R.9.59; U.4.2; Mv.1.18. -Comp. -धरः, -धारः an archer. -मुखम् the cavity of a quiver; स दक्षिणं तूणमुखेन वामं व्यापारयन्हस्तमलक्ष्यताजौ R.7.57.
tri त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.
daṇḍaḥ दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama.
duṣṭa दुष्ट p. p. [दुष्-क्त] 1 Spoiled, damaged, injured, ruined. -2 Defiled, tainted, violated, sullied. -3 Depraved, corrupted. -4 Vicious, wicked; as दुष्टवृषः; वरं शून्या शाला न च खलु वरो दुष्टवृषभः H.1.117. -5 Guilty, culpable. -6 Low, vile. -7 Faulty or defective, as a हेतु in logic. -8 Painful. -9 Worthless, -ष्टा 1 A bad or unchaste woman. -2 A harlot. -ष्टम् 1 Sin, crime, guilt. -2 A kind of leprosy. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -आशय a. evil-minded, wicked. -गजः a vicious elephant. -चारिन् a. wicked, sinful. -चेतस्, -धी, -बुद्धि a. evil-minded, malevolent, wicked. -लाङ्गलम् N. of a particular form of the moon. -वृषः a strong but stubborn ox which refuses to draw, a vicious ox. -व्रणः 1 a dull boil or sore. -2 a sinus.
daiva दैव a. (-वी f.) [देवादागतः अण्] 1 Relating to gods, caused by or coming from gods, divine, celestial; संस्कृतं नाम दैवी वागन्वाख्याता महर्षिभिः Kāv.1.33; दैवीनां मानुषीणां च प्रतिहर्ता त्वमापदाम् R.1.6; Y.2.235; Bg.4.25; 9.13;16.3; Ms.3.75. -2 Royal; दैवी वाग्यस्य नाभवत् Rāj. T.5.26. -3 Depending on fate, fatal. -4 Possessing the quality of सत्त्व. -वः 1 (i. e. विवाहः) One of the eight forms of marriage, that in which the daughter is given away at a sacrifice to the officiating priest; यज्ञस्य ऋत्विजे दैवः Y.1.59 (for the eight forms of marriage see उद्वाह or Ms.3.21). -2 A worshipper of god (देवभक्त); दैवान् सर्वे गुणवन्तो भवन्ति Mb. 12.158.35. -वम् 1 Fate, destiny, luck, fortune; पूर्वजन्म- कृतं कर्म तद्दैवमिति कथ्यते H. दैवमविद्वांसः प्रमाणयन्ति Mu.3; विना पुरुषकारेण दैवमत्र न सिध्यति 'God helps those who help themselves'; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361. (दैवात् by chance, luckily, accidentally.) -2 A god, deity. -3 A religious rite or offering, an oblation to gods; उत्तिष्ठ नरशार्दूल कर्तव्यं दैवमाह्निकम् Rām.1.23.2. -4 A kind of Śrāddha ceremony. -5 Parts of the hands sacred to the gods, i. e. the tips of the fingers; cf. Ms.2.59. -6 Royal duties; न तु केवलदैवेन प्रजाभावेन रेमिरे Mb.1.222.1. -7 A science phenomena, unusuals (उत्पातs); Ch. Up. 7.1.2. -वी 1 A woman married according to the form of marriage called daiva q. v. above. -2 a. Divine, super-human; दैवी संपद्विमोक्षाय निबन्धायासुरी मता Bg.16.5. -3 A division of medicine (the medical use of charms, prayers &c.). -Comp. -अत्ययः evil resulting from unusual natural phenomena. -अधीन, -आयत्त a. dependent on fate; दैवायत्तं कुले जन्म मदायत्तं तु पौरुषम् Ve.3.33. -अहोरात्रः a day of the gods i. e. the human year. -इज्य a. sacred to Jupiter (गुरु), -topaz. -उपहत a. illfated, unfortunate; दैवेनोपहतस्य बुद्धिरथवा सर्वा विपर्यस्यति Mu.6.8. -ऊढा a woman married according to the Daiva ritual. ˚ज the son of such a woman; दैवोढाजः सुतश्चैव सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.3.38. -कर्मन् n. offering, oblations to gods. -कृत a. 1 fated. -2 natural. -कोविद्, -चिन्तकः, -ज्ञः an astrologer, a fortune-teller, पुरोहित प्रकुर्वीत दैवज्ञमुदितोदितम् Y.1.313; Kām.9,25. -गतिः f. turn or course of fate; मुक्ताजालं चिरपरिचितं त्याजितो दैवगत्या Me.96.; Pt.3.174. -चिन्ता fatalism; astrology. -ज्ञ a. knowing fate or men's destinies. -तन्त्र a. dependent on fate. -दत्त a. innate, natural. -दीपः the eye. -दुर्विपाकः hardness of fortune, adverseness or unpropitiousness of fate, an evil turn of fate; U.1.4. -दोषः badness of fate. -पर a. 1 trusting to fate, fatalist. -2 fated. predestined. -प्रश्नः 1 fortune-telling, astrology. -2 a voice from heaven. नक्तं निर्गत्य यत्किञ्चिच्छुभाशुभकरं वचः । श्रूयते तद्विदुर्धीरा दैवप्रश्नमुपश्रुतिम् ॥ -युगम् 'a Yuga of the gods' said to consist of 12 divine years, but see Kull. on एतद् द्वादशसाहस्रं देवानां युगमुच्यते Ms.1.71. -योगः a lucky coincidence, fortuitous combination, fortune, chance. (दैवयोगेन, दैवयोगात् fortunately, accidentally.) -रक्षित a. guarded by the gods; अरक्षितं तिष्ठति दैवरक्षितम् Subhāṣ. -लेखकः a fortune-teller, an astrologer. -वशः, -शम् the power of destiny, subjection to fate. -वाणी 1 a voice from heaven. -2 the Sanskrit language; cf. Kāv.1.33. quoted above. -विद् m. an astrologer. -सभेयम् a variety of sandal-wood red and smelling like a lotus-flower; Kau. A.2.11. -हत a. ill-fated; सुरक्षितं दैवहतं विनश्यति Subhāṣ. -हीन a. ill-fated, unfortunate, unlucky.
daurudharī दौरुधरी f. A conjunction of planets Jupiter and Venus with the moon regarded as highly auspicious for births; श्रयत्ययं दौरुधरीं धुरं ध्रुवम् N.15.42. (cf. 'गुरुभार्गवयोर्योग- श्चन्द्रेणैव यदा भवेत् । तदा दुरुधरायोगः' इति ज्योतिःशास्त्रे.)
dhanus धनुस् a. [धन् शब्दे-असि] Armed with a bow. n. 1 A bow; धनुर्वंशविशुद्धो$पि निर्गुणः किं करिष्यति Subhāṣ. धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66; so इन्द्रधनुः &c. (At the end of Bahu. comp. धनुस् is changed to धन्वन्; अधिज्यधन्वा विचचार दावम् R.2.8.). -2 A measure of length equal to four hastas; धनुःशतं परीणाहो ग्रामे क्षेत्रान्तरं भवेत् Y.2.167; Ms. 8.237. -3 An arc of a circle. -4 The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -5 A desert; cf. धन्वन् -m. N. of Śiva. -Comp. -आकार a. (धनुराकार) bow-shaped, curved, bent. -आसनम् (धनुरासनम्) a particular mode of sitting. -कर (धनुष्कर) a. having or armed with a bow. (-रः) a bow-maker. -काण्डम् (धनु- ष्काण्डम्) a bow and arrow. -खण्डम् (धनुष्खण्डम्) part of a bow. Me.15. -गुणः (धनुर्गुणः) a bowstring. -ग्रहः (धनुर्ग्रहः), ग्राहः an archer. धनुर्ग्रहवरो यस्यं बाणखड्गास्त्रभृत्स्वयम् Rām.2.44.2. -ग्रहम् a measure, a cubit of 27 aṅgulas; Māna.2.52. -ज्या (धनुर्ज्या) a bow-string; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् Ś2.4. -दुर्गम् (धनुर्दुर्गम्) a place protected by a desert; Ms.7.7. -द्रुमः (धनुर्द्रुमः) a bamboo. -धरः, -भृत् m. (धनुर्धरः &c.) 1 an archer; धनुर्भृतो$प्यस्य दयार्द्रभावम् R.2.11; धनुर्धरः केसरिणं ददर्श 29;3.31,38,39;9.11;12.97; 16.77. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 the sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -धारिन् (धनुर्धारिन्) m. an archer. -पाणि a. (धनुष्पाणि) armed with a bow, with a bow in hand; अहमेव धनुष्पाणिर्योद्धा समरमूर्धनि Rām. -मार्गः (धनुर्मार्गः) a line curved like a bow, a curve. -मासः (धनुर्मासः) The period during which the sun is in Sagittarius. -मुष्टिः (धनुर्मुष्टिः) a measure, a cubit of 26 aṅgulas; Māna 2.51. -लता 1 bow. -2 Soma creeper. -वातः (धनुर्वातः) a kind of disease. -विद्या (धनुर्विद्या) the science of archery. -वृक्षः (धनुर्वक्षः) 1 a bamboo. -2 the अश्वत्थ tree. -वेदः (धनुर्वेदः) the science of archery, one of the four Upavedas q. v. चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं वेद पञ्चविधं द्विज । रथनागाश्वपत्तीनां योधांश्चाश्रित्य कीर्तितम् ॥ यन्त्रमुक्तं पाणिमुक्तं मुक्तसन्धारितं तथा । अमुक्तं बाहुयुद्धं च पञ्चधा तत् प्रकीर्तितम् ॥ Agni P. -वेदिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्भः Tetanus.
dhānayaḥ धानयः कः Coriander. धानुर्दण्डिकः dhānurdaṇḍikḥ धानुष्कः dhānuṣkḥ धानुर्दण्डिकः धानुष्कः An archer (living by the bow), a bowman; निमित्तादपराद्धेषोर्धानुष्कस्येव वल्गितम् Śi.2.27; Kau. A.1.3.
dhiṣṇya धिष्ण्य a. Ved. 1 To be praised or meditated upon. -2 Worthy of a high place. -3 Mindful, attentive. -4 Benevolent, liberal; धिष्ण्या वनतं गिरः Rv.1.3.2. -ष्ण्यः 1 A place for the sacrificial fire; अमी वेदिं परितः क्लृप्त- धिष्ण्याः Ś.4.8. -2 N. of Śukra, preceptor of the demons. -3 The planet Venus. -4 Power, strength. -ष्ण्यम् 1 A seat, an abode, site, place, house; न भौमान्येव धिष्ण्यानि हित्वा ज्योतिर्मयान्यपि R.15.59; उदग्रधिष्ण्यं गगने$वगाढम् Bu. Ch.1.2; विवेश धिष्ण्यं क्षितिपालकात्मजः 4.12. -2 A meteor. -3 Fire (m. also) -4 A star, an asterism; धिष्ण्यमाकाशगं यथा Mb.5.184.6. -5 A quarter of the sky (मण्डल); य एष दिवि धिष्ण्येन नाकं व्याप्नोति तेजसा Mb.1.171.6. -Comp. -अधिपतिः, -पः The guardian of a quarter of the sky; Bhāg.
dhyāna ध्यान [ध्यै-भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Meditation, reflection, thought; contemplation; ज्ञानाद् ध्यानं विशिष्यते Bg.12.12; Ms.1.12; 6.72. -2 Especially, abstract contemplation, religious meditation; तदैव ध्यानादवगतो$स्मि Ś.7; ध्यानस्तिमितलोचनः R.1.73. -3 Divine intuition or discernment. -4 Mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity; इति ध्यानम्. -Comp. -गम्या a. attainable by meditation only; योगिभिर्ध्यानगम्यम् Viṣṇustotra. -तत्पर, -निष्ठ, -पर a. lost in thought, absorbed in meditation, contemplative. -धिष्ण्य a. suitable for ध्यान; रूपं चेदं पौरुषं ध्यानधिष्ण्यम् Bhāg.1.3.28. -मात्रम् mere thought or reflection. -मुद्रा a prescribed attitude in which to meditate on a deity. -योगः profound meditation. -स्थ a. absorbed in meditation; lost in thought.
nāḍiḥ नाडिः डी f. 1 The tubular stalk of any plant. -2 The hollow stalk of a lotus &c; स इत्थमुद्वीक्ष्य तदब्द- नालनाडीभिरन्तर्जलमाविवेश Bhāg.3.8.19. -3 Any tubular organ of the body (such as an artery, vein); ष़डधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1,2. -4 A pipe, flute. -5 A fistulous sore, fistula, sinus. -6 The pulse at the hand or foot. -7 A measure of time equal to twenty-four minutes. -8 A period of time = 1/2 Muhūrta. -9 A sort of bent grass. -1 A juggling trick. -11 A leather-string; L. D. B. -12 A weaver's implement; L. D. B. -Comp. -चक्रम् a group of tubular organs of the body such as: मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपुर, अनाहत, विशुद्धि, आज्ञाचक्र, सहस्राधार; Pātañjala; ष़डधिकदशनाडीचक्मध्यस्थितात्मा, Māl.5.1. -चरणः a bird. -चीरम् 1 a small reed. -2 a tube round which the woof is wound. -जङ्घः 1 a crow. -2 a kind of crane; नाडीजङ्घो निजघ्ने कृततदुपकृतिर्यत्कृते गौतमेन Nāg.4.15. -तरङ्गः 1 an astrologer. -2 a debaucher, ravisher. -नक्षत्रम् = जन्मनक्षत्र q. v. -परीक्षा feeling the pulse. -पात्रम् a kind of water-clock. -मण्डलम् the celestial equator. -यन्त्रम् any tubular instrument. -वलयम् equinoctical circle. -व्रणः sinus, an ulcer, a fistula. -स्वेदः steam-bath through tubes.
nāliḥ नालिः ली f. [नल्-णिच् इन् बा ङीप्] 1 Any tubular vessel of the body. -2 A hollow stalk, especially that of the lotus. -3 A period of 24 minutes (घटिका). -4 An instrument for boring an elephant's ear. -5 A canal, drain. -6 A lotus flower. -7 A piece of metal on which the hours are struck (घटी). -Comp. -जङ्घः a crow, raven. -व्रणः Fistula, sinus.
nirghātaḥ निर्घातः 1 Destruction. -2 A whirlwind, a violent gust of wind, hurricane. -3 The noise of contending winds (vapours ?) &c. in the sky; कुरुकुलनिधनोत्पातनिर्घात- वातः Ve.1.22; निर्घातोग्रैः कुञ्जलीनाञ् जिघांसुर्ज्यानिर्घोषैः क्षोभया- मास सिंहान् R.9.64; Ms.1.38;4.15,7; Y.1.145; (वायुना निहतो वायुर्गगनाच्च पतत्यधः । प्रचण्डघोरनिर्घोषो निर्घात इति कथ्यते ॥.) -4 An earth-quake. -5 A thunderstroke; निर्घातश्च महानासीत् साकं च स्तनयित्नुभिः Bhāg.1.14.15. -6 A stroke in general; अहह दारुणो दैवनिर्घातः U.2. -7 An unusual event boding calamity (उत्पात); तस्मिन्मुहूर्ते संप्राप्ते निर्घाताश्चापतन्मुहुः Mb.3.4.23; Ms.1.38; Bhāg.3.17.8.
naimittika नैमित्तिक a. (-की f.) 1 Produced by, connected with, or dependent on, any particular cause. -2 Unusual, occasional, accidental, produced by some cause (opp. नित्य). -कः An astrologer, prophet. -कम् 1 An effect (opp. निमित्त 'cause'); निमित्तनैमित्तिकयोरयं क्रमः Ś.7.3. -2 An occasional rite, a periodical ceremony, a conditional act, an act which is to be performed on the occurrence of a निमित्त ; निमित्तप्राप्तौ च नैमित्तिकं कर्तव्यम् ŚB. on MS.12.1.18. -Comp. -कर्मन्, n.,) -क्रिया an occasional or periodical ceremony or rite. -लयः N. of a ब्राह्मलय occurring at the end of four thousand years, -श्राद्धम् a special funeral rite.
paṅgu पङ्गु a. (-ङ्ग or -ङ्ग्वी f.) Lame, halt, crippled. -गुः 1 A lame man; मूकं करोति वाचालं पङ्गुं लङ्घयते गिरिम्. -2 An epithet of Saturn. -Comp. -ग्राहः 1 a crocodile (मकर). -2 the tenth sign of the zodiac; Capricornus (मकर). -वासरः Saturday.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
para पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.
paripad परिपद् f. Ved. 1 A snare, trap. -2 A living being. -3 Walking about. -4 A bird. -Caus. verb To change into Anusvāra; Rv. Pr. [परिपन्नम् the change of m into Anusvāra].
pāyuḥ पायुः The anus; पायूपस्थम् Ms.2.9,91; Y.3.92.
piṭharaḥ पिठरः रम् 1 A pot, pan, boiler (also पिठरी in this sense); पिठरं क्वथदतिमात्रं निजपार्श्वानेव दहतितराम् Pt.1.324; जठरपिठरी दुष्पूरेयं करोति विडम्बनाम् Bh.3.116. -2 A book, a manuscript; L. D. B. -3 Smearing, plastering; L. D. B. -रम् A churning-stick. -रः An addition to a building shaped like a hollow vessel. -Comp. -पाकः the union of cause and effect.
piṇḍa पिण्ड a. (-ण्डी f.) [पिण्ड्-अच्] 1 Solid (घन). -2 Compact, dense, close. -ण्डः, -ण्डम् 1 A round mass, ball, globe; as in अयःपिण्डः, नेत्रपिण्डः &c. -2 A lump, clod (of earth &c.). -3 A round lump of food, morsel, mouthful; स न्यस्तशस्त्रो हरये स्वदेहमुपानयत् पिण्डमिवामिषस्य R. 2.59. -4 A ball or lump of rice offered to the Manes at obsequial ceremonies or Śrāddhas; नूनं मत्तः परं वंश्याः पिण्डविच्छेददर्शिनः । न प्रकामभुजः श्राद्धे स्वधासंग्रहतत्पराः । R.1.66; 8.26; Ms.3.216;9.132,136,14; Y.1.159. -5 Food in general; सफलीकृतभर्तृपिण्डः M.5. 'who was true to his master's salt'. -6 Livelihood, sustenance, subsistence; पिण्डार्थमायस्यतः Mu.3.14. -7 Alms; पिण्डपातवेला Māl.2. -8 Flesh, meat. -9 The fœtus or embryo in an early stage of gestation. -1 The body, corporeal frame; एकान्तविध्वंसिषु मद्विधानां पिण्डेष्वनास्था खलु भौतिकेषु R.2.57. -11 A heap, collection, multitude. -12 The calf of the leg; Māl.5.16. -13 A round button. -14 Anything round, thick, gross or solid. -15 An object in general. -16 A particular part of a house. -17 (In astr.) A sine expressed in numbers. -18 The twenty-fourth part of the quadrant of a circle. -19 The frontal sinus of an elephant or its projection. -2 A portico or shed in front of the door. -21 Incense, frank-incense. -22 (In arith.) Sum, total, amount. -23 (In geom.) Thickness. -24 The flower of a China rose. -ण्डम् 1 Power, strength, might. -2 Iron. -3 Fresh butter. -4 An army. -5 Water; L. D. B. -Comp -अक्षर a. containing a conjunct consonant. -अन्वाहार्य a. to be eaten after the funeral rice-ball has been offered to the manes; पिण्डान्वाहार्यकं श्राद्धं कुर्यान्मासानुमासिकम् Ms.3.122. -अन्वाहार्यकम् a meal in honour of the manes. -अभ्रम् hail. -अयसम् steel. -अलक्तकः a red dye. -अशनः, -आशः, -आशकः, -आशिन् m. a beggar. -उदकक्रिया an oblation of obsequial rice-balls and water to the deceased. -उद्धरणम् participating in funeral offerings. -गोसः gum myrrh. -तैलम्, -तैलकः incense. -द a. 1 one who gives food, one who supplies with bread or with any other means of subsistence; श्वा पिण्डदस्य कुरुते गजपुङ्गवस्तु धीरं विलोकयति चाटुशतैश्च भुङ्क्ते Bh.2.31. -3 one who is qualified to give the funeral rice-balls to deceased ancestors; Y.2.132. (-दः) 1 the nearest male relation who offers the funeral rice-ball. -2 a master, patron. -दा a mother -दानम् 1 presentation of the obsequial rice-balls. -2 the funeral oblation made to deceased ancestors on the day of new-moon. -निर्वपणम् presenting obsequial riceballs to the manes; अनयैवावृता कार्यं पिण्डनिर्वपणं सुतैः Ms.3. 248,261. -निवृत्तिः cessation of relationship (by श्राद्ध oblation). -पदम् a particular अङ्कभेद in Astronomy; Śabda Chi. -पातः giving alms; Māl.1. -पातिकः one who lives on alms. -पादः, -पाद्यः an elephant. -पितृयज्ञः the oblation to deceased ancestors on the evening of new moon. -पुष्पः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the China rose. -3 the pomegranate. (-पुष्पम्) 1 the blossom of the Asoka tree. -2 the flower of Chinarose. -3 a lotus. -भाज् a. receiving or entitled to a share in the funeral rice-ball. -m. (pl.) the deceased ancestors or manes; अहो दुष्यन्तस्य संशयमारूढाः पिण्डभाजः Ś.6. -भृतिः f. livelihood, means of subsistence. -मूलम्, -मूलकम् a carrot. -यज्ञः the presentation of the obsequial rice-balls to the deceased ancestors; पिण्डयज्ञावृता देयं प्रेतायान्नं दिनत्रयम् Y.3.16. -लेपः fragments of the obsequial rice-balls which cling to the hand; (these are presented to the three ancestors immediately preceding the great-grand father). -लोपः 1 interruption in offering the funeral rice-balls (as the failure of issue). -2 neglect in offering the funeral rice-balls (to the deceased ancestors). -विषमः one of the ways of embezzlement namely inconsistency in dealing with fixed items; Kau. A.2. 8.26. -शर्करा sugar prepared from Yavanāla. -संबन्धः relationship between a living person and one deceased such as is sufficiently near to qualify the former to offer the obsequial rice-ball to the latter. -स्वेदः a hot poultice.
purīṣaṇaḥ पुरीषणः Feces, ordure. -णम् 1 Evacuation by stool, voiding of excrement. -2 The rectum or anus.
pustam पुस्तम् 1 Plastering, painting, anointing. -2 Working in clay, modelling. -3 Anything made of clay, wood or metal. -4 A book, manuscript; also पुस्ता-स्ती. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. plastering, painting. -पालः Keeper of land records; EI.XV.13;XX.61.
pustakaḥ पुस्तकः कम् 1 A book, manuscript. -2 A protuberant ornament, boss. -आगारम् a library. -आस्तरणम् The wrapper of a manuscript; Hch. -मुद्रा a kind of mudrā mentioned in Tantraśāstra; वाममुष्टिं स्वाभिमुखीं कृत्वा पुस्तकमुद्रिका. -पुस्तिकापूलिकः a collection of manuscripts; Hch.3.
pratānaḥ प्रतानः 1 A Shoot, tendril; लताप्रतानोद्ग्रथितैः स कशैः R.2.8; Ś.7.11; बीजकाण्डरुहाण्येव प्रताना वल्ल्य एव वा Ms.1.48. -2 A creeper, low spreading plant. -3 Branching out, ramification. -4 Tetanus or epilepsy. -5 Extension. -6 Diffuseness, prolixity.
prati प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.
pramodanam प्रमोदनम् 1 Gladdening, delighting, making glad. -2 Gladness. -नः An epithet of Viṣṇu; जितामित्रः प्रमोदनः Viṣṇusahasranāma.
prītiḥ प्रीतिः [प्री भावे क्तिच्] f. Pleasure, happiness, satisfaction, delight, gladness, joy, gratification; निहत्य धार्त- राष्ट्रान् नः का प्रीतिः स्याज्जनार्दन Bg.1.36; Bhāg.1.23.32. भुवनालोकनप्रीतिः Ku.2.45;6.21; R.2.51; Me.64. -2 Favour, kindness. -3 Love, affection, regard; प्रीतिप्रमुख- वचनं स्वागतं व्याजहार Me.4,16; R.1.57;12.54. -4 Liking or fondness for, delight in, addiction to; द्यूत˚, मृगया˚. -5 Friendliness, amity. -6 Conciliation. -7 A symbolical expression for the letter ध. -9 N. of a wife of Cupid and rival of Rati; (स चानङ्गवती वेश्या कामदेवस्य सांप्रतम् । पत्नी, सपत्नी संजाता रत्याः प्रीतिरिति श्रुता ॥ Matsya P.). -1 Longing (अभिलाषा); प्रीतिरेषा कथं रामो राजा स्यान्मयि जीवति ॥ एषा ह्यस्य परा प्रीतिर्हृदि संपरिवर्तते । Rām.2.1.36-37. -11 N. of a श्रुति. -12 The 2nd of the 27 astrological Yogas. -Comp. -कर a. producing love, kind, agreeable. -कर्मन् n. an act of friendship or love, a kind action. -च्छेदः destruction of joy; Mk. -जुषा N. of the wife of अनिरुद्ध. -तृष् m. N. of cupid. -द a. inspiring love; giving pleasure, pleasing. (-दः) a jester or buffoon in a play. -दत्त a. given through affection. (-दत्तम्) property given to a female by her relatives, particularly by her father-in law or mother-in-law at the time of marriage; प्रीत्या दत्तं तु यत् किंचित् श्वश्र्वा वा श्वशुरेण वा । पाद- वन्दनिकं चैव प्रीतिदत्तं तदुच्यते ॥ Kātyāyana. -दानम्, -दायः a gift of love, a friendly present; तदवसरो$यं प्रीतिदायस्य Māl.4; R.15.68. -धनम् money given through love or friendship. -पात्रम् an object of love, any beloved person or object. -पुरोग a. affectionate, loving. -पूर्वम्, पूर्वकम् ind. kindly, affectionately. -प्रमुख a. friendly, affectionate, full of love, kind; Me.4. -भाज् a. 1 enjoying friendship, loved. -2 Contented; स्तनभरनमिताङ्गीरङ्गनाः प्रीति- भाजः Ki.6.47. -मनस् a. 1 delighted in mind, pleased, happy. -2 kind, affectionate. -मय a. arising from love or joy. -युज् a. dear, affectionate, beloved; सखीनिव प्रीति- युजो$नुजीविनः Ki.1.1. -रसायनम् 1 a collyrium made of love; मित्रं प्रीतिरसायनं नयनयोः H.183. -2 Any nectar-like beverage causing joy. -वचस् n., -वचनम् a friendly or kind speech. -वर्धन a. increasing love or joy. (-नः) an epithet of Viṣṇu; प्रियकृत् प्रीतिवर्धनः Viṣṇusahasranāma. -वादः a friendly discussion. -विवाहः a love-marriage, love-match (based purely on love). -श्राद्धम् a sort of Śrāddha or obsequial ceremony performed in honour of the manes of both parents. -संयोगः relation of friendship. -संगतिः friendly alliance. -स्निग्ध a. moist or wet through love (as the eyes).
phalam फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.
binduḥ बिन्दुः [बिन्द्-उ] A drop, small particle; जलबिन्दु- निपातेन क्रमशः पूर्यते घटः 'small drops make a pool'; विस्तीर्यते यशो लोके तैलबिन्दुरिवाम्भसि Ms.7.33; संक्षिप्यते यशो लोके घृतबिन्दुरिवाम्भसि 7.34; अधुना (कुतूहलस्य) बिन्दुरपि नाव- शेषितः Ś.2. -2 A dot, point. -3 A spot or mark of coloured paint on the body of an elephant; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र भूर्जत्वचः कुञ्जरबिन्दुशोणाः Ku.1.7. -4 A zero or cypher; न रोमकूपौघमिषाज्जगत्कृता कृताश्च किं दूषणशून्यबिन्दवः N.1.21. -5 (In geom.) A point having no parts or no magnitude. -6 A drop of water taken as a measure. -7 The dot over a letter representing the अनुस्वार. -8 (In manuscripts) A mark over an erased word (which shows that the word ought not to be erased); 'stet'. -9 A mark made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress. -1 A peculiar mark like a dot made in cauterizing. -11 The part of the forehead between the eyebrows. -12 (In dramas) the sudden development of a secondary incident (which, like a drop of oil in water quickly diffuses itself and thus supplies important elements in the development of the plot; it is the source of an intermediate object, while 'Bīja' is that of the principal one); अवान्तरार्थविच्छेदे बिन्दुरुच्छेदकारणम् S. D.319. -13 (In phil.) A condition of चिच्छक्ति; सच्चिदानन्दविभवात् सकलात् परमेश्वरा । आसीच्छक्तिस्ततो नादो नादाद् बिन्दुसमुद्भवः ॥ -Comp. -चित्रकः the spotted antelope. -च्युतकः a kind of word-play; चकास्ति बिन्दु- च्युतकातिचातुरी N.9.14. -जालम्, -जालकम् 1 a number of drops. -2 marks of coloured paint on the trunk and face of an elephant. -तन्त्रः 1 a die. -2 a chessboard. -देवः an epithet of Śiva. -पत्रः a kind of birch tree. -प्रतिष्ठामय a. founded or based upon the अनुस्वार. -फलम् a pearl. -भेदः a particular Yoga posture. -माधवः a form of Viṣṇu. -मालिन् m. (in music) a kind of measure. -रेखकः 1 an anusvāra. -2 a kind of bird. -रेखा a line of dots. -वासरः the day of conception.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
bha भः 1 N. of the planet Venus. -2 Error, delusion, mere semblance. -3 An epithet of Śukra. -4 N. given to the base of nouns before the vowel terminations beginning with accusative plural; cf. अङ्ग and पद. -5 A bee. -भम् 1 A star; ननु भान्यमूनि Rām. Ch.6.33; भगणो भाति यद्भयात् Bhāg.3.29.4. -2 A lunar mansion or asterism. -3 A planet. -4 A sign of the zodiac. -5 The number twenty-seven. -Comp. -ईनः, -ईशः 1 the sun. -2 the regent of an asterism. -कक्षा the path of the asterisms. -गणः, वर्गः 1 the group of stars or asterisms. -2 the zodiac. -3 revolution of the planets in the zodiac. -गमः the revolution of a planet; Hch. -गोलः the starry sphere. -चक्रम्, -पञ्जरः, -मण्डलम् the zodiac. ˚नाभिः the centre of the zodiac. -प a. the regent of an asterism. -पतिः the moon. -भ्रमः a sidereal day. -लता Pæderia Foetida (Mar. हरणवेल). -वासरः a sidereal day. -सन्धिः N. of the last quarters of the asterisms, आश्लेषा, ज्येष्ठा and रेवती. -सूचकः an astrologer.
bhagaṃdaraḥ भगंदरः A fistula in the anus or pudendum; कटी- कपालयोस्तोददाहकण्डूरुजादयः । भवन्ति पूर्वरूपाणि भविष्यति भगन्दरे ॥ Bhāva P.
bhārgavaḥ भार्गवः [भृगोरपत्यम् अण्] 1 N. of Śukra, regent of the planet Venus and preceptor of the Asuras. -2 N. of Paraśurāma; भार्गवः प्रददौ यस्मै परमास्त्रं महाहवे Mb.8.2.13; see परशुराम. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -4 An archer. -5 An elephant. -6 An epithet of Jamadagni. -7 Of Mārkaṇḍeya; तावच्छिशोर्वै श्वसितेन भार्गवः सो$न्तः शरीरं मशको यथाविशत् Bhāg.12.9.27. -8 N. of an eastern country; ब्रह्मोत्तरा प्रविजया भार्गवाज्ञेयमल्लकाः Mārk. P. -9 An astrologer, fortune-teller; 'भार्गवो शुक्रदैवज्ञौ' Vaijayantī; भार्गवो नाम भूत्वा भिक्षानिभेन तद्गृहं प्रविश्य Dk.2.6. -1 A potter; ब्राह्मणैः प्राविशत् तत्र जिष्णुर्भार्गववेश्म तत् Mb.1.19.47; भार्गव- कर्मशाला 1.91.1. भार्गवम् bhārgavam भार्गवकम् bhārgavakam भार्गवप्रियः bhārgavapriyḥ भार्गवम् भार्गवकम् भार्गवप्रियः A diamond.
bhṛguḥ भृगुः 1 N. of a sage, regarded as the ancestor of the family of the Bhṛigus, and described in Ms.1.35 as one of the ten patriarchs created by the first Manu; (said to be so called because he was produced along with flames; सह ज्वालाभिरुत्पन्ने भृगुस्तस्माद् भृगुः स्मृतः ।). [On one occasion when the sages could not agree as to which of the three gods, Brahman, Viṣṇu and Śiva, was best entitled to the worship of Brāhmaṇas, the sage Bhṛigu was sent to test the character of the three gods. He first went to the abode of Brahman, and, on approaching him, purposely omitted an obeisance. Upon this the god reprehended him severely, but was pacified by apologies. Next he entered the abode of Śiva in Kailāsa, and omitted, as before, all tokens of adoration. The vindictive deity was enraged and would have destroyed him, had he not conciliated him by mild words. (According to another account, Bhṛigu was coldly received by Brahman, and he, therefore, cursed him that he would receive no worship or adoration; and condemned Śiva to take the form of a Liṅga, as he got no access to the deity who was engaged in private with his wife). Lastly he went to Viṣṇu, and finding him asleep, he boldly gave the god a kick on his breast which at once awoke him. Instead of showing anger, however, the God arose, and on seeing Bhṛigu, inquired tenderly whether his foot was hurt, and then began to rub it gently. 'This', said Bhṛigu, 'is the mightiest god. He overtops all by the most potent of all weapons--kindness and generosity'. Viṣṇu was therefore, declared to be the god who was best entitled to the worship of all.] -2 N. of the sage Jamadagni. -3 An epithet of Śukra. -4 The planet Venus. -5 A cliff, precipice; कृत्वा पुंवत्पातमुच्चैर्मृगुभ्यः Śi.4.23; भृगुपतनकारणमपृच्छम् Dk. -6 Table-land, the level summit of a mountain. -7 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 Friday. -Comp. -उद्वहः an epithet of Paraśurāma. -कच्छः, -च्छम् N. of a place on the north bank of the Narmadā (modern Broach). -जः, -तनयः 1 an epithet of Śukra. -2 the planet Venus. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma; वीरो न यस्य भगवान् भृगुनन्दनो$पि U.5.34. -2 of Śukra. -3 of Śaunaka; एवं निशम्य भृगुनन्दनसाधुवादम् Bhāg.1.1. 14. -पतनम् a fall from a precipice. -पतिः an epithet of Paraśurāma; भृगुपतियशोवर्त्म यत् क्रौञ्चरन्ध्रम् Me.59; so भृगूणांपतिः. -पातः Throwing oneself down from a cliff or a precipice; thus committing suicide; तत्र तत्यजुरा मानं भृगुपातेन केचन Śiva B.2.39. -वंशः N. of a family descended from Paraśurāma;. -वारः, -वासरः Friday. -शार्दूलः, -श्रेष्ठः, -सत्तमः epithets of Paraśurāma;. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma;. -2 of Venus or Śukra; भृगुसूनुधरापुत्रौ शशिजेन समन्वितौ Mb.9.11.17.
bhedaḥ भेदः [भिद् घञ्] 1 Breaking; splitting, cleaving; hitting (as a mark). -2 Rending, tearing. -3 Dividing, separating. -4 Piercing through, perforation. -5 (a) Breach, rupture. (b) Breaking open, bursting; V.2.7. -6 Disturbance, interruption. -7 Division, separation. -8 A chasm, gap, fissure, cleft. -9 A hurt, injury, wound. -1 Difference, distinction; तयोर्न भेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3. 99; अगौरवभेदेन Ku.6.12; Bg.18.19,22. रस˚, काल˚ &c.; भेदाभेदयोर्भेदो ग्रहीतव्यः ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. -11 A change, modification; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -12 Dissension, disunion. -13 Disclosure, betrayal; as in रहस्यभेदः. -14 Treachery, treason; भेदाधीनं कृतं शत्रोः सैन्यं शत्रुबलं स्मृतम् Śukra.4.876. -15 A kind, variety; भेदाः पद्मशङ्खादयो निधेः Ak.; शिरीषपुष्पभेदः &c. -16 Dualism. -17 (In politics) Sowing dissensions in an enemy's party and thus winning him over to one's side, one of the four Upāyas or means of success against an enemy; see उपाय and उपायचतुष्टय; परम्परं तु ये द्विष्टाः क्रुद्धभीतावमानिताः । तेषां भेदं प्रयुञ्जीत परमं दर्शयेद् भयम् ॥ Agni P. -18 Defeat. -19 (In medicine) Evacuation of the bowels. -2 Shooting pain (in the limbs). -21 Paralysis. -22 Contraction. -23 A conjunction of the planets. -24 The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -Comp. -अभेदौ (dual) 1 disunion and union, disagreement and agreement. -2 difference and sameness; भेदाभेद- ज्ञानम्. -उन्मुख a. on the point of bursting forth or opening; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7. -कर, -कृत् sowing dissensions. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि, -बुद्धि a. considering the universe as distinct from the Supreme Spirit. -प्रत्ययः belief in dualism. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of dualism. -विधिः the faculty of discriminating. -सह a. 1 capable of being divided or separated. -2 corruptible, seducible.
makaraḥ मकरः [मं विषं किरति कॄ-अच् Tv.] 1 A kind of seaanimal, a crocodile, shark; झषाणां मकरश्चास्मि Bg.1.31; मकरवक्त्र Bh.2.4. (Makara is regarded as an emblem of Cupid; cf. comps. below). -2 The sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -3 An array of troops in the form of a Makara; दण्डव्यूहेन तन्मार्गं यायात्तु शकटेन वा । वराहमकराभ्यां वा ... Ms.7.187; Śukra.4.11. -4 An ear-ring in the shape of a Makara. -5 The hands folded in the form of a Makara. -6 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -7 The tenth arc of thirty degrees in any circle. -Comp. -अङ्कः an epithet of 1 the god of love. -2 the ocean. -अश्वः an epithet of Varuṇa. -आकरः, -आवासः the ocean; प्रविश्य मकरावासं यादोगणनिषेवितम् Mb.7.11.19. -आलयः 1 the ocean. -2 a symbolical expression for the number 'four'. -आसनम् a kind of Āsana in yoga; मकरासनमावक्ष्ये वायूनां स्तम्भकारणात् । पृष्ठे पादद्वयं बद्ध्वा हस्ताभ्यां पृष्ठबन्धनम् ॥ Rudrayāmala. -कुण्डलम् an ear-ring in the shape of a Makara; हेमाङ्गदलसद्- बाहुः स्फुरन्मकरकुण्डलः (रराज) Bhāg.8.15.9. -केतनः, -केतुः, -केतुमत् m. epithets of the god of love. -ध्वजः 1 an epithet of the god of love; संप्राप्तं मकरध्वजेन मथनं त्वत्तो मदर्थे पुरा Ratn.1.3; तत्प्रेमवारि मकरध्वजतापहारि Ch. P. 41. -2 a particular array of troops. -3 the sea. -4 a particular medical preparation. -राशिः f. the sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -वाहनः N. of Varuṇa. -संक्रमणम् the passage of the sun into the sign Capricornus. -सप्तमी the seventh day in the bright half of Māgha.
maghā मघा N. of the tenth lunar mansion containing five stars. -Comp. -त्रयोदशी the thirteenth day of the dark half of Bhādrapada. -भवः, -भूः the planet Venus. मघा, (-घी) A kind of corn.
manuḥ मनुः [मन्-उ Uṇ.1.1] 1 N. of a celebrated personage regarded as the representative man and father of the human race (sometimes regarded as one of the divine beings). -2 Particularly, the fourteen successive progenitors or sovereigns of the earth mentioned in Ms.1.63. (The first Manu called स्वायंभुवमनु is supposed to be a sort of secondary creator, who produced the ten Prajapatis or Maharṣis and to whom the code of laws known as Manusmriti is ascribed. The seventh Manu called वैवस्वतमनु, being supposed to be born from the sun, is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings and was saved from a great flood by Viṣṇu in the form of a fish; cf. मत्स्यावतार; he is also regarded as the founder of the solar race of kings who ruled at Ayodhyā; see U.6.18; R.1.11; विवस्वान् मनवे प्राह मनुरिक्ष्वाकवे$ब्रवीत् Bg.4.1. The names of the fourteen Manus in order are:-1 स्वायंभुव, 2 स्वारोचिष, 3 औत्तमि, 4 तामस, 5 रैवत, 6 चाक्षुष, 7 वैवस्वत, 8 सावर्णि, 9 दक्षसावर्णि, 1 ब्रह्मसावर्णि, 11 धर्मसावर्णि, 12 रुद्रसावर्णि, 13 रौच्य-दैवसावर्णि and 14 इंद्रसावर्णि). -3 A symbolical expression for the number 'fourteen'. -4 A man, mankind (opp. evil spirits); मनवे शासदव्रतान् Ṛv.1.13.8. -5 Thought, thinking or mental faculty (Ved.). -6 A prayer, sacred text or spell (मन्त्र); मनुं साधयतो राज्यं नाकपृष्ठमनाशके Mb.13.7.18. -7 (pl.) Mental powers; देहो$सवो$क्षा मनवो भूतमात्रा नात्मानमन्यं च विदुः परं यत् Bhāg.6.4.25. -नुः f. The wife of Manu. -Comp. -अन्तरम् the period or age of a Manu; (this period, according to Ms.1.79, comprises 4,32, human years or 1/14th day of Brahmā, the fourteen Manvantaras making up one whole day; each of these fourteen periods is supposed to be presided over by its own Manu; six such periods have already passed away; we are at present living in the seventh, and seven more are yet to come); मन्वन्तरं तु दिव्यानां युगानामेकसप्ततिः Ak. -जः a man, mankind. ˚अधिपः, ˚अधिपतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः, ˚राजः a king, sovereign. ˚लोकः the world of men; i. e. the earth. -जा a woman. -जातः a man. -ज्येष्ठः a sword. -प्रणीत a. taught or expounded by Manu. -भूः a man, mankind. -राज् m. an epithet of Kubera. -श्रेष्ठः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -संहिता, -स्मृतिः the code of laws ascribed to the first Manu, the institutes of Manu.
mayūrikā मयूरिका f. 1 A nose-ring; मनोज्ञनासिकान्यस्तचित्ररत्न- मयूरिकाम् Śiva B.2.5. -2 A kind of venomous insect. -3 Hibiscus Cannabinus (Mar. भेंडी, अंबाडी).
maryādā मर्यादा [मर्यायां सीमायां दीयते दा-घञर्थे क] 1 A limit, boundary (fig. also); bound, border, frontier, verge; मर्यादाव्यतिक्रमः Pt.1. -2 End, termination, terminus. -3 A shore, bank. -4 A mark, land-mark. -5 The bounds of morality, any fixed usage or established rule, moral law; मर्यादानां च लोकस्य कर्ता कारयिता च सः Rām.5. 35.11. -6 A rule of propriety or decorum, bounds or limits of propriety, propriety of conduct; आस्तातापवाद- भिन्नमर्याद U.5; मर्यादायाममर्यादाः स्त्रियस्तिष्ठन्ति सर्वदा Pt.1.142. -7 A contract, covenant, an agreement; गृह्यतां पाणिना पाणिर्मर्यादा बध्यतां ध्रुवा Rām.4.5.11. -Comp. -अचलः, -गिरिः, -पर्वतः a frontier-mountain. -धावनम् running towards a mark. -बन्धः keeping within limits; Buddh. -भेदकः a destroyer of land-marks; मर्यादाभेदकश्चैव विकृतं प्राप्नुयाद्वधम् Ms.9.291. -वचनम् statement of the limit; P.III.3.136. -व्यतिक्रमः overstepping limits.
mānuṣatā मानुषता त्वम् 1 Humanity. -2 State or condition of man, human nature; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. -3 Manhood. मानुष्यम् mānuṣyam मानुष्यकम् mānuṣyakam मानुष्यम् मानुष्यकम् 1 Human nature, humanity; असारमिव मानुष्यम् Mb.12.288.45; किं पुनर्मानुष्यं विडम्ब्यते V.2; यावन्मानुष्यके शक्यमुपपादयितुं तावत्सर्वमुपपाद्यताम् K.62. -2 A mortal frame, human body; प्राप्यापि मानुष्यकमनेक- साधारणीभव Dk. -3 Mankind, the race of human beings. -4 A collection of men; अश्वीयैरौक्षकैर्मानुष्यकै रथ्याभिरौष्ट्रकैः । धनश्चचाल वैपुल्यं वसुधाया विलोपयन् ॥ Dharmābhyudaya-mahākāvyam. -5 = मनुष्यलोक; मानुष्ये चिन्तयामास जन्मभूमि- मथात्मनः Rām.1.16.31.
mārgaḥ मार्गः [मृज्-शुद्धौ, मार्ग्-अन्वेषणे घञ् वा] 1 A way, road, path (fig. also); मार्गो दशकरः प्रोक्तो ग्रामेषु नगरेषु च Śukra. 1.261; अग्निशरणमार्गमादेशय Ś.5; so विचारमार्गप्रहितेन चेतसा Ku.5.42; R.2.72; U.3.37. -2 A course, passage, the tract passed over; वायोरिमं परिवहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -3 Reach, range; मार्गातीतायेन्द्रियाणां नमस्ते Ki.18. 4. -4 A scar, mark (left by a wound &c.); भोगिवेष्टन- मार्गेषु R.4.48; ते पुत्रयोर्नैर्ऋतशस्त्रमार्गानार्द्रानिवाङ्गे सदयं स्पृशन्त्यौ 14.4. -5 The path or course of a planet. -6 Search, inquiry, investigation. -7 A canal, channel, passage. -8 A means, way. -9 The right way or course, proper course; सुमार्ग, अमार्ग -1 Mode, manner, method, course; शान्ति˚ R.7.71. -11 Style, direction; इति वैदर्भ- मार्गस्य प्राणा दश गुणाः स्मृताः Kāv.1.42; वाचां विचित्रमार्गाणाम् 1.9. -12 Custom, usage, practice; कुल˚, शास्त्र˚, धर्म˚ &c. -13 Hunting or tracing out game. -14 A title or head in law, ground for litigation; अष्टादशसु मार्गेषु निबद्धानि पृथक् पृथक् Ms.8.3. -15 A high style of acting, dancing and singing; अगायतां मार्गविधानसंपदा Rām.1.4.36. (com. गानं द्विविधम् । मार्गो देशी चेति । तत्र प्राकृतावलम्बि गानं देशी । संस्कृतावलम्बि तु गानं मार्गः). -16 (In dramaturgy) Hinting or indicating how anything is to happen. -17 (In geom.) A section. -18 The anus. -19 Musk. -2 The constellation called मृगशिरस्. -21 The month called मार्गशीर्ष. -22 N. of Viṣṇu (as the way to final emancipation). -र्गम् A herd of deer; मार्गमदन्या वीथ्या नागवनं प्रयातो भर्ता Pratijña Y.1. -Comp. -आगतः a traveller. -आख्यायिन् m. a guide. -आयातः a traveller. -आरब्ध begun on right lines; मार्गारब्धाः सर्वयत्नाः फलन्ति Pratijña Y.1.18. -आली a track, streak. -उपदेशकः a guide, leader. -तालः (in music) a particular kind of measure. -तोरणम् a triumphal arch erected on a road; पौरदृष्टिकृतमार्गतोरणौ R.11.5. -दर्शकः a guide. -द्रङ्गः a city or town on the road. -द्रुमः a tree growing by the wayside. -धेनुः, -धेनुकम् a measure of distance equal to 4 krośas. -पतिः the superintendent of roads; Rāj. T. -परिणायकः a guide. -पाली N. of a goddess. -बन्धनम् a barricade. -रक्षकः a road-keeper, guard. -वटी an epithet of the tutelary deity of travellers. -विनोदनम् entertainment on a journey. -शोधकः a pioneer. -संस्करणम् cleansing the road; ततः संशोधनं नित्यं मार्गसंस्करणार्थकम् Śukra.4.81. -स्थ a. travelling; wayfaring; अनुगन्तुं सतां वर्त्म कृत्स्नं यदि न शक्यते । स्वल्पमप्यव- गन्तव्यं मार्गस्थो नावसीदति ॥ Subhāṣ. -हर्म्यम् a palace on a high road.
mṛgaḥ मृगः [मृग्-क] 1 (a) A quadruped, an animal in general; नाभिषेको न संस्कारः सिंहस्य क्रियते मृगैः । विक्रमार्जित- राज्यस्य स्वयमेव मृगेन्द्रता; see मृगाधिप below. (b) A wild beast. -2 A deer, an antelope; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; R.1.4,5; आश्रममृगो$यं न हन्तव्यः Ś.1. -3 Game in general. -4 The spots on the moon represented as an antelope. -5 Musk. -6 Seeking, search. -7 Pursuit, chase, hunting. -8 Inquiry, investigation. -9 Asking, soliciting. -1 A kind of elephant; N. of the third caste of elephants; Mātaṅga L.1.26.29; 'भद्रा मन्द्रा मृगाश्चेति विज्ञेयास्त्रिविधा गजाः । क्रमेण हिमवद्विन्ध्यसह्यजाः ।' com. on Rām.1.6.25. -11 N. of a particular class of men; मृगे तुष्टा च चित्रिणी; वदति मधुरवाणीं दीर्घनेत्रा$तिभीरुश्चपलमतिसुदेहः शीघ्रवेगो मृगो$यम् Śabdak. -12 The lunar mansion called मृगशिरस्. -13 The lunar month called मार्गशीर्ष. -14 The sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -15 N. of a district in Śākadvīpa. -Comp. -अक्षी a fawn-eyed or deer-eyed woman; त्वय्यासन्ने नयनमुपरिस्पन्दि शङ्के मृगाक्ष्याः Me.97. -अङ्कः 1 the moon. -2 comphor. -3 the wind. -अङ्गना a doe. -अजिनम् a deer's skin. -अण्डजा musk. -अद् m., -अदनः, -अन्तकः a small tiger or hunting leopard, hyena. -अधिपः, अधिराजः a lion; केसरी निष्ठुरक्षिप्तमृगयूथो मृगाधिपः Śi.2.53; -मृगाधिराजस्य वचो निशम्य R.2.41. -अरातिः 1 a lion. -2 a dog. -अरिः 1 a lion. -2 a dog. -3 a tiger. -4 N. of a tree. -अशनः a lion. -आजीवः 1 a hunter. -2 a hyena. -आविधः a hunter. -आस्यः the sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -इन्द्रः 1 a lion; ततो मृगेन्द्रस्य मृगेन्द्रगामी R.2.3. -2 a tiger. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. ˚आसनम् a throne. ˚आस्यः an epithet of Śiva. ˚चटकः a hawk. -इष्टः a variety of jasmine. -ईक्षणा a fawn-eyed woman. -ईश्वरः 1 a lion. -2 the sign Leo of the zodiac. -उत्तमः the best antelope. -उत्तमम्, -उत्तमाङ्गम् the constellation मृगशिरस्. -काननम् 1 a park. -2 a forest abounding in game. -केतनः the moon. -गामिनी a kind of medicinal substance (Mar. वावडिंग). -चर्या the acting like a deer (a kind of penance); अथैनामन्बवेक्षस्व मृगचर्या- मिवात्मनः Mb.3.33.11. -चारिन् a. acting like a deer (as a devotee); leading a deer's life; V.4. -चेटकः the civet-cat; L. D. B. -जलम् mirage. ˚स्नानम् bathing in the waters of the mirage; i. e. an impossibility. -जालिकः, -का a snare for catching deer. -जीवनः a hunter, fowler. -टङ्कः the moon. -तृष्, -तृषा, -तृष्णा, -तृष्णिः, -तृष्णिका, f. mirage; मृगतृष्णाम्भसि स्नातः; see खपुष्प; जातः सखे प्रणयवान् मृगतृष्णिकायाम् Ś.6.16; Bhāg.4.7. 28; Bh.2.5. मृगतृष्णारूप means 'resembling a mirage', ill-founded; मृगतृष्णारूपमेतद् दर्शनम् ŚB. on MS.9.1.31. -तोयम् the water of a mirage. -दंशः, -दंशकः a dog. -दर्पः musk. -दावः a park, preserve. -दृश् f. a fawneyed woman; तदीषद्विस्तारि स्तनयुगलमासीन्मृगदृशः U.6.35. (-m.) the sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -दृष्टिः a lion. -द्युः a hunter. -द्युव a. gambling for deer; हरामि राम- सौमित्री मृगो भूत्वा मृगद्युवौ Bk.5.47. -द्विष् m. a lion. -धरः the moon. -धूर्तः, -धूर्तकः a jackal. -नयना a fawn-eyed woman. -नाभिः 1 musk; प्रस्थं हिमाद्रेर्मृगनाभिगन्धि Ku.1.54; Ṛs.6.13; Ch. P.8; R.17.24. -2 the musk-deer; दृषदो वासितोत्सङ्गा निषण्णमृगनाभिभिः R.4.74. ˚जा musk. -पतिः 1 a lion; नखानां पाण्डित्यं प्रकटयतु कस्मिन् मृगपतिः Bv.1.1. -2 a roe-buck. -3 a tiger. -पालिका the musk-deer. -पिप्लुः the moon. -पोतः, -पोतकः a fawn. -प्रभुः a lion. -प्रियम् grass growing on mountains. -ब(व)धाजीव a hunter. -बन्धिनी a net for catching deer. -भोजनी bitter apple. -मत्तकः a jackal. -मदः musk; कुचतटीगतो यावन्मातर्मिलति तव तोयैर्मृगमदः G. L.7; मृगमदतिलकं लिखति सपुलकं मृगमिव रजनीकरे Gīt.7; चन्दनमृगमद- लेपं गमितौ क्षोण्या नु वक्षोजौ Mv.7.24; also मृगमदसौरभ- रभसवशं ...... Gīt. ˚वासा a musk-bag. -मन्द्रः N. of a class of elephants; Rām.1.6.25. -मांसम् venison. -मातृका a doe. -मासः the month of Mārgaśīrṣa. -मुखः the sign Capricornus of the zodiac. -यूथम् a herd of deer. -राज् m. 1 a lion; पतिते पतङ्गमृगराजि निजप्रतिबिम्बरोषित इवाम्बुनिधौ Śi.9.18. -2 a tiger. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. -राजः 1 a lion; शिलाविभङ्गैर्मृगराजशावस्तुङ्गं नगोत्सङ्ग- मिवारुरोह R.6.3. -2 the sign Leo of the zodiac. -3 a tiger. -4 the moon. ˚धारिन्, ˚लक्ष्मन् m. the moon. -रिपुः 1 a lion. -2 the sign Leo. -रोमम् wool. ˚जम् a woollen cloth. -रोचना yellow pigment. -रोम, -रोमज a. woolen. -लाञ्छन, -लक्ष्मन् m. the moon; अङ्काधिरोपितमृगश्चन्द्रमा मृगलाञ्छनः Śi.2.53. ˚जः the planet Mercury. -लेखा the deer-like streak on the moon; मृगलेखामुषसीव चन्द्रमाः R.8.42. -लोचनः the moon. (-ना, -नी) a fawn-eyed woman. -लोमिक woollen. -वधू a female deer, doe. -वल्लभः a kind of grass (कुन्दर). -वाहनः wind. -वीथिका, -वीथी N. of that portion of the moon's course which includes the constellations श्रवणा, शतभिषज् and पूर्वाभाद्रपदा. -व्याधः 1 a hunter. -2 Sirius or the dogstar. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -शायिका the reclining posture of a deer. -शावः a fawn; मृगशावैः सममेधितो जनः Ś.2.19. -शिरः, -शिरस् n., -शिरा N. of the fifth lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -शीर्षम् the constellation मृगशिरस्. (-र्षः) the lunar month Mārgaśīrṣa. -शीर्षन् m. the constellation मृग- शिरस्. -श्रेष्ठः a tiger. -हन् m. a hunter.
medhā मेधा [मेध्-अञ्] (changed to मेधस् in Bah. comp. when preceded by सु, दुस् and the negative particle अ) 1 Retentive faculty, retentiveness (of memory); धी- र्धारणावती मेधा Ak. -2 Intellect, intelligence in general; यत् सप्तान्नानि मेधया तपसाजनयत् पिता Bṛi. Up.1.5.1; Bg. 1.34; आयुष्मन्तं सुतं सूते यशोमेधासमन्वितम् Ms.3.263; Y. 3.173. -3 A form of Sarasvathī. -4 A sacrifice. -5 Strength, power (Ved.). -Comp. -अतिथिः N. of a learned commentator on Manusmṛiti. -जननम् N. of a rite for producing mental and bodily strength. -जित् m. an epithet of Kātyāyana. -रुद्रः an epithet of Kālidāsa.
meruḥ मेरुः 1 N. of a fabulous mountain (round which all the planets are said to revolve and which forms the centre of the several Dvīpas; cf. द्वीप; it is also said to consist of gold and gems); विभज्य मेरुर्न यदर्थिसात् कृतः N.1.16; स्वात्मन्येव समाप्तहेममहिमा मेरुर्न मे रोचते Bh.3.15. -2 The central bead in a rosary. -3 The central gem of a necklace. -Comp. -अद्रिकर्णिका the earth. -धामन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पृष्ठम् heaven, the sky. -मन्दरः N. of a mountain. -यन्त्रम् a figure shaped like a spindle. -सावर्णः N. of one of the fourteen Manus.
maitra मैत्र a. (-त्री f.) [मित्र-अण्] 1 Belonging to a friend. -2 Given by a friend. -3 Friendly, well-disposed, amicable, kind; कुर्यादन्यन्न वा कुर्यान्मैत्रो ब्राह्मण उच्यते Ms.2. 87; अद्वेष्टा सर्वभूतानां मैत्रः करुण एव च Bg.12.13. -4 Relating to the god Mitra (as a Muhūrta); Ku.7.6 (com. 'आर्द्रः सार्द्रस्तथा मैत्रः शुभो वासव एव च' इति बृहस्पति- स्मरणात्); मैत्रे मुहूर्ते प्रययौ प्रयागवनमुत्तमम् Rām.2.89.21 (com. उदयात् तृतीयमुहूर्ते). -त्रः 1 A high or perfect Brāhmaṇa; परिनिष्ठितकार्यस्तु स्वाध्यायेनैव ब्राह्मणः । कुर्यादन्यत्र वा कुर्यान्मैत्रो ब्राह्मण उच्यते ॥ Mb.12.6.12. -2 N. of a particular mixed tribe; Ms.1.23. -3 The anus; Ms.12. 72 (com.). -4 A friend. -त्री 1 Friendship, good will. -2 Intimate connection or association, union, contact; प्रत्यूषेषु स्फुटितकमलामोदमैत्रीकषायः Me.31. -3 The lunar mansion called अनुराधा; तार्थयात्रां हलधरः ...... मैत्र- नक्षत्रयोगे स्म Mb.9.35.14. -त्रम् 1 Friendship. -2 Voiding or evacuation of excrement; मैत्रं प्रसाधनं स्नानम् (पूर्वाह्ण एव कुर्वीत) Ms.4.152. -3 A prayer addressed to Mitra; अजातशत्रुः कृतमैत्रो हुताग्निः Bhāg.1.13.3. -4 The lunar mansion अनुराधा (मैत्रभम् in the same sense). -Comp. -चित्तम् benevolence. -नक्षत्रम् the अनुराधा constellation.
mocaḥ मोचः [मुच्-अच्] 1 The plantain tree. -2 The tree called शोभाञ्जन. -चा 1 The plantain tree. -2 The cotton shrub. -3 The indigo plant. -चम् A plantain fruit. -Comp. -निर्यासः, -रसः, -सारः, -स्रावः the resin of Gossampinus Rumphii.
yadṛcchā यदृच्छा [यद् ऋच्छ्-अ टाप् Tv.] 1 Acting as one likes, self-will, independence (of action); यदृच्छयासृयति यस्तपस्यते Ki.14.21. -2 Chance, accident; usually used in the instrumental singular in this sense and translated by 'accidentally', 'by chance'; किन्नरमिथुनं यदृच्छया$द्राक्षीत् K. 'chanced or happened to see' &c; वसिष्ठधेनुश्च यदृच्छया$$गता श्रुतप्रभावा ददृशे$थ नन्दिनी R.3.4; V.1.1; Ku.1.14; U.5.16. -Comp. -अभिज्ञः voluntary or self-offered witness. -शब्दः a proper name, a word like डित्थ, यज्ञदत्त &c. which denotes neither a genus nor species, nor any quality, action &c.; असंपादयतः कंचिदर्थं जातिक्रियागुणैः । यदृच्छाशब्दवत् पुंसः संज्ञायै जन्म केवलम् Śi.2.47. -संवादः 1 accidental conversation. -2 spontaneous or incidental intercourse, accidental meeting.
likṣā लिक्षा लिख्या [रिषेः सः कित् Un.3.66] 1 A nit, the egg of a louse. -2 A very minute measure of weight (said to be equal to 4 or 8 trasareṇus); जालान्तरगते भानौ यच्चाणुर्दृश्यते रजः । तैश्चतुर्भिर्भवेल्लिक्षा; or त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः Ms.8.133; see Y.1.362 also.
likhanam लिखनम् [लिख्-भावादौ ल्युट्] 1 Writing, inscribing. -2 Drawing, painting. -3 Scratching. -4 A written document, a writing or manuscript.
lipiḥ लिपिः पी f. [लिप् इक् वा ङीप्] 1 Anointing, smearing. -2 Writing, hand-writing. -3 The written characters, letters, alphabet; यवनाल्लिप्याम् Vārt.; लिपेर्यथावद्ग्रहणेन वाङ्मयं नदीमुखेनेव समुद्रमाविशत् R.3.28;18.46. -4 The art of writing. -5 A writing (as a letter, document, manuscript &c.); अयं दरिद्रो भवितेति वैधसीं लिपिं ललाटे$र्थिजनस्य जाग्रतीम् N.1.15,138. -6 Painting, drawing. -7 Outward appearance. -Comp. -करः 1 a plasterer, whitewasher, mason. -2 a writer, scribe. -3 an engraver (also लिपिंकर). -कर्मन् n. drawing, painting. -ज्ञानम् the art of writing. -कारः a writer, scribe. -ज्ञ a. one who can write. -न्यासः the art of writing or transcribing. -फलकम् a writing tablet or board. -शाला a writing school. -सज्जा writing materials or apparatus. -संनाहः a belt worn on the fore-arm.
lekhya लेख्य a. [लिख्-ण्यत्] To be drawn, written, painted, scratched &c.; शैली दारुमयी लौही लेप्या लेख्या च सैकती । मनोमयी मणिमयी प्रतिमाष्टविधा स्मृता ॥ Bhāg.11.27.12. -ख्यम् 1 The art of writing. -2 Writing, transcribing; चकार यत्नं द्रुपदः सुतायाः सर्वकर्मसु । ततो लेख्यादिषु तथा शिल्पेषु च परंतप ॥ Mb.5.189.1. -3 A writing, a letter, document, manuscript. -5 An inscription. -6 Painting, drawing. -7 A painted figure. -Comp. -आरूढ, कृत a. committed to writing, done in writing. -गत a. painted, drawn in picture. -चूर्णिका a paint-brush, writing-pencil. -पत्रम्, -पत्रकम् 1 a writing, letter, document. -2 a palm-leaf. -प्रसंगः a document. -स्थानम् a writing place.
lokaḥ लोकः [लोक्यते$सौ लोक्-घञ्] 1 The world, a division of the universe; (roughly speaking there are three lokas स्वर्ग, पृथ्वी and पाताल, but according to fuller classification the lokas are fourteen, seven higher regions rising from the earth one above the other, i. e. भूर्लोक, भुवर्लोक, स्वर्लोक, महर्लोक, जनर्लोक, तपर्लोक, and सत्यलोक or ब्रह्मलोक; and seven lower regions, descending from the earth one below the other; i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, रसातल, तलातल, महातल, and पाताल). -2 The earth, terrestrial world (भूलोक); इह- लोके in this world (opp. परत्र). -3 The human race, mankind, men, as in लोकातिग, लोकोत्तर &c. q. v. -4 The people or subjects (opp. the king); स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7; R.4.8. -5 A collection, group, class, company; आकृष्टलीलान् नरलोकपालान् R.6.1; or शशाम तेन क्षितिपाल- लोकः 7.3. -6 A region, tract, district, province. -7 Common life, ordinary practice (of the world); लोकवत्तु लीलाकैवल्यम् Br. Sūt.II.1.33; यथा लोके कस्यचिदाप्तैषणस्य राज्ञः &c. S. B. (and diverse other places of the same work). -8 Common or worldly usage (opp. Vedic usage or idiom); वेदोक्ता वैदिकाः शब्दाः सिद्धा लोकाच्च लौकिकाः, प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्या यथा लोके वेदे चेति प्रयोक्तव्ये यथा लौकिक- वैदिकेष्विति प्रयुञ्जते Mbh. (and in diverse other places); अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18. -9 Sight, looking. -1 The number 'seven', or 'fourteen'. -11 Ved. Open space; space, room. -12 One's own nature (निजस्वरूप); नष्टस्मृतिः पुनरयं प्रवृणीत लोकम् Bhāg.3. 31.15. -13 Enlightenment (प्रकाश); इच्छामि कालेन न यस्य विप्लवस्तस्यात्मलोकावरणस्य मोक्षम् Bhāg.8.3.25. -14 Recompense (फल); अग्नावेव देवेषु लोकमिच्छन्ते Bṛi. Up.1.4.15. -15 An object of enjoyment (भोग्यवस्तु); अथो अयं वा आत्मा सर्वेषां भूतानां लोकः Bṛi. Up 1.4.16. -16 Sight, the faculty of seeing (चक्षुरिन्द्रिय); अग्निर्लोकः Bṛi. Up.3.9. 1. -17 An object of sense (विषय); उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. (In compounds लोक is often translated by 'universally', 'generally', 'popularly'; as लोकविज्ञात so ˚विद्विष्ट). -Comp. -अक्षः space, sky. -अतिग a. extraordinary, supernatural. -अतिशय a. superior to the world, extraordinary. -अधिक a. extraordinary, uncommon; सर्वं पण्डितराजराजितिलकेनाकारि लोकाधिकम् Bv.4.44; Ki.2.47. -अधिपः 1 a king. -2 a god or deity. -अधिपतिः a lord of the world. -अनुग्रहः prosperity of mankind. -अनुरागः 'love of mankind', universal love, general benevolence, philanthropy. -अनुवृत्तम् obedience of the people. -अन्तरम् 'another world', the next world, future life; लोकान्तरसुखं पुण्यं तपोदानसमुद्भवम् R.1.69;6.45; लोकान्तरं गम्-प्राप् &c. 'to die'. -अन्तरित a. dead. -अपवादः public scandal, popular censure; लोकापवादो बलवान् मतो मे R.14.4. -अभि- भाविन् a. 1 overcoming the world. -2 pervading the whole world (as light). -अभिलक्षित a. generally liked. -अभ्युदयः public weal or welfare. -अयनः N. of Nārāyaṇa. -अलोकः N. of a mythical mountain that encircles the earth and is situated beyond the sea of fresh water which surrounds the last of the seven continents; beyond लोकालोक there is complete darkness, and to this side of it there is light; it thus divides the visible world from the regions of darkness; प्रकाशश्चा- प्रकाशश्च लोकालोक इवाचलः R.1.68; लोकालोकव्याहतं धर्मराशेः शालीनं वा धाम नालं प्रसर्तुम् Śi.16.83; Mv.5.1,45; ऊर्ध्व- मालोकयामासुः लोकालोकमिवोच्छ्रितम् Parṇāl.3.3; (for further explanation see Dr. Bhāṇḍārkar's note on l. 79 of Māl. 1th Act). (-कौ) the visible and the invisible world. -आकाशः 1 space, sky. -2 (with Jains) a worldly region. -आचारः common practice, popular or general custom, ways of the world; अपि शास्त्रेषु कुशला लोकाचारविवर्जिताः Pt.5.43. -आत्मन् m. the soul of the universe. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the world. -2 the creator of the world. -आयत a. atheistical, materialistic. (-तः) a materialist, an atheist, a follower of Chārvāka. (-तम्) materialism, atheism; (for some account see the first chapter of the Sarvadarśanasaṁgraha). -आयतिकः an atheist, a materialist; कच्चिन्न लोकायतिकान् ब्राह्मणांस्तात सेवसे Rām. 2.1.38. -ईशः 1 a king (lord of the world). -2 Brahman. -3 quick-silver. -उक्तिः f. 1 a proverb, popular saying; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा यतो दग्धानां किल वह्निना हितकरः सेको$पि तस्योद्भवः Pt.1.371. -2 common talk, public opinion. -उत्तर a. extraordinary, uncommon, unusual; लोकोत्तरा च कृतिः Bv.1.69.7; U.2.7. (-रः) a king. ˚वादिन् m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school. -उपक्रोशनम् circulating evil reports among the people; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैर्लोकोपक्रोशनैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -एकबन्धुः an epithet of Śākyamuni. -एषणा 1 desire for heaven; या वितैषणा सा लोकैषणोभे ह्येते एषणे एव भवतः Bṛi. Up.3.5.1. -2 desire for the good opinion of the public. -कण्टकः 1 a troublesome or wicked man, the curse of mankind. -2 an epithet of Rāvaṇa; see कण्टक. -कथा a popular legend, folk-tale. -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator of the world. -कल्प a. 1 resembling the world. -2 regarded by the world. (-ल्पः) a period or age of the world. -कान्त a. liked by the people, popular; भव पितुरनुरूपस्त्वं गुणैर्लोककान्तैः V.5.21. (-न्ता) a kind of medical herb (Mar. मुरुढशेंग). -कारणकारणः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षित् a. inhabiting heaven. -गतिः f. actions of men. -गाथा a song handed down among people, folk-song. -चक्षुस् n. the sun. -चारित्रम् the ways of the world. -जननी an epithet of Lakṣmī. -जित् m. 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 any conqueror of the world. -3 a sage. -a. winning heaven; तद्धैतल्लोकजिदेव Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. -ज्ञ a. knowing the world. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Buddha. -तत्त्वम् knowledge of mankind. -तन्त्रम् course of the world; निर्मितो लोकतन्त्रो$यं लोकेषु परिवर्तते Bhāg.12.11.29. -तुषारः camphor. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three worlds taken collectively; उत्खात- लोकत्रयकण्टकेपि R.14.73. -दम्भक a. cheating mankind; Ms.4.195. -द्वारम् the gate of heaven. -धर्मः 1 a worldly matter. -2 (with Buddhists) worldly condition. -धातुः a particular division of the world (जम्बु- द्वीप). -धातृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -धारिणी N. of the earth. -नाथः 1 Brahman. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 a king, sovereign. -5 a Buddha -6 the sun. -नेतृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -पः, -पालः 1 a regent or guardian of a quarter of the world; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18; R.2.75;12.89;17.78; (the lokapālas are eight; see अष्टदिक्पाल). -2 a king, sovereign. -पक्तिः f. esteem of mankind, general respectability. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a king, sovereign. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. the general or usual way, the universally accepted way. -परोक्ष a. hidden from the world. -पितामहः an epithet of Brahman. -प्रकाशनः the sun. -प्रत्ययः universal prevalence. -प्रवादः general rumour, current report, popular talk. -प्रसिद्ध a. well-known, universally known. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 the sun. -2 Śiva. -बाह्य, -वाह्य 1 excluded from society, excommunicated. -2 differing from the world, eccentric, singular; उन्मादवन्नृत्यति लोकबाह्यः Bhāg.11.2.4. (-ह्यः) an outcast. -भर्तृ a. supporter of the people. -भावन, -भाविन् a. promoting the welfare of the world. -मर्यादा an established or current custom. -मातृ f. an epithet of Lakṣmī. -मार्गः an established custom. -यज्ञः desire for the good opinion of the people (लोकैषणा); Mb.1. 18.5. (com. लोकयज्ञो लोकैषणा सर्वो मां साधुमेव जानात्विति वासनारूपः). -यात्रा 1 worldly affairs, the course of worldly life, business of the world; तस्माल्लोकयात्रार्थी नित्यमुद्यत- दण्डः स्यात् Kau. A.1.4; Mb.3.15.31; Dk.2.8; एवं किलेयं लोकयात्रा Mv.7; यावदयं संसारस्तावत् प्रसिद्धैवेयं लोकयात्रा Ve.3. -2 a popular usage or custom; एषोदिता लोकयात्रा नित्यं स्त्रीपुंसयोः शुभा Ms.9.25 -3 worldly existence, career in life; Māl.4,6. -4 support of life, maintenance. -रक्षः a king, sovereign. -रञ्जनम् pleasing the world, popularity. -रवः popular talk or report. -रावण a. tormentor of the people; रावणं लोकरावणम् Rām.3.33.1; Mb.3.148.12. -लेखः 1 a public document. -2 an ordinary letter. -लोचनम् the sun. -वचनम् a popular rumour or report. -वर्तनम् the means by which the world subsists. -वादः public rumour; common talk, popular report; मां लोकवादश्रवणादहासीः R.14.61. -वार्ता popular report, public rumour; कश्चिदक्षर्धूतः कलासु कवित्वेषु लोकवार्तासु चातिवैचक्षण्यान्मया समसृज्यत Dk.2.2. -विद्विष्ट a. disliked by men, generally or universally disliked. -विधिः 1 a mode of proceeding prevalent in the world. -2 the creator of the world. -विनायकाः a class of deities presiding over diseases. -विभ्रमः see लोकव्यवहार; हृष्यत्तनुर्विस्मृतलोकविभ्रमः Bhāg.1.71.26. -विरुद्ध a. opposed to public opinion; यद्यपि शुद्धं लोकविरुद्धं नाकरणीयम् नाचरणीयम्. -विश्रुत a. farfamed, universally known, famous, renowned. -विश्रुतिः f. 1 world-wide fame. -2 unfounded rumour, mere report. -विसर्गः 1 the end of the world; Mb. -2 the creation of the world; Bhāg. -वृत्तम् 1 the way of the world, a custom prevalent in the world; लोकवृत्तमनुष्ठेयं कृतं वो बाष्पमोक्षणम् Rām.4.25.3. -2 an idle talk or gossip; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms.4.11. -वृत्तान्तः, -व्यवहारः 1 the course or ways of the world, general custom; Ś.5. -2 course of events. -व्यवहार a. commonly used, universally current. -व्रतम् general practice or way of the world. -श्रुतिः f. 1 a popular report. -2 world-wide fame. -संसृतिः f. 1 fate, destiny. -2 course through the world. -संकरः general confusion in the world. -संग्रहः 1 the whole universe. -2 the welfare of the world; लोकसंग्रहमेवापि संपश्यन् कर्तुमर्हसि Bg.3.2. -3 worldly experience. -4 propitiation of mankind. -संपन्न a. possessed of worldly wisdom. -संबाधः a throng of men, going and coming; इतस्ततः प्रवेशनिर्गमप्रवृत्तलोकसंबाधम् Dk.2.3. -साक्षिक a. 1 having the world as a witness; in the face of the world; प्रत्यक्षं फलमश्नन्ति कर्मणां लोकसाक्षिकम् Mb.3.32.6. -2 attested by witnesses. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 fire. -साधक a. creating worlds. -साधारण a. common (as a topic); Dk. -सिद्ध a. 1 current among the people, usual, customary. -2 generally received or accepted. -सीमातिवर्तिन् a. extraordinary, supernatural. -सुन्दर a. generally admired. -स्थलम् common occurrence. -स्थितिः f. 1 existence or conduct of the universe, worldly existence; the stability or permanence of the world; ये चैवं पुरुषाः कलासु कुशलास्तेष्वेव लोकस्थितिः Bh.2.22. -2 a universal law. -हास्य a. world-derided, the butt of general ridicule. -हित a. beneficial to mankind or to the world. (-तम्) general welfare.
vaktram वक्त्रम् [वक्ति अनेन वच्-करणे ष्ट्रन् Uṇ.4.177] 1 The mouth. -2 The face; यद्वक्त्रं मुहुरीक्षसे न धनिनां ब्रूषे न चाटून् मृषा Bh.3.147. -3 Snout, muzzle, beak. -4 Beginning. -5 The point (of an arrow), the spout of a vessel. -6 A sort of garment. -7 N. of a metre similar to anuṣṭubh; see S. D.567; Kāv.1.26. -8 The first term of a progression. -Comp. -आसवः saliva. -खुरः a tooth. -जः 1 a tooth. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -तालम् a musical instrument played with the mouth. -तुण्डः N. of Gaṇeṣa. -दलम् the palate. -पटः a veil. -पट्टः a bag of corn tied round a horse's neck. -परिस्पन्दः speech. -भेदिन् a. pungent, sharp. -रन्ध्रम् the aperture of the mouth. -वासः an orange. -शोधनम् 1 clean- sing the mouth. -2 lime, citron. -शोधिन् n. a citron. (-m.) a citron tree.
varṇaḥ वर्णः [वर्ण्-अच् Uṇ.3.1] 1 A colour, hue; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 A paint, dye, paint-colour; see वर्ण् (1). -3 Colour, complexion, beauty; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; त्वय्यादातुं जलमवनते शार्ङ्गिणो वर्णचौरे Me.48; R.8.42. -4 Look, countenance; मध्यस्थवर्ण इव दृश्यते Madhyamavyāyoga 1; किं त्वं शङ्कितवर्ण इव Chārudatta 4; अवदातिका परशङ्कितवर्णेव दृश्यते Pratimā 1. -5 A class of men, tribe, caste (especially applied to the four principal castes, ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र); वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण Vārt; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमपकृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5. 1; R.5.19. -6 A class, race, tribe, kind, species; as in सवर्णम् अक्षरम्; ब्रह्मणा पूर्वसृष्टं हि कर्मभिर्वर्णतां गतम् Mb.12. 188.1. -7 (a) A letter, character, sound; न मे वर्ण- विचारक्षमा दृष्टिः V.5; Ki.14.3. (b) A word, syllable; S. D.9. -8 Fame, glory, celebrity, renown; राजा प्रजा- रञ्जनलब्धवर्णः R.6.21. -9 A good quality, merit, virtue; त्रिवर्णा वर्णिता$स्माभिः किं भूयः श्रोतुमिच्छसि Bhāg.11.3.16. -1 Praise; स्वगुणोच्चगिरो मुनिव्रताः परवर्णग्रहणेष्वसाधवः Śi.16. 29. -11 Dress, decoration. -12 Outward appearance, form, figure. -13 A cloak, mantle. -14 A covering, lid. -15 The order or arrangement of a subject in a song (गीतक्रम); अभिध्यायन्वर्णरतिप्रमोदानतिदीर्घे जीविते को रमेत Kaṭh.1.28; उपात्तवर्णे चरिते पिनाकिनः Ku.5.56 'celebrated in song, made the subject of a song.' -16 The housings of an elephant. -17 A quality, property; जङ्गमानामसंख्येयाः स्थावराणां च जातयः । तेषां विविधवर्णानां कुतो वर्णविनिश्चयः ॥ Mb.12.188.9. -18 A religious observance. -19 An unknown quantity. -2 The number 'one'. -21 Application of perfumed unguents to the body. -22 Gold. -23 A musical mode. -र्णा Cajanus Indicus (Mar. तूर). -र्णम् 1 Saffron. -2 A coloured unguent or perfume. -Comp. -अङ्का a pen. -अधिपः a planet presiding over a caste or class. -अनुप्रासः alliteration. -अन्तरम् 1 another caste. ˚गमनम् the passing into another caste. -2 change of sound. -अपसदः an outcast. -अपेत a. devoid of any cast, outcast, degraded; वर्णा- प्रेतमविज्ञातं ...... कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -अवकृष्टः a Śūdra; अपि वर्णावकृष्टस्तु नारी वा धर्मकाङ्क्षिणी Mb.12.24.34. -अर्हः a kind of bean. -अवर a. inferior in caste. -आगमः the addition of a letter; भवेद्वर्णागमाद्धंसः Sk. -आत्मन् m. a word. -आश्रमाः the (four) castes and stages of life; वर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी विचक्षणः प्रस्तुतमाचचक्षे R.5.19. ˚गुरुः N. of Śiva. ˚धर्मः the duties of caste and order. -उदकम् coloured water; वर्णोदकैः काञ्चनशृङ्गमुक्तै- स्तमायताक्ष्यः प्रणयादसिञ्चन् R.16.7. -कविः N. of a son of Kubera. -कूपिका an ink-stand. -क्रमः 1 the order of castes or colours. -2 alphabetical order or arrangement. -गत a. 1 coloured. -2 algebraical. -गुरुः a king, prince. -ग्रथणा a method (artificial) of writing verses. -चारकः a painter. -ज्येष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa. -तर्णकम्, -तर्णिका woollen cloth used as a mat. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तूलिः, -तूलिका, -तूली f. a pencil, paint-brush. -द a. colouring. (-दम्) a kind of fragrant yellow wood. -दात्री turmeric. -दूतः a letter. -दूषक a. violating the distinctions of castes; यत्र त्वेते परिध्वंसा जायन्ते वर्णदूषकाः Ms.1.61. -धर्मः the peculiar duties of a caste. -नाथः the planetary regent of a caste. -पत्रम् a pallet. -परिचयः skill in song or music. -पातः the omission of a letter. -पात्रम् a paint-box. -पुष्पम् the flower of the globe-amaranth. -पुष्पकः the globeamaranth. -प्रकर्षः excellence of colour. -प्रसादनम् aloe-wood. -बुद्धिः the notion connected with particular letters or sounds. -भेदिनी millet. -मातृ f. a pen, pencil. -मातृका N. of Sarasvatī. -माला, -राशिः the alphabet. -रे(ले)खा, -लेखिका chalk. -वर्तिः, -वर्तिका f. 1 a paint-brush; फलकमादाय मणिसमुद्गकाद्वर्णवर्तिकामुद्धृत्य Dk.2.2. -2 a pencil. -वादिन् m. a panegyrist. -विक्रिया enmity against the castes. -विपर्ययः the substitution or change of letters; (भवेत्) सिंहो वर्णविपर्ययात् Sk. -विलासिनी turmeric. -विलोडकः 1 a house-breaker. -2 a plagiarist (lit. word-stealer). -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. मात्रावृत्त). -व्यव- -स्थितिः f. the institution of caste, caste-system. -शिक्षा instruction in letters. -श्रेष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa; वर्णश्रेष्ठो द्विजः पूज्यः H.4.21. -संयोगः marriage between persons of the same caste. -संसर्गः confusion of castes, marriage with members of other castes; Ms.8.172. -संहारः an assemblage of different castes. -संकरः 1 confusion of castes through intermarriage; स्त्रीषु दुष्टासु वार्ष्णेय जायते वर्ण- संकरः Bg.1.41. -2 mixture or blending of colours; चित्रेषु वर्णसंकरः K. (where both senses are intended); Śi.14.37. -संघातः, -समाम्नायः the alphabet. -स्थानम् an organ of utterance. -हीन a. outcast.
vāta वात p. p. [वा-क्त] 1 Blown. -2 Desired or wished for, solicited. -तः 1 Air, wind. -2 The god of wind, the deity presiding over wind. -3 Wind, as one of the three humours of the body. -4 Gout, rheumatism. -5 Inflammation of the joints. -6 A faithless lover (धृष्ट). -7 Wind emitted from the body; Mb. -8 Morbid affection of the windy humour, flatulence. -Comp. -अटः 1 an antelope (वातमृग). -2 a horse of the sun. -अण्डः a disease of the testicles; वृषणौ दूषयेद्वायुः श्लेष्मणा यस्य संवृतः । तस्य मुष्कश्चलत्येको रोगो वाताण्डसंज्ञकः ॥ Mādhavakara. -अतिसारः dysentery caused by some derangement or vitiation of the bodily wind. -अदः the almond tree. -अध्वन् m. an air-hole, window; वाताध्वरोमविवरस्य च ते महित्वम् Bhāg.1.14.11. -अयम् a leaf. -अयनः a horse. (-नम्) 1 a window, an air-hole; कटाक्षैर्नारीणां कुवलयितवातायनमिव Māl.2.11; Ku.7.59; R.6.24;13. 21. -2 a porch, portico. -3 a pavilion. -अयुः an antelope. -अरिः 1 the castor-oil tree. -2 N. of several plants :-- शतमूली, शेफालिका, यवानी, भार्गी, स्नुही, विडंग, शूरण, जतुका &c. -अश्वः a very fleet or swift horse. -अष्ठीला a hard globular swelling in the lower belly. -आख्यम् a house with two halls (one looking south and the other east). -आत्मजः 1 N. of Hanumat; वातात्मजं वानर- यूथमुख्यं श्रीरामदूतं शरणं प्रपद्ये Rāma-rakṣā 33. -2 N. of Bhīmasena. -आप्यम् 1 fermentation. -2 Soma. -3 water. -आमोदा musk. -आलिः, -ली f. a whirl-wind; एतेन वातालीपुञ्जितेन शुष्कपर्णपुटेन प्रच्छादयामि Mk.8. -आहत a. 1 shaken by the wind. -2 affected by gout. -आहतिः f. a violent gust of wind. -आहार a. one who feeds only on air. -उपसृष्ट a. rheumatic, gouty. -ऋद्धिः f. 1 excess of wind. -2 a mace, a club, stick tipped with iron. -कण्टकः a particular pain in the ankle. -कर्मन् n. breaking wind. -कुण्डलिका scanty and painful flow of urine. -कुम्भः the part of an elephant's forehead below the frontal sinuses. -केतुः 1 dust. -2 cloud. -केलिः 1 amorous discourse, the low whispering of lovers. -2 the marks of finger-nails on the person of a lover. -कोपन a. exciting wind (in the body). -क्षोभः disturbance of wind in the body. -गामिन् m. a bird. -गुल्मः 1 a high wind, strong gale. -2 rheumatism. -घ्नी N. of some plants (Mar. सालवण, आस्कंध). -चक्रम् the circular markings of a compass. -चटकः the तित्तिर bird. -जम् a kind of colic. -ज्वरः fever arising from vitiated wind. -तूलम् cottony seeds floating in the air. -थुडा (also वातखुडा, वातहुडा) 1 a high wind. -2 acute gout. -3 a kind of smallpox. -4 a lovely woman. -ध्वजः 1 a cloud. -2 dust. -पटः a sail. -पण्डः a kind of impotent man. -पातः a gust of wind. -पित्तम् a form of gout. -पुत्रः 1 a cheat. -2 N. of Bhīma or Hanumat. -पोथः, -पोथकः the tree called पलाश. -प्रकोपः excess of wind. -प्रमी m., f. a swift antelope. -प्रमेहः a kind of urinary disease. -प्रवाहिका a kind of अतिसार disease -फुल्लान्त्रम् flatulence in the bowels (caused by indigestion). -मण्डली a whirl-wind; रजसा सहसावर्तं वितेने वातमण्डली Śiva B.11.42. -मार्गः the sky. -मृगः a swift antelope. -रक्तम्, -शोणितम् acute gout; कृत्स्नं रक्तं विदहत्याशु तच्च, दुष्टं स्रस्तं पादयोश्चीयते तु । तत्संपृक्तं वायुना दूषितेन तत्प्राबल्यादुच्यते वातरक्तम् ॥. -रङ्गः the fig-tree. -रथः a cloud. -रूषः 1 a storm, violent wind, tempest. -2 the rainbow. -3 a bribe. -रेचकः 1 a gust of wind. -2 a braggart. -रोगः, -व्याधिः 1 gout or rheumatism. -2 (वातव्याधिः) N. of an ancient authority on अर्थशास्त्र referred to by Kauṭilya. -वस्तिः f. suppression of urine. -वृद्धिः f. swelled testicle. -वैरिन् m the castor-oil tree. -शीर्षम् the lower belly. -शूलम् colic with flatulence. -संचारः hiccough. -सह a. gouty. -सारथिः fire. -स्कन्धः the quarter from which the wind blows.
vālkala वाल्कल a. (-ली f.) [व ल्कल-अण्] Made of the bark of trees. -लम् A bark-garment. -ली Spirituous liquor. वाल्मिकिः vālmikiḥ वाल्मीकः vālmīkḥ वाल्मीकिः vālmīkiḥ वाल्मिकिः वाल्मीकः वाल्मीकिः [वल्मीके भवः अण् इञ् वा] N. of a celebrated sage, and author of the Rāmāyaṇa; कवीन्दुं नौमि वाल्मीकिं यस्य रामायणीं कथाम् । चन्द्रिकामिव चिन्वन्ति चकोरा इव साधवः ॥ Udb. [He was a Brāhmaṇa by birth, but being abandoned by his parents in his childhood, he was found by some wild mountaineers who taught him the art of thieving. He soon became an adept in the art, and pursued his business of plundering and killing (where necessary) travellers for several years. One day he saw a great sage whom he asked on pain of death to deliver up his possessions. But the sage told him to go home and ask his wife and children if they were ready to become his partners in the innumerable iniquities that he had committed. He accordingly went home, but returned dismayed at their unwillingness. The sage then told him to repeat the word marā (which is Rāma inverted) and disappeared. The robber continued to repeat it for years together without moving from the place, so that his body was covered up with ant-hills. But the same sage reappeared and got him out, and as he issued from the 'valmika' he was called Vālmiki, and became afterwards an eminent sage. One day while he was performing his ablutions, he saw one of a pair of Krauncha birds being killed by a fowler, at which he cursed the wretch in words which unconsiously took the form of a verse in the Anuṣṭubh metre. This was a new mode of composition, and at the command of the god Brahman he composed the first poem the Rāmāyaṇa. When Sītā was abandoned by Rāma, he gave her shelter under his roof, and brought up her two sons. He afterwards restored them all to Rāma.]
virūpa विरूप a. (-पा or -पी f.) 1 Deformed, ugly, misshapen, disfigured; विरूपं रूपवन्तं वा पुमानित्येव भुञ्जते Pt.1.143. -2 Unnatural, monstrous. -3 Multiform, diverse; प्रकृति- सरूपं विरूपं च Sā&ndot. K.8. -4 Less by one. -पः 1 Jaundice. -2 N. of Śiva. -पा 1 Alhagi Maurorum (Mar. धमासा). -2 Aconitum Ferox (Mar. अतिविष). -पम् 1 Deformity, ugliness. -2 Variety of form, nature, or character. -Comp. -अक्ष a. having deformed eyes; वपुर्विरूपाक्षम् Ku.5.72. (-क्षः) N. of Śiva (having an unusual number of eyes); दृशा दग्धं मनसिजं जीवयन्ति दृशैव याः । विरूपाक्षस्य जयिनीस्ताः स्तुवे वामलोचनाः ॥ Vb.1.2; Ku.6.21. -करणम् 1 disfiguring. -2 injuring. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रूप a. deformed.
vilakṣaṇa विलक्षण a. 1 Having no characteristic or distinguishing marks. -2 Different, other; ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि Bhāg.11.23.44. -3 Strange, extraordinary, unusual; तस्मै नमस्ते स्वविलक्षणात्मने Bhāg.1.7.38. -4 Possessed of inauspicious marks. -5 Lustreless, bad-looking; उद्वीक्ष्यो- द्वीक्ष्य नयनैर्भयादिव विलक्षणैः Rām.3.52.41. -णम् 1 A vain or useless state. -2 Perceiving, observing.
viśeṣa विशेष a. 1 Peculiar. -2 Copious, abundant; आसीद्विशेषा फलपुष्पवृष्टिः R.2.14. -षः 1 Discrimination, distinguishing between. -2 Distinction, difference; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. -3 Characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property, speciality, differentia; oft. in comp. and translated by 'special', 'peculiar' &c.; विशेषं नाधिगच्छामो गायतो राघवस्य च Rām. 7.94.14; प्रत्यादिष्टविशेषमण्डनविधिः Ś.6.5. -4 A favourable turn or crisis in sickness, a change for the better; अस्ति मे विशेषः &Sacute.3 'I feel better'. -5 A limb, member; पुपोष लावण्यमयान् विशेषान् Ku.1.25. -6 A species, sort, variety, kind, mode (usually at the end of comp.); पञ्चत्वाय विशेषाय कल्पते भुवनैः सह Bhāg.11.23.21; भूतविशेषः U.4; परिमलविशेषान् Pt.1; कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -7 A different or various object, various particulars (pl.); प्रासादास्त्वां तुलयितुमलं यत्र तैस्तैर्विशेषैः Me.66,59. -8 Excellence, superiority, distinction; usually at the end of comp. and translated by 'excellent', 'distinguished', 'pre-eminent', 'choice', &c.; अनुभावविशेषात्तु R.1.37; वपुर्विशेषेषु Ku.5.31; R.2.7;6.5; Ki.9.58; so आकृति- विशेषाः 'excellent forms', अतिथिविशेषः 'a distinguished guest' &c. -9 A peculiar attribute, the eternal distinguishing nature of each of the nine dravyas; अयमस्माद् व्यावृत्त इति व्यावृत्तिबुद्धिमात्रहेतुर्विशेषः Tarka K. (these viśeṣas are said to inhere in the atoms of the Earth, Water, Light, and Air and the five eternal substances, Ether, Time, Space, Soul and Mind.); पञ्च चैव विशेषा वै तथा पञ्चेन्द्रियाणि च Mb.12.36.29; Bhāg.2.5.29. -1 (a) Individuality, particularity. (b) A particular instance; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः -11 A category, predicament. -12 A mark on the forehead with sandal, saffron &c. -13 A word which limits or qualifies the sense of another; see विशेषण. -14 N. of the mundane egg. -15 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, said to be of three kinds; it is thus defined by Mammaṭa :- विना प्रसिद्धमाधारमाधेयस्य व्यवस्थितिः । एकात्मा युगपद्वृत्तिरेकस्यानेक- गोचरा । अन्यत् प्रकुर्वतः कार्यमशक्यान्यस्य वस्तुनः । तथैव करणं चेति विशेषस्त्रिविधः स्मृतः ॥ K. P.1. -16 (In geom.) The hypotenuse. -Comp. -अतिदेशः a special supplementary rule, special extended application. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech in which an effect is represented as not taking place though the usual necessary causes exist; विशेषोक्तिरखण्डेषु कारणेषु फलावचः K. P.1; e. g. हृदि स्नेहक्षयो नाभूत् स्मरदीपे ज्वलत्यपि. -करणम् improvement. -गुणः 1 a special or distinguishing property. -2 (in phil.) such guṇa as is not produced (like संयोग, पृथक्त्व &c.) by the union of two things. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 knowing distinctions, critical, connoisseur. -2 learned, wise; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3. -धर्मः 1 A peculiar duty. -3 A special law. -पतनी- यम् A particular crime; नीचाभिगमनं गर्भपातनं भर्तृहिंसनम् । विशेषपतनीयानि स्त्रीणामेतान्यपि ध्रुवम् ॥ Y.3.297. -भावना (in Arith.) a kind of method in extracting roots. -लक्षणम्, -लिङ्गम् a special or characteristic mark. -वचनम् a special text or precept. -विधिः, -शास्त्रम् a special rule.
viśva विश्व pron. a. [विश्-व Uṇ.1.151] 1 All, whole, entire, universal; स सर्वनामा स च विश्वरूपः Bhāg.6.4.28. -2 Every, every one. -3 All-pervading, omnipresent. -m. pl. N. of a particular group of deities, ten in number and supposed to be sons of विश्वा; their names are:- वसुः सत्यः क्रतुर्दक्षः कालः कामो धृतिः कुरुः । पुरूरवा माद्रवश्च विश्वेदेवाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥ देवाः साध्यास्तथा विश्वे तथैव च महर्षयः Mb. 3.261.6; Bg.11.22. -श्वम् 1 The universe, the (whole) world; इदं विश्वं पाल्यम् U.3.3; विश्वस्मिन्नधुनान्यः कुलव्रतं पाल- यिष्यति कः Bv.1.13. -2 Dry ginger. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -श्वः 1 The soul; Bhāg.7.15.54; A. Rām.7.5.49. 5; the intellectual faculty. -2 A citizen (नागर). -श्वा 1 The earth. -2 Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -3 Dry ginger. -4 The plant अतिविषा. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. 1 the Supreme Being (soul of the universe). -2 an epithet of Brahman. -3 of Śiva; अथ विश्वात्मने गौरी संदिदेश मिथः सखीम् Ku.6.1. -4 of Viṣṇu. -5 of the sun. -आत्मना ind. thoroughly; विश्वात्मना यत्र निवर्तते भीः Bhāg.11.2.33. -आधारः support of the universe; विश्वाधारं गगनसदृशं मेघवर्णं शुभाङ्गम् Viṣṇustotra. -इन्वः (विश्वमिन्वः) All-moving (an epithet of Śiva). -ईशः, -ईश्वरः (also विश्वमीश्वरः as one word used in the Mbh. and Kūrmapurāṇa ch.26.) 1 the Supreme Being, lord of the universe. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -औषधम् dry ginger. -कद्रु a. wicked, low, vile. (-द्रुः) 1 a hound, dog trained for the chase. -2 sound. -कर्मन् m. 1 N. of the architect of gods; cf. त्वष्टृ. -2 an epithet of the sun. -3 one of the seven principal rays of the sun. -4 a great saint. -5 the Supreme Being. ˚जा, ˚सुता an epithet of संज्ञा, one of the wives of the sun. -कारुः the architect of the universe (विश्वकर्मा). -कार्यः one of the rays of the sun. -कृत् m. 1 the creator of all beings; निवेदितो$थाङ्गिरसा सोमं निर्भर्त्स्य विश्व- कृत् Bhāg.9.14.8. -2 an epithet of Viśvakarman. -केतुः an epithet of Aniruddha. -गः N. of Brahman. -गत a. Omnipresent. -गन्धः an onion. (-न्धम्) myrrh. -गन्धा the earth. -गोचर a. accessible to all men. -गोप्तृ m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 Indra. -ग्रन्थिः the plant called हंसपदी. -चक्रम् a kind of valuable gift (महादान) of pure gold. -चर्षणि a. Ved. all-pervading, worldwide, extending everywhere. -जनम् mankind. -जनीन, -जन्य, -जनीय a. good for all men, suitable to all mankind, beneficial to all men; विश्वजन्यमिमं पुण्यमुपन्यासं निबोधत Ms.9.31; Śi.1.41; को वा विश्वजनीनेषु कर्मसु प्राघटि- ष्यत Bk.21.17. -जित् m. 1 N. of a particular sacrifice; Ms.11.74; तमध्वरे विश्वजिति क्षितीशं निःशेषविश्राणितकोश- जातम् R.5.1. -2 the noose of Varuṇa. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which an action for which no fruit is enjoined directly should be considered as having स्वर्ग as its फल. This is established in connection with the विश्वजित् sacrifice by Jaimini and Śabara in MS.4.3.15-16. -जीवः the universal soul. -देव see under विश्व m. above. -दैवम्, -दैवतम् the asterism उत्तराषाढा. -धारिणी the earth. -धारिन् m. a deity. -धेना Ved. the earth. -नाथः lord of the universe, an epithet of Śiva. -पा m. 1 the protector of all. -2 the sun. -3 the moon. -4 fire. -पावनी, -पूजिता holy basil. -प्सन् m. 1 a god. -2 the sun. -3 the moon. -4 an epithet of Agni. -5 N. of Viśvakarman. बीजम् the seed of everything. -बोधः a Buddha. -भावनः N. of Viṣṇu. -भुज a. all-enjoying, all-eating; (-m.) an epithet of Indra. -भेषजम् dry ginger. (-जः) a universal remedy. -भोजस् a. all-pervading; Ṛv. -मूर्ति a. existing in all forms, all-pervading, omnipresent; कल्याणानां त्वमसि महसां भाजनं विश्वमूर्ते Māl.1.3; (-र्तिः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 N. of Śiva. -योनिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -राज् m., -राजः a universal sovereign. -रुची one of the seven tongues of fire. -रूप a. omnipresent, existing everywhere; तस्मिन् यशो निहितं विश्वरूपम् Bṛi. Up.2.2.2. (-पः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-पम्) agallochum. -रेतस् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -वासः the receptacle of all things. -वाह् a. (-विश्वौही f.) all-sustaining. -विभावनम् creation of the universe. -वेदस् a. 1 allknowing, omniscient; स्वस्ति नः पूषा विश्ववेदाः Āśīrvādamantra. -2 a saint, sage. -व्यचस् f. N. of Aditi. -व्यापक, -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading. -संवननम् means of bewitching all. -संहारः general destruction. -सत्तम a. the best of all. -सहा 1 the earth. -2 one of the tongues of fire. -सारकम् the prickly pear. -सृज् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman, the creator; उपहूता विश्वसृग्भि- र्हरिगाथोपगायने Bhāg.7.15.71-72; प्रायेण सामग्र्यविधौ गुणानां पराङ्मुखी विश्वसृजः प्रवृत्तिः Ku.3.28;1.49. -2 an epithet of मयासुर; नाना विभान्ति किल विश्वसृजोपक्लृप्ताः Bhāg.1.75.32.
viṣama विषम a. [विगतो विरुद्धो वा समः] 1 Uneven, rough, rugged; पथिषु विषमेष्वप्यचलता Mu.3.3; व्यालाकीर्णाः सुविषमाः Pt.1.64; Me.19. -2 Irregular, unequal; तोषं ततान विषमग्रथितो$पि भागः Māl.9.44. -3 Odd, not even. -4 Difficult, hard to understand, mysterious; विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः Ki.2.3; विषमाः कर्मगतयः Pt.4.5. -5 Impassable, inaccessible; Ki.2.3; भ्रान्तं देशमनेकदुर्गविषमम् Bh.3.5. -6 Coarse, rough. -7 Oblique; ईषत्तिर्यग्वलन- विषमम् Māl.4.2. -8 Painful, troublesome; कान्ताविश्लेषदुःख- व्यतिकरविषमे यौवने विप्रयोगः Bh.3.16; H.4.3. -9 Very strong, vehement; व्यनक्त्यन्तस्तापं तदयमतिधीरो$पि विषमम् Māl.3.9. -1 Dangerous, fearful; सर्वंकषः कषति हा विषमः कृतान्तः Mv.5.56; Mk.8.1,27; Mu.1.18; 2.2. -11 Bad, adverse, unfavourable; येन च हसितं दशासु विषमासु Pt.4.16. -12 Odd, unusual, unparalleled. -13 Dishonest, artful. -14 Intermittent (as fever). -15 Wicked. -16 Different. -17 That which cannot be equally divided; अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -18 Unsuitable, wrong; Suśr. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 (In music) A kind of measure. -मम् 1 Unevenness. -2 Oddness. -3 An inaccessible place, precipice, pit &c. -4 A difficult or dangerous position, difficulty, misfortune; सुप्तं प्रमत्तं विषमस्थितं वा रक्षन्ति पुण्यानि पुरा कृतानि Bh.2.97; कुतस्त्वा कश्मलमिदं विषमे समुपस्थितम् Bg.2.2. -5 Rough or uneven ground. -6 N. of a figure of speech in which some unusual or incompatible relation between cause and effect is described; (said to be of four kinds; see K. P. Kārikās 126 and 127). -7 A kind of stanza or verse; भिन्नचिह्नचतुष्पादं विषमं परिकीर्तितम्. -मम् ind. Unequally, unevenly, unfairly, dangerously &c. -Comp. -अक्षः, -ईक्षणः, -नयनः, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva. -अन्नम् unusual or irregular food. -अवतारः descent on uneven ground, perhaps also 'undertaking or embarking in an adventure'; V.1. -आयुधः, -इषुः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; उन्मिमील विशदं विषमेषुः Śi.1.72. -कर्णः 1 a quadrangle or tetragon with unequal diagonals. -2 the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -कर्मन् (in maths.) the finding of two quantities when the difference of their squares is given and either the sum or the difference of the quantities (Colebrooke). -कालः an unfavourable season. -चक्रवालम् (in maths). an ellipse. -चतुरस्रः, -चतुर्भुजः an unequal quadrilateral figure; trapezium. -छदः the tree सप्तपर्ण q. v. -छाया the shadow of the gnomon at noon. -ज्वरः remittent fever; दोषो$ल्पो$हितसंभूतो ज्वरो- त्सृष्टस्य वा पुनः । धातुमन्यतमं प्राप्य करोति विषम़ज्वरम् ॥ -त्रिभुजः a scalene triangle. -पत्रः the Saptaparṇa tree; विषम- पत्रमहीरुहसंभवम् Rām. ch.4.68. -बाणः N. of the god of love; also विषमविशिखः, -शरः. -लक्ष्मी f. ill-luck. -विभागः unequal distribution (of property). -वृत्तम् a kind of metre with unequal Pādas. -शील a. cross-tempered, peevish, perverse. -स्थ a. 1 being in an inaccessible position. -2 being in difficulty or misfortune; विश्वामित्र- स्ततस्तां तु विषमस्तामनिन्दिताम् Mb.1.72.5.
vṛtta वृत्त p. p. [वृत्-कर्तरि-क्त] 1 Lived, existed. -2 Occurred, happened. -3 Completed, finished. -4 Performed, done, acted. -5 Past, gone. -6 Round, circular; निवृत्त- वृत्तोरुपयोधरक्लमः Ki.8.3; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32. -7 Dead, deceased; पत्यौ जीवति वृत्तायाः प्रजायास्तद्धनं भवेत् Ms.9.195; वृत्तं युद्धे शूरमाश्लिष्य काचित् Śi.18.6. -8 Firm, fixed. -9 Read through, studied; P.VII.2.26. -1 Derived from. -11 Famous. -12 Covered; स्वभावस्रोतसा वृत्तमुह्यते सततं जगत् Mb.12.235.13. -13 Turned. -14 Unimpaired (अप्रतिहत); महाभूतादि (व्यञ्जयन्) वृत्तौजाः प्रादुरासीत्तमोनुदः Ms.1.6. (See वृत्). -त्तः 1 A tortoise. -2 A kind of grass. -3 A round temple. -त्तम् 1 An event, occurrence. -2 History, account; वृत्तं रामस्य वाल्मीकेः कृतिस्तौ किन्नरस्वनौ R. 15.64. -3 News, tidings; समरवृत्तविबोधसमीया कुरुवरेण मुदा कृतयाचनः Veda-Vyāsāṣṭaka 6. -4 Practice, profession, mode of life, occupation; सतां वृत्तमनुष्ठिताः Ms.1.127; 7.122; Y.3.44. -5 Conduct, behaviour, manner, act, action; as in सद्वृत्त, दुर्वृत्त. -6 Good or virtuous conduct; एवं चलितवृत्तस्तु वृत्तशेषं न रक्षति Pt.4.28. -7 An established rule or usage, law, custom; observance of such rule or usage, duty; किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूर्वृत्ते स्थितस्याधिपतेः प्रजानाम् R.5.33. -8 A circle, circumference of a circle. -9 A metre in general, especially a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. जाति); पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा । वृत्तमक्षर- संख्यातं जातिर्मात्राकृता भवेत् । सममर्धसमं वृत्तं विषमं चेति तत् त्रिधा । Chand. M.; see App. -1 The epicycle. -11 Transformation, change into. -12 Appearance. -Comp. -अनुपूर्व a. taperingly round; वृत्तानुपूर्वे च न चातिदीर्घे जङ्घे शुभे सृष्टवतस्तदीये Ku.1.35. -अनुवर्तिन् a. obedient. -अनुसारः 1 conformity to prescribed rules. -2 conformity to metre. -अन्तः 1 an occasion, incident, event; अनेनारण्यकवृत्तान्तेन पर्याकुलाः स्मः Ś.1; R.3.66; U.2.17. -2 news, tidings, intelligence; को नु खलु वृत्तान्तः V.4; R.14.87. -3 account, history, tale, narrative, story. -4 a subject, topic. -5 a kind, sort. -6 mode, manner. -7 state, condition. -8 the whole, totality. -9 rest, leisure. -1 retirement, solitude. -11 property, nature. -इर्वारुः, -कर्कटी the water-melon. -ओजस् a. 1 strong, mighty. -2 having unimpaired creative power; Ms.1.6. -काय a. having a round body. -खण्डः a segment of a circle. -गन्धि n. N. of a kind of prose (having only the name of metre). -चूड(ल), -चौल a. tonsured, whose tonsure ceremony has been performed; स वृत्तचूलश्चलकाकपक्षकैः R.3.28; U.2. -चेष्टा conduct, behaviour. -तण्डुलः a kind of grass (यावनाल). -परिणाहः the circumference of a circle. -पुच्छा a kind of skin (चर्मजाति) possessing a round tail; Kau. A.2.11. -पुष्यः 1 a cane (वानीर). -2 the Śireeṣa tree. -3 the Kadamba tree; also Vānīra, Kubjaka, and Mudgara. -प्रत्यभिज्ञ a. well-versed in sacred rites. -फलः 1 the jujube tree. -2 the pomegranate tree. (-लम्) black pepper. -बन्धः metrical composition. -युक्त, -संपन्न a. virtuous; Ms.8.179. -शस्त्र a. one who has mastered the science of arms; वृत्तशस्त्रान् महारम्भानदान्तांस्त्रिदशैरपि Bk.9.19. -समाप्तिलिपिः a circular terminal script, the Visarga; the round circular figures resembling the Nāgarī छ put at the end of a manuscript; द्विकुण़्डली वृत्तसमाप्तिलिप्या ...... काये यदीये निरमायि सारैः N.1.86; A. R.6.7. -सादिन् a. worthless, mean, vile.
vṛścīraḥ वृश्चीरः N. of plant, genus Boerhavia (Mar. श्वेतपुनर्नवा); Mātañga L.9.21.
śakṛt शकृत् n. [शक्-ऋतन् Un.4.58] Ordure, excrement, especially of animals. -Comp. -करिः m., f., -करी a calf; शकृत्करिर्वत्सः Sk. -कीटः a dung-beetle. -द्वारम् the anus. -पिण्डः, -पिण्डकः a ball or lump of dung; शष्पाण्यत्ति प्रकिरति शकृत्पिण्डकानाम्रमात्रान् U.4.26. -भेदः diarrhœa.
śatam शतम् 1 A hundred; निःस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; शतमेको$पि संधत्ते प्राकारस्थो धनुर्धरः Pt.1.229; (शत is used in the singular with a plural noun of any gender; शतं नराः; शतं गावः; or शतं गृहाणि, in which case it is treated as a numeral adjective; but sometimes in dual and plural also; द्वे शते, दश शतानि &c. It is also used with a noun in the genitive; गवां शतम्, वर्षाणां शतम् 'a century of cows, years' &c. At the end of comp., it may remain unchanged; भव भर्ता शरच्छतम् or may be changed into शती; as in आर्यासप्तशती a work of Govardhanāchārya.). -2 Any large number; as in शतपत्र q. v. -Comp. -अक्षी 1 night. -2 the goddess Durgā. -अङ्गः 1 a car, carriage; especially, a war chariot. -2 N. of a tree (तिनिश). -अनीकः 1 an old man. -2 an army officer possessing a hundred footmen; (शतानां तु शतानीकः Śukra.2.14. -अब्दम् a century. -अरम्, -आरम् the thunderbolt of Indra. -अरुस् n., -अरुषी a leprous disease of the skin. -अवरः a fine of a hundred. -(री) 1 N. of a plant. -2 N. of the wife of Indra. -आनकम् a cemetery. -आनन्दः 1 N. of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 of the car of Viṣṇu. -4 of a son of Gautama and Ahalyā, the family-priest of Janaka; गौतमश्च शतानन्दो जनकानां पुरोहिताः U.1.16. -आयुस् a. lasting or living for a hundred years. -आवर्तः, -आवर्तिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -ईशः 1 the ruler of a hundred. -2 the ruler of a hundred villages; Ms.7.115. -कर्मन् the planet Saturn. -कुम्भः 1 N. of a mountain (where gold is said to be found). -2 N. of a sacrifice; शतकुम्भं नाम यज्ञ- मनुभवितुं महर्षेर्धौम्यस्य आश्रमं गता इति Madhyamavyāyoga 1. (-म्भम्) gold. -कृत्वस् ind. a hundred times. -कोटि a. hundred-edged. (-टिः) Indra's thunderbolt; कराग्रजाग्र- च्छतकोटिः N.7.79. (-f.) a hundred crores; चरितं रघु- नाथस्य शतकोटिप्रविस्तरम् Rāma-rakṣā 1. -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra; अपूर्णमेकेन शतक्रतूपमः शतं क्रतूनामपविघ्नमाप सः R.3.38. -खण्डम् gold. -गु a. possessed of a hundred cows. -गुण, -गुणित a. a hundred-fold, increased a hundred times; अनुपनतमनोरथस्य पूर्वं शतगुणितेव गता मम त्रियामा V.3.22. -ग्रन्थिः f. the Dūrvā grass. -घ्नः N. of Śiva. -घ्नी 1 a kind of weapon used as a missile (supposed by some to be a sort of rocket, but described by others as a huge stone studded with iron spikes and four tālas in length; शतघ्नी च चतुस्ताला लोहकण्टकसंचिता; or अथकण्टकसंच्छक शतघ्नी महती शिला); अयःशङ्कुचितां रक्षः शतघ्नीमथ शत्रवे (अक्षिपत्) R.12.95; Bhāg.9.15.3. -2 a female scorpion. -3 a disease of the throat. -4 N. of a plant (करञ्ज). -चन्द्रः a sword or shield adorned with a hundred moons (moon-like spots); ततः शरशतेनास्य शतचन्द्रं समाक्षिपत्त् Mb.7. 97.29. ˚वर्त्मन् a manner of brandishing the sword; तं श्येनवेगं शतचन्द्रवर्त्मभिश्चरन्तमच्छिद्रमुपर्यधो हरिः Bhāg.8.7.28. -चरणा a centipede. -छदः a kind of wood-pecker. -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -तारका, -भिषज्, -भिषा f. N. of the 24th lunar mansion containing one hundred stars. -दलम् a lotus-flower. -दला the white rose. -द्रुः f. 1 N. of a river in the Punjab now called Sutlej. -2 N. of the Ganges. -धामन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -धार a. 1 flowing in a hundred streams. -2 having a hundred edges. (-रम्) the thunderbolt of Indra. -धृतिः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Brahman; गते शत- धृतौ क्षत्तः कर्दमस्तेन चोदितः Bhāg.3.24.21. -3 heaven or Svarga. -धौत a. perfectly clean. -पत्रः 1 a peacock. -2 the (Indian) crane. -3 a wood-pecker. -4 a parrot or a species of it. (-त्रा) a woman. (-त्रम्) a lotus; आवृत्तवृन्तशतपत्रनिभम् (आननं) वहन्त्या Māl.1.22. ˚योनि an epithet of Brahman; कम्पेन मूर्ध्नः शतपत्रयोनिं (संभावयामास) Ku.7.46. -पत्रकः the wood-pecker. -पत्री, -पत्रिकः the white rose. -पथब्राह्मणम् N. of a well-known Brāhmaṇa attached to the Śukla Yajurveda; कृत्स्नं शतपथं चैव प्रणेष्यसि द्विजर्षभ Mb.12.318.11. -पद्, -पाद् a. having a hundred feet. -पदी, -पाद् f. a centipede. -पद्मम् 1 a lotus with a hundred petals. -2 the white lotus. -पर्वन् -m. a bamboo. (f.) 1 the full-moon day in the month of Āśvina. -2 Dūrvā grass. -3 the plant Kaṭukā. -4 orris root. -5 the wife of Bhārgava or Śukra. ˚ईशः the planet Venus. -पर्विका 1 Dūrvā grass. -2 orris root. -3 barley. -पाक a. boiled a hundred times. -पाकम् a particular unguent; शतपाकेन तैलेन महार्हेणोपतस्थतुः Mb. 13.53.9. -पादः, -पाद् m., -पादी, -पादिका a centipede. -पालः an overseer (of a hundred villages). -पुष्पः epithet of the poet Bhāravi. -पुष्पा, -प्रसूना Anethum Sowa (Mar. शोपा). -पोना a sieve. -प्रासः the Karavīra tree. -फलिन् m. a bamboo. -भिषज् see ˚तारका. -भीरुः f. the Arabian jasmine. -मखः, -मन्युः 1 epithets of Indra; प्रसहेत रणे तवानुजान् द्विषतां कः शतमन्युतेजसः Ki. 2.23; Bk.1.5; शतमखमुपतस्थे प्राञ्जलिः पुष्पधन्वा Ku.2. 64; R.9.13. -2 an owl. -मयूखः the moon. -मानः, -नम् 1 a Pala of silver; धरणानि दश ज्ञेयः शतमानस्तु राजतः Ms.8.137; अष्टौ शाणाः शतमानं वहन्ति Mb.3.134.15. -2 an Āḍhaka q. v. -मार्जः an armourer. -मुख a. 1 having a hundred ways. -2 having a hundred outlets, mouths, or openings; विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1 (where the word has sense 1 also). (-खम्) a hundred ways or openings. (-खी) a brush, broom. -मूर्धन् m. an ant-hill. -मूला the Dūrvā grass, -यज्वन् m. an epithet of Indra; उपतस्थुरास्थितविषादधियः शतयज्वनो वनचरा वसतिम् Ki.6.29. -यष्टिकः a necklace of one hundred strings. -रुद्रियम् 1 a Vedic text (रुद्राध्यायः -'नमस्ते रुद्रमन्यवे' इति याजुषः प्रपाठकः); गृणन्तौ वेदविद्वांसौ तद्व्रह शतरुद्रियम् Mb.7.81.13;7.22.12. -2 a particular Śiva-stotra in the Mahābhārata; देवदेवस्य ते पार्थ व्याख्याः शतरुद्रियम् Mb.7.22.48. -रूपा N. of a daughter of Brahman (who is supposed to be also his wife, from whose incestuous connection with her father is said to have sprung Manu Svāyambhuva). -लुपः, -लुम्पक an epithet of the poet Bhāravi. -लोचनः an epithet of Indra; कथं वा तस्य न जयो जोयते शतलोचन Mb.8.87.78. -वर्ष a. 1 a century old. -2 lasting for a hundred years. (-र्षम्) one hundred years, a century. -वीर्या 1 white flowering Dūrvā. -2 the plant Śatāvarī. -वेधिन् m. a kind of sorrel. -शाख a. 1 various, multiform. -2 having hundred, i. e. many branches. -संधान a. fixing an arrow a hundred times. -सहस्रम् 1 a hundred thousand. -2 several hundreds, i. e. a large number. -सुखम् endless delight. -साहस्र a. 1 consisting of containing a hundred thousand. -2 bought with a hundred thousand. -ह्रदा 1 lightning; दूरं पुरःक्षिप्तशतह्नदे Ku.7.39; Mk.5.48; V.4; प्रपतेदपि चाकाशं निपतेनु शतह्रदाः Śiva B.19.2. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -ह्रादा the thunderbolt.
śataponakaḥ शतपोनकः Fistula in the anus (with many external openings).
śabdaḥ शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्] 1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45. -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45. -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. introduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ. -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive. -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1. -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v. -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa. -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1. -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः). -11 The sacred syllable ओम्. -12 A technical term. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud. -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable. -अधिष्ठानम् the ear. -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis). -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia. -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1. -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar. -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (-र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14. -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9. -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (-यम्) an oral or verbal communication. -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words. -आदि a. beginning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25. -इन्द्रियम् the ear. -कार a. sounding, sonorous. -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary. -ग a. 1 perceiving sounds. -2 uttering sounds. -गत a. inherent or residing in a word. -गतिः music, song. -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1. -गोचरः the aim or object of speech. -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound. -2 the ear. -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound. -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence. -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र). -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound. -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini. -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52. -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tracing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73. -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence. -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony. -ब्रह्मन् n. 1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22. -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2. -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v. -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥ -भिद् f. perversion of words. -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 the anus. -3 a kind of arrow. -योनिः f. a root, radical word. -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26. -वारिधिः a vocabulary. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24. -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence). -विशेषः a variety of sound. -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word. -वृत्तिः f. 1 the function of a word (in Rhet.). -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48. -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.) 1 a kind of arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11. -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha. -5 an epithet of Arjuna. -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13. -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference. -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति. -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar. -2 the science of grammar. -शुद्धिः f. 1 purity of words. -2 the correct use of words. -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.) -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon. -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68. -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5. -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style. -सौकर्यम् ease of expression. -स्मृतिः f. philology. -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors.
śaraḥ शरः [शॄ-अच्] 1 An arrow, a shaft; क्व च निशितनिपाता वज्रसाराः शरास्ते Ś.1.1; शरश्च त्रिविधो ज्ञेयः स्त्री पुमाँश्च नपुंसकः । अग्रस्थूलो भवेन्नारी पश्चात्स्थूलो भवेत् पुमान् । समो नपुंसको ज्ञेयः Dhanur. 62-63. -2 A kind of white reed or grass (Mar. देवनळ, बोरू); कुशकाशशरैः पर्णैः सुपरिच्छादितां तथा Rām.3.15.22; शरकाण्डपाण्डुगण्डस्थला M.3.8; मुखेन सीता शरपाण्डुरेण R.14.26; Śi.11.3. -3 The cream of slightly curdled milk, cream; आपो वा अर्कस्तद्यदपां शर आसीत् सम- हन्यत सा पृथिवी Bṛi. Up.1.2.2. -4 Hurt, injury, wound. -5 The number 'five'; cf. शराग्नि q. v. -6 (In astr.) The versed sine of an arc. -7 Kuśa grass; तथा शरेष्वपि MS.8.3.33 (शरशब्दस्यापि कुशेषु प्रयोगो दृश्यते ŚB. on ibid.); भृशरसं शरसंहितकान्तिके Rām. ch.4.7. -रम् Water. -Comp. -अग्निः the number 'thirtyfive'; शराग्निपरिमाणं च तत्रासौ वसते सुखम् Mb.13.17.26. -अग्ऱ्यः an excellent arrow. -अभ्यासः, -आघातः archery. -असनम्, -आस्यम् an arrowshooter, a bow; शरासनं तेषु विकृष्यतामिदम् Ś.6.28; R.3.52; Ku.3.64. -आक्षेपः flight of arrows. -आरोपः, -आवापः a bow; तान् गृहीतशरावापान् Mb.1.189.13; आवापः also means quiver; चिच्छेद कार्मुकं दीप्तं शरावापं च सत्वरम् Mb. 6.9.61. -आवरः a quiver; शरावरौ शरैः पूर्णौ Rām.3. 64.49. (-रम्) a coat of mail; तच्चाग्निसदृशं दीप्तं रावणस्य शरावरम् Rām.3.51.14. -आवरणम् a shield; शितनिस्त्रिंश- हस्तस्य शरावणधारिणः Mb.6.61.28. -आश्रयः a quiver. -आसः a bow; Bhāg. -आहत a. struck by an arrow. -इषीका an arrow. -इष्टः the mango tree. -उपासनम् archery practice; स्मारी शरोपासनवेदिकेव N.14.54. -ओघः a shower or multitude of arrows. -काण़्डः 1 a reedstalk. -2 a shaft of an arrow. -क्षेपः the range of an arrow-shot. -घातः shooting with arrows, archery. -जम् fresh butter. -जः N. of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् m. an epithet of Kārtikeya; उमावृषाङ्कौ शरजन्मना यथा R.3.23. -जालम् a multitude or dense mass of arrows; शरजालावृते व्योम्नि च्छायाभूते समन्ततः Mb.4.59.3. -दुर्दिनम् a shower of arrows; Rām. -धिः a quiver; सहशरधि निजं तथा कार्मुकम् Ki.18.16. -पातः an arrow's flight. ˚स्थानम् a bow shot. -पुङ्खः, -पुङ्खा the feathered end of an arrow. -प्रवेगः a swift arrow. -फलम् the blade or barb of an arrow. -भङ्गः N. of a sage whom Rāma visited in the Daṇḍaka forest; अदः शरण्यं शरभङ्ग- नाम्नस्तपोवनं पावनमाहिताग्नेः R.13.45. -भूः N. of Kārtikeya. -भृष्टिः f. the point of an arrow. -मल्लः a bow-man, an archer. -यन्त्रकम् the string on which the palm-leaves of a manuscript are filed. -वनम् (वणम्) 1 a thicket of reeds; आराध्यैनं शरवणभवं देवमुल्लङ्घिताध्वा Me.47. °reee;उद्भवः, ˚भवः epithets of Kārtikeya. -2 a bed of Kuśa grass; शरवणमेवेदं कुशवनमिति ŚB. on MS.8.3.33. -वर्षः a shower or volley of arrows. -वाणिः 1 the head of an arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a maker of arrows. -4 a foot-soldier. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of arrows. -व्रातः a mass or multitude of arrows. -संधानम् taking aim with an arrow; शरसंधानं नाटयति Ś.1. -संबाध a. covered with arrows; किमुक्तैः शर- संबाधाम् U.4.28 (v. l.). -स्तम्बः a clump of reeds.
śukra शुक्र a. [शुच्-रक् नि˚ कुत्वम् Uṇ.2.28] Ved. 1 Bright, radiant; स पर्यगाच्छुक्रम् Īśop.8; shining. -2 White, pure; रोचिष्णु जायते शुक्रं तद्रूपगुणमुच्यते Mb.12.232.6. -क्रः 1 The planet Venus. -2 N. of the preceptor of the Asuras, who, by means of his magical charm, restored to life the demons killed in battle; see कच, देवयानी and ययाति. -3 The month of Jyeṣṭha; रथस्वन इति ह्येते शुक्र- मासं नयन्त्यमी Bhāg.12.11.35. -4 N. of Agni or fire. -5 N. of the plant Chitraka. -क्रम् 1 Semen virile; पुमान् पुंसो$धिके शुक्रे स्त्री भवत्यधिके स्त्रियाः Ms.3.49;5.63. -2 The essence of anything. -3 Male and female energy. -4 Ved. Water. -5 Brightness, clearness, light; यथा पुरस्तात् सविता दृश्यते शुक्रमुच्चरन् Mb.5.75.12. -6 Morbid affection of the iris. -7 Gold, wealth. -Comp. -अङ्गः a peacock. -कर a. spermatic. (-रः) the marrow of the bones. -कृच्छ्रम् a particular urinary disease. -दोषः defect of semen; impotence. -भुज् f a pea-hen. -भूः m. the marrow of the bones. -मेहः seminal diabetes. -वर्ण a. bright coloured. -वारः, -वासरः Friday. -शिष्यः a demon.
śuci शुचि a. [शुच्-कि] 1 Clean, pure, clear; सकलहंसगुणं शुचि मानसम् Ki.5.13. -2 White; अथ हिमशुचिभस्मभूषितम् Ki.18.15. -3 Bright, resplendent; प्रभवति शुचिर्बिम्बोद्ग्राहे मणिर्न मृदां चयः U.2.4. -4 Virtuous, pious, holy, undefiled, unsullied; अय तु वेत्सि शुचिव्रतमात्मनः Ś.5.27; पथः शुचेर्दर्शयितार ईश्वराः R.3.46; Ki.5.13. -5 Purified, cleansed, hallowed; सुतां तदीयां सुरभेः कृत्वा प्रतिनिधिः शुचिः R. 1.81; Ms.4.71. -6 Honest, upright, faithful, true, guileless; सभायां वक्ति सामर्षः सावष्टम्भो नरः शुचिः Pt.1. 2. -7 Correct, accurate. -चिः 1 The white colour. -2 Purity, purification. -3 Innocence, virtue, goodness, uprightness. -4 Correctness, accuracy. -5 The condition of a religious student. -6 A pure man. -7 A Brāhmaṇa. -8 The hot season; क्रीडन् परिवृतः स्त्रीभिर्ह्रदिनीमा- विशच्छुचौ Bhāg.4.25.44; उपयवौ विदधन्नवमल्लिकाः शुचिरसौ चिरसौरभसंपदः Śi.6.22;1.58; R.3.3; Ku.5.2. -9 The months of (a) Jyeṣṭha; यथोग्ररश्मिः शुचिशुक्रमध्यगः Mb.8.79-78 and (b) Āṣāḍha; शुक्रश्चित्रस्वनश्चैव शुचिमासं नयन्त्यमी Bhāg.12.11.36. -1 A faithful or true friend. -11 The sun. -12 The moon. -13 Fire; शुचीनां हृदयं शुचिः Mb.12.193.18. -14 The sentiment of love (शृङ्गार). -15 The planet Venus. -16 The Chitraka tree. -17 Acquittal. -18 An oblation made to fire at the first feeding of an infant. -19 N. of Śiva. -2 The Arka plant. -21 The sky; हंसः शुचिषद् Kaṭh.5.2. -Comp. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -प्रणी a. sipping water. -मणिः 1 a crystal. -2 a jewel worn on the head. -मल्लिका a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -मानस a. pure-hearted. -यन्त्रम् a machine through which fire-work is shot; वियदग्रमुदग्रमाविशन् शुचियन्त्रस्फुरित- स्फुलिङ्गकाः Śāhendra. 2.8. -रोचिस् m. the moon. -व्रत a. holy, virtuous. -श्रवस् N. of Viṣṇu. -षद् a. abiding in the path of virtue; स्वर्गापवर्गद्वाराय नित्यं शुचिषदे नमः Bhāg.4.24.37. -समाचार a. maintaining pure practices. -स्मित a. having a sweet or pleasant smile; शुचिस्मिता मध्यगता सुमध्यमा Ku.5.2; R.8.49.
śṛdhuḥ शृधुः 1 Intellect (बुद्धि). -3 The anus, also शृधू.
śravaḥ श्रवः [शृणोत्यनेन श्रु-अप्] 1 Hearing; as in सुखश्रव; अप्य- दृष्टं श्रवादेव पुरुषं धर्मचारिणम् Mb.13.14.1. -2 The ear; इन्द्रनीलोत्पलश्रवाः Rām.3.42.16. -3 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -4 Flowing, oozing (for स्रव). -5 Fame, glory. -Comp. -पत्रम् an ear-ring; सो$स्याः श्रवः पत्रयुगे प्रणाली- रेखैव धावत्यभिकर्णकूपम् N.7.62.
śravaṇaḥ श्रवणः णम् [शृणोत्यनेन श्रु-करणे ल्युट्] 1 The ear; ध्वनति मधुपसमूहे श्रवणमपिदधाति Gīt.5; श्रवणाञ्जलिपुटपेयं विरचितवान् भारताख्यममृतं यः Ve.1.4. -2 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -णः, -णा 1 N. of a lunar mansion containing three stars. -णम् 1 The act of hearing; श्रवणसुभगम् Me.11. -2 Study. -3 Fame, glory. -4 That which is heard or revealed, the Veda; इति श्रवणात् 'because of such a Vedic text'. -5 Wealth. -6 Flowing, oozing. -7 (In phil.) The determining by means of the six signs the true doctrine of the Vedānta. -Comp. -अधि- कारिन् m. a speaker, addresser. -इन्द्रियम् the sense of hearing, the ear. -उत्पलम् a lotus fastened in the ear. -उदरम् the hollow of the outer ear. -कातरता anxiety for bearing. -गोचर a. within the range of hearing. (-रः) ear-shot; as in श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ 'be within earshot'. -पथः, -विषयः the reach or range of the ear; वृत्तान्तेन श्रवणविषयप्रापिणा R.14.87. -परुष a. 1 hard to be listened to. -2 hard to the ear. -पालिः, -ली f. the tip of the ear. -पाशः a beautiful ear. -पुटकः the auditory passage. -पूरकः an ear-ring or any such ornament. -प्राधुणिकः coming to any one's ear. -भृत a. spoken of. -सुभग a. pleasing to the ear; वचस्तस्याकर्ण्य श्रवणसुभगं पण्डितपतेरधुन्वन् मूर्धानं नृपशुरथवायं पशुपतिः Jagannātha-pandita.
śrī श्री f. [श्रि-क्विप् नि˚ Uṇ.2.57] 1 Wealth, riches, affluence, prosperity, plenty; अनिर्वेदः श्रियो मूलम् Rām.; साहसे श्रीः प्रतिवसति Mk.4 'fortune favours the brave'; कर्माव्यारभमाणं हि पुरुषं श्रीर्निषेवते Ms.9.3; Ki.7.28. -2 Royalty, majesty, royal wealth; श्रियः कुरूणामधिपस्य पालनीम् Ki.1.1. -3 Dignity, high position, state; श्री- लक्षण Ku.7.45 'the marks or insignia of greatness or dignity'; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.67; विद्युल्लेखाकनकरुचिरं श्रीवितानं ममाभ्रम् V.4.13. -4 Beauty, grace, splendour, lustre; (मुखं) कमलश्रियं दधौ Ku.5.21; 7.32; R.3.8. -5 Colour, aspect; तेषामाविरभूद् ब्रह्मा परि- म्लानमुखश्रियाम् Ku.2.2. -6 The goddess of wealth, Lakṣmī, the wife of Viṣṇu; आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ś.3.14; Śi.1.1. -7 Any virtue or excellence. -8 Decoration. -9 Intellect, understanding. -1 Superhuman power. -11 The three objects of human existence taken collectively (धर्म, अर्थ and काम). -12 The Sarala tree. -13 The Bilva tree. -14 Cloves. -15 A lotus. -16 The twelfth digit of the moon. -17 N. of Sarasvatī, (the goddess of speech). -18 Speech. -19 Fame, glory. -2 The three Vedas (वेदत्रयी); श्रिया विहीनैरधनैर्नास्तिकैः संप्रवर्तितम् Mb.12.1.2. ('ऋचः सामानि यजूंषि । सा हि श्रीरमृता सताम्' इति श्रुतेः । com.). -m. N. of one of the six Rāgas or musical modes. -a. Splendid, radiant, adorning. (The word श्री is often used as an honorific prefix to the names of deities and eminent persons; श्रीकृष्णः, श्रीरामः, श्रिवाल्मीकिः, श्रीजयदेवः; also celebrated works, generally of a sacred character; श्रीभागवत, श्रीरामायण &c.; it is also used as an auspicious sign at the commencement of letters, manuscripts &c; Māgha has used this word in the last stanza of each canto of his Śiśupālavadha, as Bhāravi has used लक्ष्मी). -Comp. -आह्लम् a lotus. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कण्ठः an epithet of Śiva; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः (भवभूतिः) Mv.1.4/5. -2 of the poet Bhavabhūti; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः U.1. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera. -करः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-रम्) the red lotus. -करणम् a pen. -करणादिः a chief secretary; Inscr. -कान्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कारः the word 'श्री' written at the top of a letter, (as an auspicious beginning). -कारिन् m. a kind of antelope. -कृच्छ्रः a kind of penance. -खण़डः, -ण्डम् sandal wood; श्रीखण्डविलेपनं सुखयति H.1.97. -गदितम् a kind of minor drama. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a sword. -ग्रहः a trough or place for watering birds. -ग्रामरः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -घनम् sour curds. (-नः) a Buddhist saint. -चक्रम् 1 the circle of the earth, the globe. -2 a wheel f Indra's car. -3 A diagram for the worship of त्रिपुरसुन्दरी in Tantra rituals. -4 An astrological division of the body (representing the public region). -जः an epithet of Kāma. -तालः a kind of palm tree. -दः an epithet of Kubera. -दयितः, -धरः epithets of Viṣṇu. -नगरम् N. of two old towns (one in Cawnpur district and the other in Bundelkhand); Raj. T.; H. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Kāma. -2 (in music) a kind of measure. -निकेतनः, -निवासः epithets of Viṣṇu. -पञ्चमी the fifth day of the bright half of Māgha (a festival in honour of the goddess of learning, Sarasvatī). -पतिः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; श्रीपतिः पतिरसाववनेश्च परस्परन् Śi.13.69. -2 a king, sovereign. -पथः a main road, high way. -पर्णम् a lotus. -पर्णी the silk-cotton tree. -पर्वतः N. of a mountain; Māl.1. -पिष्टः turpentine. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Cupid; निर्जेतुं निखलजगत्सु मानुषाणि श्रीपुत्रे चरति पदैव शीतरश्मिः Rām. ch.7. 11. -2 the moon. -3 N. of the horse of Indra. -पुष्पम् 1 cloves. -2 a fragrant wood (पद्मकाष्ठ). -प्रसूनम् cloves. -फलः the Bilva tree. (-लम्) 1 the Bilva fruit; स्तनयुगलं श्रीफलश्रीविडम्बि Vikr.; Ms.5.12. -2 a cocoanut. -फला, -फली 1 the indigo plant. -2 emblic myrobalan. -भ्रातृ m. 1 the moon. -2 a horse. -मकुटम् gold. -मस्तकः garlic. -मुद्रा a particular mark on the forehead by the Vaiṣṇavas. -मूर्तिः f. 1 an idol of Viṣṇu or Lakṣmī. -2 any idol. -युक्त, -युत a. fortunate, happy. -2 wealthy, prosperous (often used as an honorific prefix to the names of men). -3 famous, illustrious. -रङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रसः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -वत्सः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a mark or curl of hair on the breast of Viṣṇu; प्रभानुलिप्त- श्रीवत्सं लक्ष्मीविभ्रमदर्पणम् R.1.1. -3 a hole in a wall made by a house-breaker. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन्, ˚मृत्, ˚लक्ष्मन्, ˚लाञ्छन m. epithets of Viṣṇu; तमभ्यगच्छत् प्रथमो विधाता श्रीवत्सलक्ष्मा पुरुषश्च साक्षात् Ku.7.43. -वत्सकिन् m. a horse having a curl of hair on his breast. -वरः, -वल्लभः epithets of Viṣṇu. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वल्लभः a favourite of fortune, a happy or fortunate person; Pt.1.45. -वासः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -3 a lotus. -4 turpentine. -वासस् m. turpentine. -वृक्षः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the Aśvattha or sacred fig-tree; वक्षः श्रीवृक्षकान्तं मधुकरनिकरश्यामलं शार्ङ्गपाणेः Viṣṇu. S.28. -3 a curl of hair on the breast and forehead of a horse. ˚किन् having such mark; श्रीवृक्षकी पुरुषकोन्नमिताग्रकायः Śi.5.56. -वेष्टः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -संझम् cloves. -सहोदरः the moon. -सिद्धिः N. of the 16th Yoga (in astrol.). -सूक्तम् N. of a Vedic hymn (Ṛv.1.165). -हरिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हस्तिनी the sun-flower.
śrutiḥ श्रुतिः f. [श्रु-क्तिन्] 1 Hearing; चन्द्रस्य ग्रहणमिति श्रुतेः Mu.1.7; R.1.27. -2 The ear; श्रुतिसुखभ्रमरस्वनगीतयः R.9.35; Śi.1.1; Ve.3.23. -3 Report, rumour, news, oral intelligence. -4 A sound in general; सा तु वेदश्रुतिं श्रुत्वा दृष्ट्वा वै तमसो निधिम् Rām.7.2.17; स वेत्ति गन्धांश्च रसान् श्रुतीश्च Mb.12.187.19. -5 The Veda (known by revelation, opp. स्मृति; see under वेद); श्रुतिस्तु वेदो विज्ञेयो धर्मशास्रं तु वै स्मृतिः Ms.2.1,14. -6 A Vedic or sacred text; इति श्रुतेः or इति श्रुतिः 'so says a sacred text'. -7 Vedic or sacred knowledge, holy learning; यत्रैषा सात्वती श्रुतिः Bhāg.1.4.7;11.3.46. -8 (In music) A division of the octavo, a quarter tone or interval; रणद्भिरा- घट्टनया नभस्वतः पृथग्विभिन्नश्रुतिमण्डलैः स्वरैः Śi.1.1;11.1; (see Malli. ad loc.). -9 The constellation Śravaṇa. -1 The diagonal of a tetragon, the hypotenuse of a triangle; cf. कर्ण. -11 Direct or expressed signification (opp. लक्षणा); श्रुतिलक्षणाविशये च श्रुतिर्न्याय्या न लक्षणा ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -12 Speech (वाक्); विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3. -13 Name, fame (कीर्ति); हैरण्यौ भवतो बाहू श्रुतिर्भवति पार्थिवी Mb.3.35.9. -14 A word, saw, saying; Rām.2.72.25. -15 An explanation of ब्रह्म from the उपनिषद्s; विविधाश्चौपनिषदीरात्मसंसिद्धये श्रुतीः Ms.6.29 (com. श्रुतीरुपनिषत्पठितब्रह्मप्रतिपादकवाक्यानि). -16 Advantage, gain (फलश्रुति); उपोष्य संशितो भूत्वा हित्वा वेदकृताः श्रुतीः Mb.12. 265.7. -17 Name, title; बिभ्रत्यनन्यविषयां लोकपाल इति श्रुतिम् Kāv.2.331. -18 Learning. -19 Scholarship. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration; see K. P.9. -अर्थः the sense of a sentence derived on the strength of the श्रुतिप्रमाण as distinguished from लङ्ग, वाक्य and other प्रमाणs; यत्र श्रुत्यर्थो न सम्भवति तत्र वाक्यार्थो गृह्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.14. -उक्त, -उदित a. enjoined by the Vedas; आचारः परमो धर्मः श्रुत्युक्तः स्मार्त एव च Ms.1.18. -कटः 1 a snake. -2 penance, expiation. -कटु a. harsh to hear. (-टुः) a harsh or unmelodious sound, regarded as a fault of composition. -कथित a. enjoined or prescribed by the Vedas. -चोदनम्, -नः a scriptural injunction, Vedic precept. -जातिविशारद a. familiar with different kinds of quarter tones; वीणावादनतत्त्वज्ञः श्रुतिजातिविशारदः । तालज्ञश्चाप्रयासेन मोक्षमार्गं नियच्छति ॥ Y.3.115. -जीविका a law-book or code of laws. -दूषक a. offending the ear. -द्वैधम् disagreement or contradiction of Vedas or Vedic precepts; श्रुतिद्वैधं तु यत्र स्यात्तत्र धर्माबुभौ स्मृतौ Ms.2.14. -धर a. 1 hearing. -2 having a retentive memory; L. D. B. -निदर्शनम् evidence of the Vedas; कामकार- कृते$प्याहुरेके श्रुतिनिदर्शनात् Ms.11.45. -पथः 1 the range of the ear; तामाश्रित्य श्रुतिपथगतामास्थया लब्धमूलः M.4.1. -2 (pl.) tradition. -प्रसादन a. grateful to the ear. -प्रामाण्यम् authority or sanction of the Vedas. -प्रामाण्यतः ind. on the authority of the Veda; श्रुति- प्रामाण्यतो विद्वान् स्वधर्मे निविशेत वै Ms.2.8. -मण्डलम् 1 the outer ear. -2 the whole circle of the quarter-tones; Śi.1.1. -महत् a. rich in scriptural lore; सरस्वती श्रुतिमहतां महीयताम् Ś.7.35 (v. l. श्रुतमहताम्). -मूलम् 1 the root of the ear; लपितुं किमपि श्रुतिमूले Gīt.1. -2 a Vedic text. -मूलक a. founded on the Veda. -वचनम् a Vedic precept. -वर्जित a. 1 deaf. -2 not knowing the Vedas. -विप्रतिपन्न a. 1 not recognizing the authority of the scriptures, disregarding the Vedas. -2 contrary to the Vedas. -विवरम् the auditory passage. -विशेष- णार्थम् ind. for specialization in the Vedas; Svapna.1. -विषयः 1 the object of the sense of hearing i. e. sound; श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् Ś.1.1. -2 the reach or range of the ear; एतत् प्रायेण श्रुतिविषयमापतितमेव K. -3 the subject matter of the Veda. -4 any sacred ordinance. -वेधः boring the ear. -शिखरम्, -शिरस् 1 Upaniṣad or Vedānta; नमः सर्वेष्टाय श्रुतिशिखरदृष्टाय च नमः Viṣṇu-mahimna 3. -2 a leading text of the Veda. -सुख, -मनोहर a. agreeable to the ear, melodious; श्रुतिसुखमुपवीणितं सहायैः Ki.1.38. -स्फोटा Gynandropsis Pentaphylla (Mar. तिळवण). -स्मृति f. (dual) revelation and legal institutes, Veda and law; श्रुतिस्मृति- पुराणोक्तफलप्राप्त्यर्थम् Pūjā-mantra. -हारिन् a. captivating the ear.
ślokaḥ श्लोकः [श्लोक्-अच्] 1 Praising in verse, extolling. -2 A hymn or verse of praise. -3 Celebrity, fame, renown, name; as in पुण्यश्लोक q. v.; वैदेहि तावदमलो भुवनेषु पुण्यः श्लोकः प्रशस्तचरितैरुपगीयतां ते Mv.7.26; उत्तमश्लोक˚ Bhāg.2.1.9. -4 An object of praise. -5 A proverb or saying. -6 A stanza or verse in general; श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः R.14.7; समक्षरैश्चतुर्भिर्यः पादैर्गीतो महर्षिणा । सो$नुव्याहरणाद्- भूयः शोकः श्लोकत्वमागतः ॥ Rām.1.2.4. -7 A stanza or verse in the Anuṣṭubh metre. -8 The dear and beloved people (इष्टमित्र ?); यथा ह वै पदेनानुविन्देदेवं कीर्तिं श्लोकं विन्दते Bri. Up.1.4.7. -Comp. -कारः a composer of Ślokas; P.III.2.23. -भू a. appearing in sound; Ait. Ār.
śveta श्वेत a. (-श्वेता or -श्वेती f.) [श्वित्-अच् घञ् वा] White; ततः श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ Bg.1.14. -तः 1 The white colour. -2 A conch-shell. -3 A cowrie. -4 The planet Venus. -5 Śukra, the regent of the planet; न शेकुः पाण्डवा द्रष्टुं श्वेतं ग्रहमिवोदितम् Mb.6.82.12. -6 A white cloud. -7 Cumin seed. -8 N. of a range of mountains; शृङ्गैः श्वेतमिव स्थितम् Bhāg.1.39.45. (according to some com. कैलास); see कुलाचल or कुलपर्वत. -9 N. of a division of the world. -1 A white goat; वायव्यं श्वेतमालभेत । cf. तस्मात् प्रत्यक्षो$पि श्वेतशब्दश्छागमेव परिच्छिन्द्यान्नान्यं पशुम् इति ŚB. on MS.1.2.68. -11 A white horse. -12 A silver coin. -13 A comet; श्वेतो ग्रहस्तिर्यगिवापतन् खे Mb. 5.37.43. -तम् 1 Silver. -2 The white of the eye. -3 Butter-milk and water mixed half and half. -Comp. -अंशुः the moon. -अद्रिः, -पर्वतः N. of a mountain; दन्तै- श्चतुर्भिः श्वेताद्रेर्हरन् भगवतो महीम् Bhāg.8.8.4 (com. कैलास). -अम्बरः, -वासस् m. a class of Jaina ascetics. -अर्चिस् the moon. -अश्वः N. of Arjuna. -इक्षुः a kind of sugar cane. -उदरः an epithet of Kubera. -कपोतः 1 A kind of mouse. -2 a kind of snake. -कमलम्, -पद्मम् a white lotus. -काकीय a. unusual, unheard of. -कुञ्जरः an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -कुष्ठम् white leprosy. -केतुः 1 a Bauddha or Jaina saint. -2 the descending node. -कोलः a kind of fish (शफर). -क्षारः saltpetre, alkali. -गजः, -द्विपः 1 a white elephant. -2 the elephant of Indra. -गरुत् m., -गरुतः a goose. -छदः 1 a goose; श्वेतच्छदश्च विधुतच्छदचामरेण प्रासेवत प्रियतमां सुरतश्रमार्ताम् Rām. ch.5.15. -2 a kind of basil. -द्वीपः N. of one of the eighteen minor divisions of the known continent; ˚पतिः Viṣṇu; श्वेतद्वीपपतिश्चित्तं मनो योगेश्वरो$वतु Bhāg.1.6.24; श्वेतद्वीपपतौ चित्तं शुद्धे धर्ममये मयि Bhāg.11.15.18. -धातुः 1 a white mineral. -2 chalk. -3 the milkstone. -धामन् m. 1 the moon. 2 camphor. -3 the foam of the sea. -4 cuttle-fish bone. -नीलः a cloud. -पत्रः a goose.
ṣa ष a. Best, excellent. -2 Wise, learned. -षः 1 Loss, destruction. -2 End. -3 Rest, remainder. -4 Final emancipation. -5 Loss of knowledge. -6 Heaven. -7 Sleep. -8 A learned man. -9 A teat or nipple. -1 Hair. -11 Delivery (गर्भविमोचन). ˚रथः an epithet of Brahman. -पर्णाशः white basil. -पाटला the white trumpetflower. -पिङ्गः a lion. -पिङ्गलः 1 a lion. -2 an elephant of Śiva. -भानुः the moon. -भिक्षुः a kind of white-robed mendicant; श्वेत- भिक्षुस्तपस्विनाम् (धूर्तः) Pt.3.76. -मरिचम् white pepper. -मालः 1 a cloud. -2 smoke. -रक्त a. pale-red, rosy. (-क्तः) the pink or rosy colour. -रञ्जनम् lead. -रथः the planet Venus. -रसः butter-milk and water mixed in equal parts. -रोचिस् m. the moon. -रोहितः an epithet of Garuḍa. -वल्कलः the glomerous fig-tree. -वाजिन् m. 1 the moon. -2 an epithet of Arjuna. -3 camphor. -वाराहः 1 a particular Kalpa. -2 the first day in the month of Brahmā. -वासस् m. an ascetic wearing white garments. -वाह् m. an epithet of Indra. -वाहः 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 of Indra. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 the moon. -3 a marine monster (मकर). -वाहिन् m. an epithet of Arjuna. -शुङ्गः, -शृङ्गः barley. -हयः 1 a horse of Indra. -2 an epithet of Arjuna. -3 N. of Indra. -हस्तिन् m. Airāvata, Indra's elephant.
ṣoḍaśan षोडशन् num. a. (pl.) Sixteen. -Comp. -अंशुः the planet Venus. -अङ्ग a. having 16 parts or ingredients. (-ङ्गः) a kind of perfume. -अङ्गुलक a. having the breadth of 16 fingers. -अङ्घ्रिः a crab. -अर्चिस् m. the planet Venus. -आवर्तः a conch-shell. -उपचार m. pl. the sixteen ways of doing homage to a deity &c.; they are thus enumerated; आसनं स्वगतं पाद्यमर्ध्यमाचमनीयकम् । मधुपर्काचमस्नानं वसनाभरणानि च । गन्ध- पुष्पे धूपदीपौ नैवेद्यं वन्दनं तथा ॥ -कलाः the sixteen digits of the moon, thus named : अमृता मानदा पूषा तुष्टिः पुष्टी रतिर्घृतिः । शशिनी चन्द्रिका कान्तिर्ज्योत्स्ना श्रीः प्रीतिरेव च । अङ्गदा च तथा पूर्णमृता षोडश वै कलाः ॥. -भुजा a form of Durgā. -मातृका f. pl. the sixteen divine mothers; they are: गौरी पद्मा शची मेधा सावित्री विजया जया । देवसेना स्वधा स्वाहा मातरो लोकमातरः । शान्तिः पुष्टिर्धृतिस्तुष्टिः कुलदेवात्म- देवताः ॥.
saṃvidhānakam संविधानकम् 1 Arrangement of incidents (in a plot), the plot of a drama &c.; अहो संविधानकम् U.3. -2 A strange act, an unusual occurrence.
sarjanam सर्जनम् [सृज्-ल्युट्] 1 Abandoning, quitting. -2 Letting loose. -3 Creating. -4 Voiding. -5 The rear of an army. -6 Lifting up; पुनर्यत्नमकरोद्रथसर्जने Mb.8. 91.21. -नी One of the three folds of anus. सर्जिः sarjiḥ सर्जिका sarjikā सर्जी sarjī सर्जिः सर्जिका सर्जी f., सर्जिकाक्षारः, सर्जिक्षारः Natron; सौवर्चलं यवक्षारं सर्जिकां च हरीतकीम् Śiva B.3.17.
sājātyam साजात्यम् 1 Sameness of caste, class, or kind; साजात्य- शङ्कया$मी न त्वां निघ्नन्ति निर्दयाः काकाः Bv.1.25. -2 Community of genus, homogeneousness.
sādhyavat साध्यवत् m. The party on whom rests the onus probandi or burden of proof in a law-suit. -n. That which contains the साध्य or the major term.
sāmānya सामान्य a. [समानस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Common, general; सामान्यमेषां प्रथमावरत्वम् Ku.7.44; आहारनिद्राभयमैथुनं च सामान्यमेतत् पशुभिर्नराणाम् Subhāṣ; R.14.67; Ku.2.26. -2 Alike, equal, same; सामान्यप्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17. -3 Ordinary, of an average or middle degree; सामान्यास्तु परार्थमुद्यमभृतः स्वार्थाविरोधेन ये Bh.2.74. -4 Vulgar, commonplace, insignificant. -5 Entire, whole. -न्यम् 1 Community, generality, universality. -2 Common or generic property, general characteristic; नित्यमेकमनेकसमवेतं सामान्यम् Tarka K. -3 Totality, entireness. -4 Kind, sort. -5 Identity. -6 Equanimity, equability. -7 Public affairs. -8 A general proposition; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः Chandr.5.12. -9 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:- प्रस्तुतस्य यदन्येन गुणसाम्यविवक्षया । ऐकात्म्यं बध्यते योगात्तत् सामान्यमिति स्मृतम् ॥ K. P.1. -1 A general statement or expression; न सामान्यं विशेषानभिवदति ŚB. on MS.1.8.16. -न्यम् ind. jointly, in common; तैः सार्धं चिन्तयेन्नित्यं सामान्यं संधिविग्रहम् Ms.7.56. -न्या A harlot, prostitute. -comp. -ज्ञानम् knowledge or perception of generic properties. -पक्षः the mean. -पदार्थः the category called सामान्य or generality. -प्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकम् ind. with equal respect; Ś.4. 16. -लक्षणम् a generic definition; इति द्रव्यसामान्यलक्षणानि Tarka K. -वचन a. expressing a common property; P.II.1.55. -2 expressing a general notion; III. 4.5. (-नम्) a substantive. -वनिता a common woman, prostitute. -वाचिन् a. expressive of generality or genus; न हि सामान्यवाची शब्दो विशेषानभिवदति ŚB. on MS.1.8. 16. -शासनम् an edict applicable to all. -शास्त्रम् a general rule.
sita सित a. [सो-क्त] 1 White; सितं सितिम्ना सुतरां मुनेर्वपुः Śi. 1.25. -2 Bound, tied, fastened, fettered; सुहृत्सु च स्नेहसितः शिशूनाम् Bhāg.7.6.11; Bṛi. Up.3.9.26. -3 Surrounded. -4 Ascertained, known. -5 Finished, ended. -तः 1 White colour. -2 The bright half of a lunar month. -3 The planet Venus. -4 An arrow. -5 Sugar. -तम् 1 Silver. -2 Sandal. -3 Radish. -Comp. -अंशु = सितकर q. v.; सितांशुवर्णैर्वयति सम तद्गुणैः N.1.12. -अग्रः a thorn. -अङ्कः, -चिह्नः a kind of fish; L. D. B. -अङ्गः 1 the श्वेत- रोहित tree. -2 camphor. -3 N. of Śiva. -अजाजी white cumin. -अपाङ्गः a peacock. -अभ्रः a white cloud. -अभ्रः -भ्रम् camphor. -अम्बरः an ascetic dressed in white garments. -अर्जकः white basil. -अश्वः an epithet of Arjuna. -असितः an epithet of Balarāma. (-तौ) Venus and Saturn. ˚गुण a. having black and white yarn alternately for warp and woof; पटं सितासितगुणं वयन्त्यौ तत्र योषितौ Bm.1.63. -आदिः molasses. -आननः N. of Garuḍa. -आभः camphor. -आयुधः a kind of fish. -आलिका a cockle. -इतर a. other than white; i.e. black. ˚गतिः fire. -उदरः an epithet of Kubera. -उद्भवम् white sandal. -उपलः 1 a crystal. -2 chalk. -उपला candied sugar. -कण्ठः a water-crow, gallinule. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -छत्रम् 1 a royal umbrella. -2 a cobweb; मर्कटकीटकृत्रिमसितछत्रीभवत् N.12.37. -छदः, -पक्षः a swan, goose. -तुरगः N. of Arjuna; सिततुरगे विजयं न पुष्पमासः Ki.1.35. -धातुः a white mineral, chalk. -पक्षः the light half of a month. -प्रभम् silver. -यामिनी moon light. -रञ्जनम् the yellow colour. -रश्मिः the moon; शैलरुद्धवपुषः सितरश्मेः (खे रराज निपतत्कर- जालम्) Ki.9.19. -वाजिन् m. N. of Arjuna. -वारणः the white elephant ऐरावत; Bhāg 8.4.23. -शर्करा candied sugar. -शिम्बिकः wheat. -शिवम् rocksalt. -शूकः barley. -सिन्धुः f. the river Gaṅgā; L. D. B. -सौम्यौ (dual) the planets Venus and Mercury; अथ गाधिनमन्वितौ कुमारौ सितसौम्याविव सूर्यमुज्ज्वलन्तम् Rām. ch.2.31.
sīdhram सीध्रम् The anus (?).
sīvanī सीवनी 1 A needle. -2 The frenum of the prepuce. -3 The part of the body of a horse below the anus. सीसम् sīsam सीसकम् sīsakam सीसपत्रकम् sīsapatrakam सीसपत्रम् sīsapatram सीसम् सीसकम् सीसपत्रकम् सीसपत्रम् Lead; ताम्रायः कांस्यरैत्यानां त्रपुणः सीसकस्य च । शौचं यथार्हं कर्तव्यं क्षारा- म्लोदकवारिभिः ॥ Ms.5.114; Y.1.19.
sthūla स्थूल a. (compar. स्थवीयस् superl. स्थविष्ठ) 1 Large, great, big, bulky, huge; बहुस्पृशापि स्थूलेन स्थीयते बहिरश्मवत् Śi.2.78 (where it has sense 6 also); स्थूलहस्तावलेपान् Me.14,18; R.6.28. -2 Fat, corpulent, stout. -3 Strong, powerful; स्थूलं स्थूलं श्वसिति K. 'breathes hard'. -4 Thick, clumsy. -5 Gross, coarse, rough (fig. also) as in स्थूलमानम् q. v. -6 Foolish, doltish, silly, ignorant. -7 Stolid, dull, thick-headed. -8 Not exact. -9 (Inphil.) Material (opp. to सूक्ष्म). -लः The jack tree. -ला -1 Large cardamoms. -2 Scindaspus Officinalis (Mar. गजपिंपळी). -3 Cucumis Utilissimus (Mar. थोरकाकडी). -लम् 1 A heap, quantity. -2 A tent. -3 The summit of a mountain (कूट). -4 Sour milk, curds. -Comp. -अन्त्रम् the larger intestine near the anus. -आस्यः a snake. -इच्छ a. having immoderate desires. -उच्चयः 1 a large fragment of a crag or rock fallen from a mountain and forming an irregular mound. -2 incompleteness, deficiency, defect. -3 the middle pace of elephants; स्थूलोच्चयेनागमदन्तिकागताम् Śi.12.16. -4 an eruption of pimples on the face. -5 a hollow at the root of an elephant's tusks. -कण्टकिका the silk-cotton tree. -कण्टा the egg-plant. -कन्दः 1 a kind of esculent root. -2 red garlic. -काय a. fat, corpulent. -काष्ठाग्निः a tree-trunk or a large log of wood set on fire. -क्षेडः, -क्ष्वेडः an arrow. -चापः a large bow-like instrument used in cleaning cotton. -तालः the marshy date-tree. -त्वचा Gmelina Arborea (Mar. थोर शिवणी). -दला Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -धी, -मति a. foolish, doltish. -नालः a kind of large reed. -नास, -नासिक a. thick-nosed. (-सः, -कः) a hog, boar. -नीलः a hawk, falcon. -पटः, -टम् coarse cloth. -पट्टः cotton. (-ट्टम्), -पट्टाकः coarse cloth. -पट्टः a. clubfooted, having swelled legs. (-दः) 1 an elephant. -2 a man with elephantiasis. -प्रपञ्चः the gross or material world. -फलः the silk-cotton tree. -भावः Bigness, grossness. -भूत n. pl. the five grosser elements (according to Sāṁkhya phil.). -मध्य a. thick in the middle. -मरिचम् a kind of berry (कक्कोल). -मानम् rough or inexact calculation, gross or rough computation. -मूलम् a kind of radish. -लक्ष, -क्ष्य a. 1 munificent, liberal, generous; अकत्थनो मानयिता स्थूललक्ष्यः प्रियंवदः Mb.3.45.1. -2 wise, learned. -3 inclined to recollect both benefits and injuries. -4 taking careless aim. -लक्षिता munificence, liberality. -वल्कलः the red Lodhra tree. -विषयः a gross or material object. -शङ्खा a woman having a large vulva. -शरीरम् the grosser or material and perishable body (opp. सूक्ष्म or लिङ्ग-शरीर q. v.) -शाटकः (-कम्), शाट(टि)का, -शाटिः a thick or coarse cloth. -शीर्षिका a small ant having a large head in proportion to its size. -शोफ a. greatly swollen. -षट्पदः 1 a large bee. -2 a wasp. -सूक्ष्म a. mighty and subtle (as the god). -स्कन्धः the lakucha tree. -स्थूल a. excessively thick. -हस्तः 1 an elephant's trunk; दिङ्ना- गानां पथि परिहरन् स्थूलहस्तावलेपान् Me.14. -2 a large or coarse hand.
hanīlaḥ हनीलः Pandanus Odoratissimus (केतकी).
Macdonell Vedic Search
1 result
mānuṣa má̄nuṣa, a. human; m. man, vii. 63, 1 [mánus man].
Macdonell Search
97 results
atathocita pp. not accustomed to such treatment; unused to (g.).
atipramāṇa a. of unusual size.
ananyādṛśa a. not like others, unusual.
aniyata pp. unrestrained, un limited, uncertain; unusual; -vritti, a. hav ing no fixed means of livelihood; -velam, ad. at an uncertain time.
anucita pp. unaccustomed; un usual; unfit, unseemly, improper; -½artha, a. having an unusual or unsuitable meaning.
anaucitya n. unusualness; -aud dhatya, n. lack of arrogance; lowness of water; -aushadha, n. no remedy; a. incurable.
apara a. hinder, further; later, fol lowing; western; to the west of (ab.); inferior; other; different from (ab.); opposite; strange, unusual: -m, ad. subsequently, in the future, after; moreover, besides; to the west of (ab.); m. elephant's hind foot.
apāna m. downward breath (one of the vital airs); anus; -½udgâra, m. fart.
aprākṛta a. (î) not original, second ary; unusual, extraordinary.
alaukika a. (î) unusual, extra ordinary.
alokya a. unusual; improper, in admissible; excluding from heaven.
avadhāna n. attention, devotion; -dhârana, n. affirmation; restriction; sin gling out: î-ya, fp. to be looked upon as settled; to be restricted to (in.); -dhârya, fp. to be ascertained; -dhí, m. limit;terminus ad quem; respite: --°ree;, ad. up to, till (g.).
ādarśa m. seeing; mirror; image; copy; -pustaka, n. copy, manuscript; -maya, a. being altogether mirror.
ānukūlika a. courteous: -tâ, f. courteousness towards (g.), -ya, n. favour; agreeableness; friendly terms; -gunya, n. homogeneousness; -pûrv-a, n., -î, f., -ya, n. regular succession: in., ab.successively; -yâ trika, m. servant; -lomya, n. direct or natural order; -vesya, m. neighbour next but one; -shák, ad. in order; -sha&ndot;gika, a. (î) adherent, connected with, following; enduring; neces sarily following from (g.); adventitious; -shtu bha, a. consisting of or like anushtubh.
āhāra a. (î) fetching; m. fetching, taking; food, sustenance (--°ree;, a. f. â): -m kri, take food; -dâna, n. giving of food; -nirgama sthâna, n. anus; -nihsarana-mârga, m. id.; -parityâga, m. rejection of food; -bhûmi, f. feeding-ground.
indratā f. Indra's power or dignity; -tva, n. id.; sovereignty; -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; -devî, f. N. of a queen: -bhavana, n. N. of a vihâra built by her; -dhanús, n. Indra's bow, rainbow; -nîla, m.sapphire or emerald; -purogama, a. preceded by Indra; -mada, m. certain disease of leeches; -mand ira, m. Indra's abode, heaven; -maha-kâm uka, m. dog.
uśanas m. (nm. â) N. of a Rishi; in C. identified with Sukra & the planet Venus.
ūṣman m. heat; ardour; vapour; breathing (grammatical designation of all the sibilants, h, and anusvâra).
ekaśata n. a hundred and one; a. 101st: -tama, a. id.; -sapha, a. (é-) one-hoofed, having an uncloven hoof; m. animal with uncloven hoof; n. the genus of solid hoofed animals; -sas, ad. singly;-sesha, m. sole remainder; ellipse by which only one of two or more words remains (e. g. du. or pl.); a. sole remaining, with the sole exception of (--°ree;); -sruta-dhara, a. remembering what one has heard once: -tva, n. abst. n.; -sruti, f. monotony; a. monotonous; -srushti, a. (é-) obeying one behest; -shash-tá, a. 61st; -shashti, f. 61: -tama, a. 61st.
kavi a. wise; m. wise man, sage, seer; poet; planet Venus.
kālatā f. 1. seasonableness; 2. blackness; -danda, m. wand of death; -dû ta, m. harbinger of death; -daurâtmya, n. tyranny of time; -dharma, -n, m. law of time=inevitable death; -niyama, m. limita tion of time; determination of the terminus ad quem; -nemi, m. N. of an Asura slain by Krishna; N. of a Brâhman.
kāvya m. pl. kind of Manes; n. poem; -kartri, m. poet; -goshthî, f. discussion on poetry; -gîva-gña, m. Venus, Jupiter, and Mercury, or a. understanding the purport of a poem; -tâ, f., -tva, n.condition of a poem; -devî, f. N. of a queen; -prakâsa, m. Light of poetry: T. of a work on poetics by Mammata and Alata (11th or 12th century); -mîmâmsa ka, m. rhetorician; -rasa, m. flavour of poetry; -sâstra, n.poetry and learning (°ree;--); treatise on poetry; Poetics: T. of a work.
kusuma n. flower, blossom: -kârmu ka, m. Kâma (having a bow of flowers); -ketu, -kâpa, m. id.; -komala, a. soft as flowers; -druma, m. flowering tree; -dhanus, -dhar van, m. Kâma (having a bow of flowers); -pura, n. Flower city, ep. of Pâtaliputra; -bâna, m. flower-arrow; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of flowers; -mârgana, m. Kâma.
krīta pp. √ krî; n. purchase: -ka, a. (son) acquired by purchase; -½anusaya, m. repenting of a purchase.
guda m. (n.) gut; anus: (a)-ga, m. n. pl. hemorrhoids.
graha a. (--°ree;) seizing, holding; gaining; perceiving; m. seizer, esp. Râhu, who seizes and thus eclipses sun and moon; planet (which seizes men by magical influence: generally reckoned to be five in number: Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn, or seven: the same + Râhu and Ketu, or nine: the same + sun and moon); demon of disease; imp; crocodile; booty; vessel (for drawing Soma); draught (of Soma); organ (of which eight are enumerated); seizure, grasp, grip; draught (of a fluid); theft, robbery; insistence on (lc., --°ree;), endeavour; receipt; welcome; mention; perception, understanding.
jaladāna n. libation of water (fes tival in Uggayinî); -dravya, n. ocean-pro duct, pearl; -dhara, m. (water-bearer), cloud: -mâlâ, f. tract of clouds, -½abhyudaya, m. (rise of the clouds), rainy season; -dhârâ, f. stream of water, shower; -dhi, m. ocean, sea: -tâ, f. abst. n., -rasanâ, f. ocean-girt (earth); -nidhi, m. ocean, sea; -pakshin, m. water bird; -patha, m. sea-voyage; -pâda, m. (water-foot), N. of a frog-king; -pûra, m. full channel (of a river); -pûrusha, m. water pixie; -pravâha, m. current; -plava, m. de luge; -bindu, m. drop of water: -durdina, n. shower of rain; -budbuda, m. water-bub ble; -bhâgana, n. water-vessel; -maya, a. (î) consisting of water; -mânusha, m. (î) fa bulous aquatic being; otter; -muk, a. dis charging rain; m. cloud.
jāti f. birth, origin, rebirth; exist ence, life; state; rank, caste; family, tribe, race; genus (opp. species), species (opp. individual), kind, class; disposition; normal character, genuineness: in. -tas, °ree;--, by birth.
jāta pp. (√ gan); m. son; n. creature; birth; race, kind, genus; --°ree;, all that is com prised by --, sum total of --, any --, every kind of --: lc. in general.
jātīya a. belonging to the caste, family, race, kind, or genus, of (--°ree;): -ka, a. id.
tadanukṛti ad. accordingly; -anusarana-krama, m. continual following of him; -anta, a. ending with that; -apatya tâ, f. condition of having offspring through him (the son) or by her (the Sûdrâ woman); apatya-maya, a. devoted to his (her) children; -apeksha, a. having regard to that; -artha, m. the meaning of that or those; a. having that for its object, meant for that; having the same meaning: -m, ad. for that purpose, on that account, therefore; -arthin, a. desiring that; -arthîya, a. undertaken for that end, having that as its object; -ardhika, a. half as much; -arha, a. commensurate with that; -avastha, a. being in that condition or plight; being in the same condition=safe.
tilakārṣika a. cultivating sesamum; -khalî, f. oil-cake of sesamum; -grâma, m. N. of a village; -kûrna, n. pounded sesamum seeds; -taila, n. sesamum oil; -dvâ dasî, f. a certain twelfth day; -parna, -parn ika, n. sandal-wood; -parnî, f. sandal tree (Pterocarpus santalinus); -pîda, m. oil grinder; -pushpa, n. sesamum blossom=the nose.
dāru n. [splitting: √ drî] log, (piece of) wood, stick; species of pine (pinus deodora).
divyakriyā f. employment of an ordeal; -kakshus, n. divine eye transcend ing time and space; a. having a divine eye, for (--°ree;); -gñâna, a. possessed of divine knowledge; -tâ, f. divine nature; -darsin, -dris, a. having a divine eye transcending time and space; -nadî, f. celestial river; -nârî, f. celestial woman, Apsaras; -purusha, m. demi-god, spirit; -pragñâna-sâlin, a. possessed of divine knowledge; -mânusha,m. demi-god; -rûpa, a. having a divine form; -vi gñâna-vat, a. possessed of divine knowledge; -samkâsa, a. resembling or reminding of heaven; -strî, f. divine woman, Apsaras.
duratikrama a. hard to get over, overcome, or escape from; -atyaya, a. id.; -adhiga, a. hard to attain; -adhigama, a. id.; hard to be learned; -adhyaya, a. hard to obtain; -adhyavasâya, m. foolish under taking; -anushtheya, fp. hard to carry out.
devadatta a. god-given; m. Arguna's conch; the vital air which causes yawning; Dieu-donné, very common N., hence used to denote indefinite persons, So and-so; -dantin, m. ep. of Siva (?); -darsana, a. seeing or associating with the gods; m. N.; n. manifestation of a god; -darsin, a. associating with the gods; -dâru, m. n. N. of a kind of pine (Pinus Deodora); -dâsa, m. N.; -dûtá, m. messenger of the gods; -deva,m. god of gods, supreme god, ep. of Brahma, Siva, Vishnu, Krishna, and Ganesa: î, f. Durgâ; -daivatya, a. having the gods as a divinity, sacred or addressed to the gods.
dhanakośa m. treasury, store of wealth; -kshaya, m. loss of money or property; -garva, m. N. (Purse-proud); -gupta, pp. hoarding his money, penurious, miserly; -goptri, m. penurious man, miser: -tâ, f. penuriousness; -gâta, n. pl. the genus property, goods of all kinds.
dharmākhyāna n. setting forth of duty; -½âkârya, m. teacher of the law; -½atikrama, m. transgression of the law; -½âtma-tâ, f. justice, virtue; -½âtman, a. having a virtuous nature, conscious of duty, just; -½âdesaka, m. instructor in the law (v. l. for dharma-desaka); -½adharma-gña, a. knowing right and wrong; -½adharma parîkshana, n. enquiry as to right and wrong; kind of ordeal; -½adhikarana, n. law court: -½adhishthita-purusha, m. law court official, -sthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhi kâra, m. administration of justice; -½adhi kâranika, m. judge; -½adhikârin, m. id.; -½adhikrita, (pp.) m. id.; -½adhishthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhyaksha, m. chief justice; -½adhvan, m. path of virtue; -½anu kâ&ndot;kshin, a. striving after justice; intent on righteousness; -½anushthâna, n. fulfilment of the law; -½abhisheka-kriyâ, f. prescribed ablution.
dhṛtakanakamāla a. wear ing a golden wreath; -kûrkaka, a. wearing a beard; -klesa, a. bearing hardships; -gar bhâ, f. a. pregnant; -tâla, m.=vetâla; -danda, a. wielding the rod, punishing; being punished by (in.); -dvaidhî-bhâva, a. being at variance; -dhanus, m. archer; -niskaya, a. firmly resolved on (d.); -pûrva, a. worn before; -praga, a. having offspring; (á) râshtra, m. (whose kingdom is enduring), N. of the blind son of Vyâsa and elder brother of Pându; -vat, pp. act., v. √ dhri; -vrata, a. whose law or ordinance is settled; main taining ordinances; firmly resolved; devoted, attached; -sarîra, a. whose body continues to exist, living on; -srî, a. whose fortune is steadfast; -samkalpa, a. firmly resolved on (lc.).
niratiśaya a. not to be surpassed, greatest, supreme; without distinc tive marks; -atyaya, a. free from danger, safe; successful; infallible; -adhishthâna, a. untenable; independent; -anukrosa, m.pitilessness (-tas, ad. pitilessly); a. pitiless (towards, lc.); -anuga, a. having no retinue; -anugraha, a. showing no favour or pity; -anuyogya, fp. irreproachable, valid (argument); -anurodha, a. regardless of, indif ferent to (lc.); -anusaya, a. having no residuum of the consequences of action left.
nṛpavallabha m. royal favourite; -sreshtha, spv. best of kings; -suta, m. prince: â, f. princess; -snushâ, f. king's daughter-in-law.
padānuga a. following on the heels of (g.); pleasant to (--°ree;); m. attendant; -½anusâsana, n. science of words; -½anta, m. end of a quarter-verse; end of a word, final; -½antara, n. another word; interval of a step: e sthitvâ, stopping after a step; -½anveshin, a. following a track.
parāpara n. the further and the nearer; the earlier and the later (cause and effect); the higher and the lower, the better and the worse: -tâ, f. condition of being both genus and species; absoluteness and relativity; -tva, n. id.; priority and posteriority; absoluteness and relativity.
pāyu m. (SB. p&asharp;yu) anus: -kshâlana- bhûmi, f. privy: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -kshâla na-vesman, n. id.; -½upastha, n. sg. anus and organ of generation.
puraḥśukram ad. as if the planet Venus were in front.
pustikā f. manuscript, book.
pusta n. (?) working in clay, modelling: -ka, m. n. boss; manuscript, book; booklet: -kara, m. embosser, -½âstarana, n. wrapper of a manuscript.
puṣpaka (m.) n. Kubera's car: -vimâna, n. id.; -karanda, n. flower-basket: -½udyâna, n. N. of a pleasure-garden near Uggayinî; -kâla, m. flower-time, spring; time of menstruation; -granthana, n.weav ing of a wreath of flowers; -kâpa, m. bow of flowers, Kâma's bow; m. (having a bow of flowers), Kâma; -danta, m. Flower-tooth, N. of an attendant of Siva; n. N. of a temple; -dâman, n. garland of flowers; -dha,m. (√ dhâ) son of an outcast Brâhman; -dhanus or -dhanvan, m. (having a bow of flowers), Kâma; -nyâsa, m. offering of flowers; -pata, m. flowery cloth; -pattrin, a. having flowers for arrows; -pura, n., -purî, f.Flower-city, ep. of Pâtaliputra; -phala, n. flowers and fruits; -bali, m. of fering of flowers; -bâna, m. (flower-arrowed), Kâma; -bha&ndot;ga, m. festoon of flowers; -bhû ti, m. N. of a prince; -maya, a. (î) formed orconsisting of flowers; -mâtham, abs. with √ math, crush like a flower; -mâlâ, f. gar land of flowers; -mitra, m. N. of two princes; -megha, m. cloud raining flowers; -meghî kri, turn into a cloud raining flowers; -rak ta, a. red like the flower of (--°ree;); -ratha, m. pleasure-car; -râga, m. (flower-hued), topaz; -lâvî, f. flower-picker, weaver of garlands, flower-seller; -vat, 1. ad. like a flower; 2. a. flowering, adorned with flowers: -î, f.menstruating; -vartman, m. hidden name of Drupada; -varsha, m. N. of a mountain; n. rain of flowers; -vâtikâ or -vâtî, f. flower garden; -vrishti, f. rain of flowers; -venî, f. garland of flowers; -sayyâ, f. couch of flowers;-sarâsana, m. (having a bow of flowers), Kâma; -silîmukha, m. (flower arrowed), id.; -sekhara, m. garland of flowers; -sâyaka, m. (flower-arrowed), Kâ ma; -hâsa, m. (laughing with flowers), flower garden.
pratipuṃniyata pp. specially meant for every soul; -purusha, m. similar man, representative; companion; doll; °ree;-or -m, ad. man for man, for each man; for every soul; -pustaka, n. copy of an original manuscript, transcript; -pûgaka, a. honour ing (--°ree; or g.); -pûgana, n. doing honour to (g.); -pûgâ, f. id. (with g. or lc.); -pûgya, fp. to be honoured; -pûrana, n. filling, oc cupation of (g.); being filled with (in.); stoppage, obstruction; -prishthâ, f. each side of a leaf.
prasnava m. stream or flow (of milk etc.): pl. tears; -snâvin, a. dropping, pour ing forth (--°ree;); -snuta, pp. dropping, flow ing: -stanî, a. f. having streaming breasts; -snushâ, f. grandson's wife; -snéya, fp. suitable for bathing.
prākaraṇika a. belonging to the matter in question; -to the chapter; -to the genus.
prāptavya fp. to be met with or found; -obtained or acquired: -m-artha, m. nickname of a man who always answered inquiries as to his name with the words &open;prâptavyam artham labhate manushyah:&close; n. when used with nâman, n. name.
baddha pp. (√ bandh) bound, etc.: -ka, m. prisoner (V.); -kadambaka, a. forming groups; -kalâpin, a. having his quiver tied on; -graha, a. insisting on something; -kitta, a. having one's thoughts fixed on (lc.); -trishna, a. longing for (--°ree;); -drishti, a. having one's gaze fixed on (lc.); -dvesha, a. entertaining hatred for any one; -niskaya, a. firmly resolved; -netra, a. having the eyes fixed on anything, gazing steadfastly; -pratigña, a. having made a promise; -pratisrut, a. echoing; -bhâva, m. having the affections fixed on, enamoured of (lc.); -bhîma½andhakâra, a. wrapped in terrible gloom; -mandala, a. having circles formed, ranged in circles; -mushti, a. having the fist elenched; close-fisted; -mûla, a. having taken root, firmly rooted; having gained a firm footing: -tâ, f. firm footing; -mauna, a. observing silence; -rabhasa, a.impetuous, passionate; -râga, a. having one's desire fixed on, enamoured of (lc.); -râgga, a. hav ing gained the sovereignty, having succeeded to the throne; -laksha, a. having the gaze fixed on, gazing steadfastly at (--°ree;); -vasati, a. having one's abode fixed in, dwelling in (lc.); -vâk, a. obstructing speech; -vepathu, a. trembling; -vaira, a. having contracted hostility with (in. or --°ree;); -sikha, a. having one's hair tied in a top-knot;-srotra-manas- kakshus, a. having ears, mind, and eyes fixed on (lc.); -sneha, a. entertaining affection for (lc.); -spriha, a. feeling a longing for (--°ree;); -½añgali, a. holding one's hands joined together (in supplication or as a mark of respect); -½âdara, a. attaching great value to (--°ree;); -½ânanda, a. having joy attaching to it, joyful (day); -½anurâga, a. conceiving an attachment, enamoured; -½anusaya, a. con ceiving an unconquerable hatred; -½andha kâra, a. wrapped in darkness; -½avasthiti, a. constant; -½âsa, a. entertaining hope of (--°ree;); -½âsa&ndot;ka, a. conceiving anxiety; -½ut sava, a. entering upon a festival; -½udyama,a. making efforts or prepared to (inf.).
bārhata a. (î) relating to the metre brihatî: -ka, m. N.; -½ânushtubha, a. con sisting of a brihatî and an anushtubh.
bindu m. drop; globule; dot, spot; mark of the anusvâra (supposed to be of great mystical import and connected with Siva); zero or cypher; dot made above a letter to cancel an erasure; apparentlyinsignificant incident the effects of which spread like a drop of oil on water (dr.); spot or mark of paint on the body of an elephant; N.: -ka, m. drop; -ki-ta, den. pp. dotted over, covered with drops of (in.).
brahmanirvāṇa n. extinction or absorption in Brahman (n.); -nishtha, a. absorbed in the contemplation of Brahman (n.); -nîda, n. resting-place of Brahman (n.); -pattra, n. Brahman's leaf=leaf of the Palâsa tree (Butea frondosa); -patha, m. path to Brahman (m. or n.); -pada, n. place of Brahman (n.); pârâyana, n. complete study or entire text of the Veda; -putrá, m. son of a priest or Brâhman; son of the god Brahman; kind of vegetable poison; N. of a large river rising in the eastern Himâlayas and falling into the bay of Bengal; N. of a lake; -pura, n. Brahman's citadel (in heaven); N. of a city (Theopolis): î, f. id.; ep. of the city of Benares; -puraka, m. pl. N. of a people; -pura½âkhya, a. named Brahmapura; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -purusha, m. servant of the Brahman priest; servant of the god Brahman; -prakriti-ka, a. having Brahman as its source (world): -tva, n. origination from Brahman; -priya, a. found of devotion; -prî, a. id. (RV.); -bandhava, n. function of a priest's assistant; -bandhu, m. priest fellow (used contemptuously), unworthy Brâhman, Brâhman in caste only, nominal Brâhman; sp. Brâhman who does not perform the morning and the evening Samdhyâ ceremony (according to Sâyana); -bindu, m. Dot (Anusvâra) of Brahman, T. of an Upani shad; -bîga, n. seed of the Veda, the sacred syllable &open;om;&close; -bruvâna, pr. pt. Â. calling himself or pretending to be a Brâhman; -bhavana, n. abode of Brahman; -bhâgá, m. share of the Brahman priest; -bhâva, m. absorption in the Absolute; -bhâvana, a. manifesting or teaching the Veda; -bhid, a. dividing the one Brahman into many; -bhuvana, n. world of Brahman; -bhûta, pp. having become one with, i.e. absorbed in Brahman or the Abso lute; -bhûya, n. identification with or absorption in Brahman; rank of a Brâhman, Brâhmanhood; -bhûyas, a. becoming one with Brahman; n. absorption in Brahman; -bhrashta, pp. having forfeited sacred knowledge; -ma&ndot;gala-devatâ, f. ep. of Lakshmî; -matha, m. N. of a monastic school or college; -maya, a. (î) consisting or formed of Brahman; -maha, m. festival in honour of Brâhmans; -mîmâmsâ, f. inquiry into the nature of Brahman, the Vedânta philosophy; -yagñá, m. sacrifice of devotion=Vedic reci tation or study (one of the five daily sacri fices of the householder); -yasas, n.: -a, n. glory of Brahman; -yasas-in, a. possessing the glory of Brâhmans; -yúg, a. yoked by prayer = bringing the god in answer to prayer; -yoni, f. home of Brahman (n.); a. having one's home in Brahman; sprung from Brahman: -stha, a. abiding in Brahman (n.) as one's source; -rakshas, n. kind of evil demon; -ratna, n. valuable present bestowed on Brâh mans; -ratha, m. Brâhman's cart; -râkshasa, m. kind of evil demon; -râga, m. N.; -râta, m.given by Brahman, ep. of Suka; N. of Yâgñavalkya's father; -râsi, m. entire mass or circle of Vedic texts or sacred knowledge.
brahmatā f. nature of the absolute deity; -tegas, n. glory or power of Brah man; a. having the glory or power of Brah man; -tego-maya, a. formed of Brahman's glory; -tva, n. office of the Brahman priest; rank of a Brâhman; position of Brahman; -da, a. giving the Veda, imparting sacred knowledge; -danda, m. Brahman's staff (a kind of mythical weapon); curse of a Brâh man; -dandin, m. N. of an ancient sage; -dattá, m. given by the god Brahman; N.; -dâtri, m. imparter of the Veda, spiritual teacher; -dâna, n. gift of the Veda, impart ing of sacred knowledge; -dâya, 1. a. im parting the Veda; 2. m. sacred knowledge as a heritage; inheritance of a Brâhman; -dâya hara, a. receiving the Veda as an inherit ance from (g.); -dâyâda, a. enjoying sacred knowledge as his inheritance or m. son of Brahman; -dûshaka, a. falsifying the Veda; -deya, a. being given in marriage after the manner of Brahman or the Brâhmans: with vidhi, m. marriage of this kind; n. instruc tion in the Veda, imparting of sacred know ledge: -½anusamtâna, a. in whose familyteaching of the Veda is hereditary; -dvísh, a. hostile to devotion or religion, impious; m. hater of Brâhmans; -dvesha, m. hatred of religion, impiety; -dhara, a. possessed of sa cred knowledge; -dharma-dvish, a. hating the Vedas and the law; -dhâtu, m. compo nent part of Brahman.
bhadraka a. good: pl. used as a term of address, good people: â, f. N.; -kal pa, m. the present cosmic age (among the Buddhists); -kâraka, a. causing prosperity; -kâlî, f. a goddess, later a form ofDurgâ; -kâshtha, n. wood of the Devadâru tree (Pinus Deodora); -krít, a. causing pros perity, blessing (V.); -ghata, m. pot of for tune, lottery vase.
bhṛgu m. [bright: √ bhrâg], N. of a race of mythical beings closely connected with fire, which they discover, bring to men, and enclose in wood; N. of one of the leading Brâhmanic tribes (pl.); N. of a sage repre senting this tribe and spoken of as the son of Varuna, as one of the seven Rishis, as a law giver, etc.; planet Venus (his day being Fri day); precipice, abyss: -kakkha, m. n. Bank of Bhrigu, N. of a sacred place on the north ern bank of the Narmadâ; -ga, -tanaya, m. son of Bhrigu, planet Venus; -nandana, m. son of Bhrigu, pat. of Saunaka, Ruru, Para surâma, and the planet Venus; -patana, n. fall from a cliff; -pati, m.lord of the Bhri gus, ep. of Parasurâma; -putra, m. son of Bhrigu, planet Venus; -suta, -sûnu, m. id.
maṇika m. large water-pot: pl. fleshy excrescences on the shoulder of an ani mal; -karnikâ, f. earring of pearls or gems; N. of a sacred pool near Benares; N.; -kâ rá, m. jeweller; -danda, a. having a handle adorned with jewels; -datta, m. N. of a mer chant; -dara, m. N. of a chief of the Yak shas; -darpana, m. jewelled mirror; -dîpa, m. jewel-lamp (in which gems supply the place of the burning wick): -ka, m. id.; -dhanu, m., -dhanus, n. rainbow; -pushpa-ka, m. (gem-flowered), N. of the conch of Sahadeva; -pushpa½îsvara, m. N. of an attendant of Siva; -pûra, n. N. of a town in Kali&ndot;ga situated on the sea-coast (also -pura); -pra dîpa, m. jewel-lamp (=-dîpa); -bandha, m. fastening or putting on of jewels; (place where jewels are fastened), wrist; -bandh ana, n. string or ornament of pearls; wrist; -bhadra, m. N. of a brother of Kubera and prince of the Yakshas; N. of a Sreshthin; -mañgarî, f. rows of pearls; -mandapa, m. hall of crystal, hall resting on crystal columns; -mat, a. jewelled; m. N.; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of jewels: -bhû, a. having floors --; -mâlâ, f. string of jewels, necklace; -yashti, f. id.; -ratna, n. jewel: -maya, a. (î) con sisting of jewels, crystal; -râga, m. colour of a jewel; -varman, m. N. of a merchant; -sri&ndot;ga, m. sun; -syâma, a. blue like a sap phire; -sara, m. string of pearls, pearl necklace; -sûtra, n. string of pearls; -sopâna, n. jewelled or crystal staircase; -stambha, m. jewelled or crystal pillar; -srag, f. wreath of jewels; -harmya, n. crystal palace,N. of a palace.
madhyamandira n. female or gan; anus.
manu a. wise (V.); m. man, coll. man kind (V.); thought (pl. mental powers); prayer, spell; N. of a divine being, progenitor of mankind; the most common among the many patronymic terms applied to him are Vaivasvata, Svâyambhuva, and Hairanyagarbha. In post-Vedic chronology seven Manus are assumed, each of whom presides over a cosmic period (manu½antara), acting in it as creator and preserver of beings; still later seven more Manus are added.
mastaka m. n. head, skull; summit, top (--°ree;, esp. of mountains and trees); -gvara, m., -sûla, n. headache; -dâru, n. Devadâru tree (Pinus Deodora).
mahāpakṣa a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond.
mahātattva n. the great princi ple, intellect; -tapas, a. greatly distressed; practising great austerities; m. N. of a her mit; -tapasvin, a. greatly afflicted; -tamas, n. great darkness (one of the five stages of Avidyâ); -tala, n. (great-bottom), a cer tain hell; -tikta, a. very bitter; -tithi, f. (the great=) sixth lunar day; -tegas, a. hav ing great lustre, very glorious (of gods and men); m. ep. of Skanda; N.; -taila, n. pre cious oil or N. of a kind of oil; -½âtodya, n. great drum; -½âtman, 1. m. great spirit, uni versal soul; intellect; 2. a. great-souled, high-minded, noble; of great intellect, highly gifted, very wise; exalted, eminent, illus trious (family), mighty; -½âtma-vat, a. highly gifted, very clever; -½atyaya, m. great calamity; -tyâga, m. great liberal ity; a. very liberal: -maya, a. consist ing in great liberality; -tyâgin, a. very liberal (Siva); -damshtra,a. having great tusks; m. N.; -danda, m. great staff or long arm; severe punishment; -daridra, a. extremely poor; -dâna, n. valuable gift; a. attended with great gifts (sacrifice); -dâ ru, n. the Devadâru tree (Pinus Deodora); -dis, f. chief cardinal point (N., S., E., W.); -duhkha, n. great sorrow; -durga, n. great danger; place very difficult of access; -driti, m. great bag; -devá, m. the great god, a term sp. applied to Rudra or to one of the gods connected with him (V.); in C.=Siva; N.: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -devî, f. the great goddess=Pârvatî; first wife of a king; N.; -½adbhuta, a. very wonderful; n. great marvel; -dyuti, a. of great lustre, brilliant, glorious; -druma, m. large tree; -dvâra, m. n. main gate; -dhana, a. costing much money, costly, expensive; having much money, wealthy; m. N. of a merchant; (á), n. great battle (RV.); great spoil (RV.1); great wealth (C.): -pati, m. (lord of great wealth), very rich man; -dhanur-dhara, -dhanushmat, m. great bowman; -dhanus, a. bearing a great bow (Siva); -dhî, a. of great understanding, very wise; -½ânaka, m. kind oflarge drum; -nakha, a. having great nails or claws; -nagná, m. (stark naked), paramour (V.): î, f. courtesan; -nada, m. great stream; -nadî, f. river; N. of various rivers; -½ânana, a. having a great mouth or face; -½ânanda, m. great joy or bliss; N.; -naraka, m. a certain hell; -narendra, m. great conjurer or magician; -½anasa, n. freight waggon; kitchen: î, f. cook, kitchen-maid; -½anasa½adhyaksha, m. superintendent of the kitchen; -nâgá, m. great serpent; great elephant; -nâtaka, n. great drama; a kind of play; -nâda, m. loud sound, shout, roar, etc.; a. making a loud noise, roaring etc.; m. ep. of Siva; -nâyaka, m. great leader or chief; large central gem in a pearl necklace; -nâsa, a. large-nosed (Siva); -nidra, a. sleep ing soundly or long; -niraya, m. kind of hell; -nis, f. dead of night, second and third watches of the night (9 p.m. to 3 a.m.); -nîla, a.dark blue or black; m. sapphire: -maya, a. consisting of sapphire; -½anubhâva, a. very powerful or glorious; magnanimous, high-minded, noble: -tâ, f., -tva, n. high-minded ness, nobility; -netra, a. large-eyed (Siva); -½andhakâra, m. dense darkness, complete obscuration of the intellect; -nyâya, m. main rule; -½anvaya, a. of high lineage.
māhendra a. (î) relating or belong ing to the great Indra; eastern, easterly: with ambhas, n. rain-water; w. dhanus, n. rain bow; w. dis or âsâ, f. east; î, f. east; Indra's energy (one of the seven divine mothers).
mṛṣājñāna n. false knowledge, error, ignorance, stupidity; -tva, n. wrongness, falseness; -dâna, n. pretence or vain pro mise of giving; -drishti, a. having a wrong opinion; -½anusâsanin, a.punishing unjustly; -bhâshin, a. speaking falsely; m. liar.
maitra a. (&isharp;) belonging to or given by a friend; friendly, well-disposed, kind; be longing or relating to Mitra; m. a mixed caste; kind of alliance based on friendship; anus (comm.); n. friendship;lunar mansion Anurâdhâ (presided over by Mitra); evacua tion of excrement (presided over by Mitra): -m kri, void excrement: -ka, n. friendship; -tâ, f. goodwill.
ya prn. rel. (n. -d) who, that, which, what: nearly always followed by the ordinary correlative tad (± etad or idam) or less frequently idam (m. ayam), adas (m. asau), îdris, tâdrisa, etâvat (tathâ sts. corresponding to the n. yad); occasionally either the rel. or the corr. is dropped. Ya is sts. inaccurately employed in the sense of if any (one). Uses of the relative calling for special mention are the following: 1. Ya is often added (without the copula) to emphasize a subject (e.g. âtma parityâgena yad âsritânam rakshanam, tan nîtividâm na sammatam, protection of dependents at the sacrifice of one's own life is not approved by moralists).Sts. it is thus used without emphasis by the side of a simple subject (e. g. andhah sthaviras ka yah, a blind man and one who is old); rarely a nm. rel. of this kind=an ac. (e.g. sarvân rasân apo heta pasavo ye ka mânushâh, he should avoid selling all sorts of condiments, cattle, and human beings). The n. sg. yad of this emphatic rel. is frequently employed without regard to gender or number, when it may be translated by as for, as regards (e.g. asidhâ râvratam idam manye yad arinâ saha samvâ sah, as for dwelling with an enemy, that I consider as hard as the sword-blade vow); before a noun this yad=that is to say (Br.). Immediately following oratio recta ending with iti yad=at the thought that (cp. cj. yad). 2. Two relatives often occur in the same sentence, when the second may be translated by any (e.g. yad rokate yasmai, bhavet tat tasya sundaram, what pleases any one, that to him is beautiful). 3. The meaning of the rel. when repeated (sts. separated by hi) is generalised, ya ya being=whoever, whichever, whatever (followed by the doubled or single corr. tad). 4. Ya is often combined with other prns.: (a) w. tvam, sa, esha, ayam, asau; (b) w. aham (tvam, etc.): yo &zip; ham, I who=since I, or (after a question) that I; (c) w. tad, any soever: yad vâ tad vâ, any, any kind of; anything; (d) w. tvad=or any other (Br., rare); (e) w. intr. ka + ka (V., C., common), + kid (C., very common), + kid api (C., not common), + kana (E., rare), + vâ (C., rare), or + api (C., late, not yet in Manu), immediately following or sts. sepa rated (m. yah kás ka, kas kid, kas kid api, kas kana, ko vâ, or ko &zip; pi, n. yad kim ka, kim kid, kim kid api, kim kana, kim vâ or kim api), whoever, whatever, any soever, any one, no matter who.
randhra n. opening, fissure, chasm, hole; cavity; aperture of the body (of which ten are assumed, including a supposed one in the skull); defect, imperfection; weak or vulnerable point: -prahârin, a.striking at the vulnerable points (of an enemy); -½anvesh in, -½anusârin, a. watching for weak points.
likhita pp. written, etc.; m. N. of the author of a law-book; n. writing; written document: -tva, n. condition of being written down; -pâtha, m. reading of written works, learning from books: -ka, a.reading from manuscript.
likṣā f. nit, egg of a louse; as a measure=eight trasarenus.
liṅgavat a. having characteristic marks; having various genders; having a phallus (a certain Sivaite sect); -sarîra, n. the subtle body (phil.); -sâstra, n. treatise on grammatical gender; -stha,m. ascetic; -½anusâsana, n. doctrine of grammatical gender.
līlā f. play, sport, pastime, diver sion, amusement; playful imitation of a lover; mere sport, child's play (=action easily performed); mere appearance, sem blance (--°ree;); dissimulation, disguise, pre tence; charm, grace: °ree;-and in. a-yâ, sportively, to amuse oneself; in sport=with the greatest ease; for mere appearance, feignedly: -kamala, n. toy-lotus, lotus for playing with; -kalaha, m. playful or feigned quarrel; -khela, a. playfully sportive; -½â gâra, n., -griha, n., -geha, n. pleasure house; -tâmarasa, n. toy-lotus, lotus for playing with; -nritya, n. playful dance; -padma, n. lotus for playing with; -½abga, n. id.; -½âbharana, n.sham ornament (e. g. a brace let of lotus fibres); -manushya, m. man in appearance only, man in disguise; -mand ira, n. pleasure house; -½ambuga, n. toy lotus.
lokeśa m. lord of the world; -½îs vara, m. id.; -½eshan&asharp;, f. desire of heaven; -½ukti, f. common talk; popular saying, pro verb; -½uttara, a. going beyond the com mon, unusual, extraordinary; m. extraor dinary man.
vanapannaga m. forest snake; -parvan, n. Forest-section, T. of the third book of the Mahâbhârata; -pârsva, m. forest (side=) region; -pushpa-maya, a. made or consisting of wild flowers; -pûrva,m. N. of a village; -prastha, m. n. forest plateau, wooded table-land; N. of a locality; -barh ina, m. wild peacock: -tva, n. state of a wild peacock; -bidâla, m. wild cat; -bhû, -bhûmi, f. forest region; -mâta&ndot;ga, m.wild elephant; -mânushikâ, f. little forest woman; -mânushî, f. female forester; -mâlâ, f. gar land of wild flowers, esp. that worn by Krish- na; -mâlin, a. wearing a garland of forest flowers, esp. ep. of Krishna; -muk, a.shower ing water; -mriga, m. forest antelope; -râ- g&ibrevcirc; f. line of trees, far-extending forest.
vigata pp. √ gam: -gvara, a. from whom the fever has departed, freed from sor row; -tva, n. disappearance; -bhaya, a. fear less; m. N.; -lakshana, a. luckless, unfor tunate (man); -samkalpa, a.irresolute; -½anusaya, a. free from remorse.
vikaṭa a. [Prâkritic form of vi-kri ta, altered in appearance; RV.1, C.] having an unusual aspect, horrible, dreadful, hideous, formidable; large, broad (rare); extremely beautiful (rare): -m, ad.terribly; m. N.; N. of a gander: -vadana, m. N. of an at tendant of Durgâ; -varman, m. N. of a king; -½aksha, a. having dreadful eyes; m. N. of an Asura; -½ânana, a. having a large or hideous mouth.
vidhana a. lacking property, poor: -tâ, f. poverty; -dhanî-kri, impoverish; -dhanushka, -dhanus, -dhanvan, a. lack ing a bow; -dhamana, a. blowing out (fire: g.); destroying; (ví)-dharana, a. holding back, checking; -dhartrí, m. (V.) ruler; preserver; (ví)-dharma, m. wrong, injus tice; a. wrong, unjust; destitute of qualities (Krishna); (ví)-dharman, m. preserver, ruler (V.); n. (V.) receptacle; limit; arrange ment, dispensation; -dharmin, a. trans gressing the law (speech); of a different kind.
śakra a. (V.) mighty, strong (regular ep. of Indra); m. (C.) Indra: (a)-kârmuka, n. rainbow; -kâshthâ, f. east; -ketu, m. Indra's banner; -gopa: -ka, m. cochineal; -kâpa, n. rainbow; -git, m. Indra's van quisher, ep. of Meghanâda, son of Râvana; -tva, n. Indra's dignity; -dantin, m. Indra's elephant, Airâvata; -dis, f. Indra's quarter, east; -dhanus, n. rainbow; -pâta, m. lower ing of Indra's flag; -pura, n., î, f. Indra's city;-bânâsana, n. rainbow; -bhaksha, m. (?) hemp; -loka, m. Indra's world.
śaphara m., î, f. (--°ree; a. f. â) kind of small darting fish frequenting shallow water (Cyprinus Sophore); a large fish of prey (very rare).
śabdākhyeya fp. that may be said aloud; -½âdambara, m. verbosity; -½âdi mat, a. possessed of sound etc.; -½anurûpa, a. corresponding with one's voice; -½anusâs ana, n. doctrine of words, grammar; -½anu sâra, m. following a sound: in. in the direc tion of the sound (look).
śāstra n. RV.1, C.: command, pre- cept; C.: instruction, advice, good counsel; rule, theory; compendium, institutes (of any branch of learning), code, scientific or canon ical work, scripture; learning (rare): -kâ ra, -krit, m. author of a treatise; -gañga, m. N. of a parrot; -kakshus, a. having authoritative works as eyes (king); -gña, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; m. specialist; -tas, ad. according to prescribed rules; -darsana, n. mention in an authori tative work: ab. according to prescription; -drishta, pp. (seen=) mentioned or pre scribed in the treatises, scientific, according to precept or rule; -mati, a. trained, learned; m.specialist; -vat, ad. according to prescribed rules; -vargita, pp. subject to no law; -vâ da, m. statement of the treatises; -vâdin, m. teacher; -vid, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; -½atiga, a. offending against theSâstras; -½adhyâpaka, m. teacher; -½an anushthâna, n. neglect of instructive works.
śukra a. [√ suk] bright, resplendent (V., rare in E.); clear, pure (V.); white (V.); pure, spotless (V.); m. fire, Agni (C.); a summer month (V., C.); planet Venus (per sonified as son of Bhrigu and teacher of the Asuras); pure Soma (V.); n. brightness, light (sts. pl.; V., E.); clear liquid, water, Soma (V.); juice (Br., S.; sts. pl.); semen virile (V. rare, C.): (a)-danta, m. (white tooth), N.; (á)-vat, a. containing pure juice (V.); containing the word sukra (Br.); (á)-var- na, a. brilliant-coloured, bright (RV.); -vâ ra, m. day of Venus, Friday; (á)-vâsas, a. bright-robed (dawn; RV.1); (á)-sokis, a. bright-rayed (Agni; V.); (á)-sadman, a. hav ing a bright dwelling-place (dawn; RV.1).
śrīla a. beautiful; eminent, famous: -tâ, f. eminence, high position and creeper of high rank (srî-latâ); -lekhâ, f. N. of a prin cess; -vatsa, m. kind of figure, sp. tuft or curl of hair of this shape on the breast of Vishnu or Krishna and of other deities; -vabhâsa, (?) m. N.; -vardhana, m. N.; -vâ sa, m. (pleasant scent), resin of the Pinus longifolia, turpentine; -visâla, a. abounding in prosperity; -vriksha, m. sacred fig-tree(Ficus religiosa); kind of mark, curl of hair of this shape on the breast of a horse (rare); -vrikshak-in, a. having a curl of hair on the breast; -saila, m. N. of various moun tains; -shena, m. N.; -samgrâma, m. N. of a college; -svâmin, m. N.; -harsha, m. N. of a king, reputed author of the Ratna valî and the Naishadha-karita.
śloka m. [thing heard: √ 1. sru] song, sound, noise (V.); reputation, fame (V., P.); couplet, stanza (Br., S., C.), sp. Anushtubh or epic stanza, Sloka (C.): -tva, n. state or form of a Sloka; -dvaya, n. couple of stanzas; -baddha, pp. composed in Slokas.
ṣaळूnā f. (pp. twenty minus six), fourteen.
śvaśrū f. [of svasura] mother-in-law: -svasurâh, pl. parents-in-law; -snushe, f. du. mother-in-law and daughter-in-law.
sadṛṣṭikṣepam ad. look ing around; -drishti-vikshepam, ad. id.; -deva-mani, a. with their twists of hair on their necks; -deva-manushya, a. together with gods and men; -desa, a.neighbouring; -daivata, a. together with the deities.
samudanta a. rising above the edge, about to overflow (V.); -aya, m. union, junction (of forces); combination, aggregate; income, revenue (rare); success (rare): -m kri, collect or assemble (an army); -âkâra, m. presentation, offering, of (--°ree;); good or courteous behaviour; intercourse with (in.); address; -âya, m. combination, collection, aggregate, whole; genus (elephant); -âyin, a. combining, forming an aggregate; -ita mukha, a. with one voice, all at once; -ga, m. round casket; kind of artificial stanza (in which the two halves are identical in sound but different in meaning, e.g. Kirâtâr gunîya XV, 16): -ka, m. n. round casket; -gama, m. rise (of the sun), rising (of dust, of the breast); -danda, a. uplifted (arm); -desa, m. exposition, doctrine; locality, place; -dhata, pp. √ han: -lâ&ndot;gûla, a. cocking his tail; -dharana, n. upraising, extrication; removal; -dhartri, m. deliverer from (the ocean, danger, ab.); extirpator; -dhâra, m. extraction; rescue; removal, destruction; -bandhana, n. hanging up: âtmanah --, hanging oneself; -bodhana, n.resuscitation; -bhava, m. production, origin; appearance: --°ree; a. arising or produced from, being the source of; -bhâsana, n. illuminating; -bhe da, m. development; source; -yama, m. lift ing up; exertion, effort, labour, setting about (d., lc., --°ree;); -yamin, a. exerting oneself, strenuous; -yoga, m. employment, use (rare); preparation, equipment; energy; concurrence (of causes).
sarala a. [running on: √ sri] straight; outstretched (hand); right, correct; upright, honest, sincere, artless; real (not seeming, rare); m. a kind of pine (Pinus longifolia): -tâ, f. simplicity; honesty; -tva, n. straight ness; -syanda, m. exudation of the Sarala, resin.
sānumat a. having a ridge or plateau (mountain); m. mountain: -î, f. N. of an Apsaras; -½anurâga, a. attached, af fectionate; enamoured, of (lc.); -½anusaya, a. repenting; irritable; having a remnant of the consequences of action which brings the soul from the other world to the earth; -½anû kâsa, a. together with the after-shine; -½anû pa, a. having well-watered soil; -½antaka, a. together with Yama.
sitāṃśu m. (bright-rayed), moon; -½âtapatra, n. white umbrella (emblem of royalty); -½âtapa-vârana, n. id.; -½abhra, m. white cloud; camphor; -½ambara, a. wearing a white garment; -½asita,a. white and black; -½âhvaya, m. planet Venus.
suradāru n. a tree (=Deva-dâru); -druma, m. celestial tree; -dvipa, m. celes tial elephant; -dvish, m. foe of the gods, demon; ep. of Râhu; -dhanus, n. bow of the gods, rainbow; -nadî, f. river of the gods, Ganges; -nâyaka, m. leader of the gods, ep. of Indra; -nimnagâ, f. river of the gods, Ganges; -pati, m. lord of the gods, Indra: -tva, n. sovereignty of the gods, -dhanus, n. bow of Indra, rainbow; -patha, m. path of the gods (a part of the sky); -pâmsulâ, f. Apsaras: -gana, m. Apsaras folk; -pâdapa, m. celestial tree; -pura, n. city of the gods, Amarâvatî; -purodhas, m. domestic priest of the gods=Brihaspati; -pushpa, n. celestial flower: -vrishti, f. shower of celestial flowers; -pratishthâ, f. erection of a divine image.
sureśa m. lord of the gods; ep. of Indra, Vishnu, and Siva: î, f. ep. of Durgâ; -½îsvara, m. lord of the gods, ep. of Indra; N.: î, f. ep. of Durgâ, (a)-dhanus, n. Indra's bow, rainbow, î-kshetra, n. N. of a region sa cred to Durgâ; -½uttama, m. chief of the gods.
svayamagurutva n. one's own lightness; -anushthâna, n. performance by oneself; -apodita, pp. n. imps. one is by oneself exempted from (ab.; Br.); -argita, pp. acquired by oneself; -âgata, pp.come of one's own accord; -âhrita, pp. brought by oneself; -îhita-labdha, pp. acquired by one's own effort; -udyata, pp. offered spontaneously.
svanīka a. having a fair counte nance (RV.); -½anushthita, pp. well per formed or carried out; -½anta, a. having a good end, ending well; auspicious, fortunate.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
97 results0 results687 results
aṃśunā te aṃśuḥ # VS.20.27a; TS.1.2.6.1a. Ps: aṃśunā te aṃśuḥ pṛcyatām Apś.10.24.5; aṃśunā te Kś.19.1.21. (Mahīdh., anuṣṭubh, but pṛcyatām is enclitic).
agan devān mānuṣī yā purābhūt # AVP.14.5.6c.
agniḥ pareṣu sānuṣu # RV.1.128.3g; KS.39.15g.
agniḥ prastotāhaṃ mānuṣaḥ # Lś.1.10.25. See prec.
agniṃ viśa īḍate mānuṣīr yāḥ # RV.10.80.6a.
agniṃ hotāraṃ manuṣaḥ svadhvaram # RV.6.15.4b.
agniṃ devāso mānuṣīṣu vikṣu # RV.2.4.3a.
agniṃ manuṣo nahuṣo vi jātaḥ # RV.10.80.6b.
agniṃ manuṣyā ṛṣayaḥ sam īdhire # RV.10.150.4b.
agnir āyus tasya manuṣyā āyuṣkṛtas tenāyuṣāyuṣmān edhi # MS.2.3.4: 31.13; 2.3.5: 33.8. P: agnir āyuḥ Mś.5.2.2.11. Cf. under prec.
agnir dīdāya mānuṣīṣu vikṣu # RV.4.6.7d.
agnir devebhir manuṣaś ca jantubhiḥ # RV.3.3.6a.
agnir devo daivyo (omitted in Apś.) hotā devān yakṣad vidvāṃś cikitvān manuṣvad bharatavad amuvad amuvat (śB. omits amuvad amuvat) # śB.1.5.1.5--11; Kś.3.2.7; Apś.2.16.5; Mś.1.3.1.26.
agnir daivīnāṃ (śB.Kś. ha daivīnāṃ) viśāṃ puraetāyaṃ (Mś. -yaṃ sunvan) yajamāno manuṣyāṇām # śB.3.7.4.10; Kś.6.4.3; Apś.11.19.8; Mś.2.3.6.17. P: agnir daivīnāṃ viśāṃ puraetā MS.3.9.8: 127.3; agnir ha daivīnām Kś.9.8.15. Cf. the ūha Apś.11.19.9.
agnir daivīnāṃ viśāṃ puraeteme sunvanto yajamānā manuṣyāṇām # Mś.7.2.1.44. ūha of prec.
agnir māṃ pātu mānuṣam # Mś.5.2.15.8.
agnir me daivo hotā tvaṃ mānuṣaḥ # śś.5.1.6. See agnir me hotā, agnir me hotā sa me hotā, agnir me hotā sa mopahvayatām, agnir hotā sa, and cf. agnir hotāhaṃ mānuṣaḥ.
agnir viśāṃ mānuṣīṇām # TB.2.4.8.2b. See viśām agnir.
agnir ha daivo hotā mānuṣād dhotuḥ pūrvo niṣadya yajate # KB.26.6.
agnir hotāhaṃ mānuṣaḥ # Aś.1.3.23. See agniṣ ṭe hotā, and cf. agnir me daivo.
agniṣ ṭe hotā sa te hotā hotāhaṃ te mānuṣaḥ # AG.1.23.16. See agnir hotāhaṃ, and cf. agnir me daivo.
agniṣ ṭvā gāyatryā sayuk chandasārohatu savitoṣṇihā somo 'nuṣṭubhā bṛhaspatir bṛhatyā mitrāvaruṇau paṅktyendras triṣṭubhā viśve devā jagatyā # AB.8.6.3.
agne agnibhir manuṣa idhānaḥ # RV.6.10.2b.
agne kadā ta ānuṣak # RV.4.7.2a; śś.6.4.3. P: agne kadā te Aś.4.13.7.
agne ghṛtasnus trir ṛtāni dīdyat # RV.10.122.6c; KS.12.14c.
agne cyavasva sam anu prayāhi # MS.2.12.4a: 148.1. See samācinuṣvānu, and saṃ pra cyavadhvam.
agne devānāṃ hotas tvaṃ devānāṃ hotāsy ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām # JB.2.260.
agne pūrvā anūṣaso vibhāvaso # RV.1.44.10a.
agne manuṣvad aṅgiraḥ # RV.5.21.1c; KS.2.9c; 7.13c; 39.13c; TB.3.11.6.3c; Apś.7.7.1c; 16.35.5c; Mś.1.7.3.43c.
agne mahaṃ asi brāhmaṇa bhārata mānuṣa # Mś.5.1.4.12. See next.
agne yān devān ayāḍ yāṃ (MS. yaṃ) apiprer ye te hotre amatsata tāṃ sasanuṣīṃ (KS. samanaiṣīr) hotrāṃ devaṃgamāṃ divi deveṣu yajñam erayemam # MS.4.10.3: 151.8; KS.19.13; TB.3.5.9.1; 6.13.1; 14.3; Aś.1.8.7; śś.1.13.3. The passage seems metrical: pādas after apiprer, amatsata, devaṃgamāṃ.
agner āyur asi (KS. asi tasya te manuṣyā āyuṣkṛtas) tenāsmā amuṣmā āyur dehi # MS.2.3.4: 30.18; 2.3.5: 32.12; KS.11.7. P: agner āyur asi KS.11.8; Mś.5.2.2.4; MG.1.5.4; 17.3. Cf. agnir āyuṣmān, and agnir āyus.
agne varcasvin (VSK. varcasvan) varcasvāṃs (śś. varcasvī) tvaṃ deveṣv asi varcasvān (śś. varcasvy) ahaṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam # VS.8.38; VSK.8.12.1; 13.1; śB.4.5.4.12; śś.10.2.6. P: agne varcasvin Kś.12.3.6.
agne vratapate yā tava tanūr mayy abhūd eṣā sā tvayi # MS.1.2.13: 22.16; 3.9.1: 114.2; Mś.2.2.4.41. Cf. yāgne mama tanūs, yā tava tanūr mayy, and yā mama.
agne vratapate yā mama tanūs tvayy abhūd iyaṃ sā mayi # MS.1.2.13: 22.16; 3.9.1: 114.2; Mś.2.2.4.42.
agne havyā manuṣo deva vītaye # RV.2.2.6d.
achinno divyas (KS.Apś. daivyas) tantur mā mānuṣaś (KS.Apś. manuṣyaś) chedi # MS.1.4.2: 49.2; 1.4.7: 55.12; KS.7.2,9; Apś.4.16.4. Cf. achinnaṃ tantuṃ pṛthivyā.
ajaram indram abhy anūṣy arkaiḥ # RV.6.38.3b.
ajo hy eko juṣamāṇo 'nuśete # TA.10.10.1c; MahānU.9.2c; śvetU.4.5c.
atas tvā viṣṇuḥ pātu # MS.1.3.13: 35.10; 1.3.27: 39.16. See viṣṇus tvām indriyeṇa pātu.
atāpo gharmo manuṣo duroṇe # RV.7.70.2b.
atithiṃ mānuṣāṇām # RV.1.127.8d; 8.23.25a.
atho manuṣyakilbiṣāt # Apś.7.21.6e.
adābhyāso januṣī ubhe anu # RV.9.70.3b; SV.2.775b.
aditir devā gandharvā manuṣyāḥ pitaro 'surās teṣāṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ mātā medinī (MahānU. medinī pṛthivī) mahatī mahī sāvitrī gāyatrī jagaty urvī pṛthvī bahulā viśvā bhūtā katamā kāyā sā satyety amṛteti vasiṣṭhaḥ # TA.10.21.1; MahānU.13.7.
adha vrateva mānuṣam # RV.5.66.2c.
adhaspadaṃ kṛṇutāṃ (AVś.7.34.1c, kṛṇuṣva; TS. kṛṇute) ye pṛtanyavaḥ # AVś.7.34.1c; 62.1d; VS.15.51d; TS.4.7.13.3d; MS.2.12.4d: 147.12; KS.18.18d; śB.8.6.3.20.
adhaspadaṃ kṛṇuṣva durdharāyataḥ # AVP.2.72.5b.
adhaspadaṃ kṛṇuṣva ye pṛtanyavaḥ # see prec. but one.
adhā kṛṇuṣva saṃvidaṃ subhadrām # RV.10.10.14d; AVś.18.1.16d; N.11.34d.
adhā mano vasudeyāya kṛṇuṣva # AVś.3.4.4c. See athā mano.
adhāyy agnir mānuṣīṣu vikṣu # RV.3.5.3a.
adhipatiṃ mām āyuṣmantaṃ varcasvantaṃ manuṣyeṣu kuru # TB.3.7.9.6; Apś.14.3.5. Cf. adhipatir asy adhipatiṃ mā etc.
adhi śravāṃsi dhehi nas tanūṣu # RV.3.19.5d.
anaḍvāṃś (TS. anaḍvāñ) ca me dhenuś ca me (VS. me yajñena kalpantām) # VS.18.27; TS.4.7.10.2; KS.18.12. See dhenuś cā-.
anasphuraṃ śaram arcanty ṛbhum # AVP.1.3.3b. See anusphuraṃ etc.
anāpir indra januṣā sanād asi # RV.8.21.13b; AVś.20.114.1a; SV.1.399b; 2.739b.
anuṣṭuk etc. # see anuṣṭup.
anuṣṭup chanda indriyam # VS.21.14c; MS.3.11.11c: 158.3; KS.38.10c; TB.2.6.18.2c. Cf. anuṣṭubhaṃ etc.
anuṣṭup te 'bhigaraḥ # VS.8.47; VSK.8.22.1; śB.11.5.9.7. P: anuṣṭup te Kś.12.5.17.
anuṣṭup (TS. anuṣṭuk) paṅktyā saha # VS.23.33b; TS.5.2.11.1b; MS.3.12.21b: 167.3; KSA.10.5b.
anuṣṭup (TB. anuṣṭuk) paṅktyai (Mś. paṅktaye) # TB.3.7.6.2; Apś.3.18.4; Mś.5.2.15.2. See next, and anuṣṭub bṛhatyai.
anuṣṭub bṛhatyai # Vait.1.18. See under anuṣṭup paṅktyai.
anuṣṭub (KS.GB.Vait. anuṣṭum) mitrasya (GB.Vait. mitrasya patnī) # MS.1.9.2: 132.5; KS.9.10; GB.2.2.9; Vait.15.3.
anuṣṭubha aiḍam (VSK. ailam) # VS.13.57; VSK.14.7.8; MS.2.7.19: 104.10; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.5. See anuṣṭubhaḥ svāram.
anuṣṭubhaṃ chanda indriyam # VS.28.26e; TB.2.6.17.2e. Cf. anuṣṭup chanda.
anuṣṭubhaṃ chandaḥ prapadye (KA. praviśāmi; Aś. anuṣṭubhaṃ prapadye) # MS.4.9.2: 122.13; KA.1.67; 2.67; Aś.1.4.9.
anuṣṭubhaṃ prapadye # see anuṣṭubhaṃ chandaḥ.
anuṣṭubhaḥ svāram # TS.4.3.2.2. See anuṣṭubha aiḍam.
anuṣṭum # see anuṣṭub.
anuṣṭhātar (10.16.11, anuṣṭhātāro; 10.16.2--5, anuṣṭhātry) anu tiṣṭha # AVP.10.15.1--10; 10.16.1--11.
anūcīnā jīvitā mānuṣebhyaḥ # RV.4.54.2d; VS.33.54d.
antaḥ kṛṇuṣva māṃ hṛdi # AVś.7.36.1c.
antarikṣaṃ tṛtīyaṃ pitṝn (śś. -kṣaṃ pitṝṃs tṛtīyaṃ) yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa (śś. aṣṭu) # AB.7.5.3; śś.3.20.4. See antarikṣaṃ manuṣyān, and manuṣyān antarikṣam.
antarikṣaṃ dhenus tasyā vāyur vatsaḥ # AVś.4.39.4.
antarikṣaṃ manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # ṣB.1.5.11. See under antarikṣaṃ tṛtīyaṃ.
antar dūtaś carati mānuṣīṣu # TB.3.7.6.4d; Apś.4.5.3d.
antar deveṣu mānuṣeṣu vipra # AVP.8.1.8d.
antar deveṣūta mānuṣeṣu # AVś.4.28.5b; AVP.4.37.3b; 5.22.3b.
antar viśvāsu mānuṣīṣu dikṣu # AVś.5.11.8d,9b.
annena manuṣyāṃs trāyase tṛṇaiḥ paśūn kartena sarpān yajñena devān svadhayā pitṝn svāhā # ApMB.2.17.3 (ApG.7.18.7). See next.
annena manuṣyāṃs trāyase 'pūpena sarpān (AG. sarpān yajñena devān) # AG.2.1.10; MG.2.16.3. See prec.
anyaṃ kṛṇuṣvetaḥ panthām # RV.10.142.7c. Cf. anyaṃ te asmat tapantu, and anyatrāsmad ayanā.
anyatrāsmad ayanā kṛṇuṣva # AVś.10.1.16b. Cf. under anyaṃ kṛṇu-.
anyavratam amānuṣam # RV.8.70.11a.
anyavrato amānuṣaḥ # RV.10.22.8b.
anvārabhethām anusaṃrabhethām # AVś.6.122.3a. See ārabhethām, and cf. prācīṃ-prācīṃ pradiśaṃ.
apacito 'haṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam # ApMB.2.10.8 (ApG.6.13.17).
apa druho mānuṣasya duro vaḥ # RV.1.121.4d.
apamṛṣṭaṃ manuṣyainasāni # AVś.6.113.3b.
aparīto januṣā vīryeṇa # RV.5.29.14b.
apāṃ yā yajñiyā tanūs tayāham imam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram āyuṣe dīrghāyutvāyābhiṣiñcāmi # KS.36.15.
apāṃ yā yajñiyā tanūs tām aham asmā amuṣmā āmuṣyāyaṇāyāyuṣe dīrghāyutvāya gṛhṇāmi # KS.36.15. See apāṃ yo yajñiyo.
apāṃ yo yajñiyo rasas tam aham asmā āmuṣyāyaṇāyāyuṣe dīrghāyutvāya gṛhṇāmi # TB.2.7.7.7. See apāṃ yā yajñiyā tanūs tām.
apāpa śakras tatanuṣṭim ūhati # RV.5.34.3c; N.6.19c.
apo manuṣyān oṣadhīḥ # AVś.8.9.23c.
abibhas tvendro mānuṣe # AVś.8.5.14c.
abībhayanta mānuṣāḥ # RV.1.39.6d.
abhi kaṇvā anūṣata # RV.8.6.34a.
abhi gāvo anūṣata # RV.9.32.5a; Kauś.47.16c.
abhi tvā sam anūṣata # RV.8.95.1c; SV.1.349c.
abhidrohaṃ manuṣyāś carāmasi (AVś. caranti) # RV.7.89.5b; AVś.6.51.3b; TS.3.4.11.6b; MS.4.12.6b: 197.11; KS.23.12b.
abhi brahmīr anūṣata # RV.9.33.5a; SV.2.220a; JB.3.51.
abhi ye mitho vanuṣaḥ sapante # RV.7.38.5a.
abhi vahnī anūṣātām # RV.8.8.12d.
abhi vāṇīr anūṣata # RV.9.104.4b; SV.1.575b.
abhi vāṇīr ṛṣīṇāṃ sapta (SV. saptā) nūṣata # RV.9.103.3c; SV.1.577c.
abhi viprā anūṣata # RV.9.12.2a; 17.6a; SV.2.547a.
abhi venā anūṣata # RV.9.64.21a. Cf. abhy arkā etc.
abhi stomā anūṣata # RV.1.11.8b; 6.60.7b; SV.2.341b; JB.3.90 (bis). See next.
abhi stomair anūṣata # RV.8.3.3d; AVś.20.104.1d; SV.1.250d; 2.602b,957d; VS.33.81d. See prec.
abhi havyāni mānuṣā # RV.8.23.26b.
abhītim aryo vanuṣāṃ śavāṃsi # RV.7.21.9d.
abhīm (SV. abhī) ṛtasya dohanā anūṣata # RV.1.144.2a; 9.75.3c; SV.2.52c.
abhūd agniḥ samidhe mānuṣāṇām # RV.7.77.1c.
abhy arkā anūṣata # RV.5.5.4b. Cf. abhi venā etc.
amānuṣaṃ yan mānuṣo nijūrvāt # RV.2.11.10b.
amānuṣīṣu mānuṣo niṣeve # RV.10.95.8b.
ayaṃ jāyata manuṣo dharīmaṇi # RV.1.128.1a; AB.5.12.4; KB.23.6; Aś.8.1.9; śś.18.23.11. P: ayaṃ jāyata śś.10.8.1.
ayaṃ te mānuṣe jane # RV.8.64.10a; Aś.6.4.10; śś.9.11.1.
ayaṃ no vidvān vanavad vanuṣyate # RV.9.77.4a.
ayaṃ mā loko 'nusaṃtanutām # Vait.7.12.
arandhayan mānuṣe vadhrivācaḥ # RV.7.18.9d.
aram anusrayāmṇe # RV.4.32.24b.
ariṣṭyā avyathyai saṃveśāyopaveśāya gāyatryā (also triṣṭubho, jagatyā, anuṣṭubho, paṅktyā) abhibhūtyai svāhā # Apś.14.26.2. See next, and saṃveśāyo-.
ariṣṭyā avyathyai saṃveśāyopaveśāya gāyatryai chandase 'bhibhuve svāhā (also ... triṣṭubhe jagatyā anuṣṭubhe chandase 'bhibhuve svāhā) # KS.35.11. See under prec.
arejanta pra mānuṣāḥ # RV.1.38.10c.
arkeṣu sānuṣag asat # RV.1.176.5b.
arvācīnā agna ā kṛṇuṣva # RV.10.6.6d.
arvācīnāso vanuṣo yuyujre # RV.6.25.3b.
avatatya dhanuṣ ṭvam (AVPṭS.KSṇīlarU. dhanus tvam) # AVP.14.4.4a; VS.16.13a; TS.4.5.1.4a; KS.17.11a; MS.2.9.2a: 122.1; 2.9.9c: 128.1; Mś.11.7.1.4; NīlarU.14a.
avatāṃ iva mānuṣaḥ # RV.8.62.6b.
avadānāni te pratyavadāsyāmi # TB.3.7.5.5; Apś.2.18.9. See vanuṣanty.
ava sthirā maghavadbhyas tanuṣva # RV.2.33.14c; VS.16.50c; TS.4.5.10.4c; MS.2.9.9c: 127.14; KS.17.16c.
avor vā yad dhāt tanūṣu # RV.10.132.5c.
aśatrur indra januṣā sanād asi # RV.1.102.8d.
aśnantā havyaṃ mānuṣīṣu vikṣu # RV.7.67.7d.
aśvinau dvyakṣareṇa dvipado manuṣyān ud ajayatāṃ tān uj jeṣam # VS.9.31.
asi tvaṃ vikṣu mānuṣīṣu hotā # RV.10.1.4d.
asi yajñeṣu mānuṣaḥ # RV.1.44.10d.
asau mānuṣaḥ # śB.1.5.1.13; Kś.3.2.12; Apś.10.1.14; 24.12.7. See mānuṣaḥ, and cf. agnir me daivo.
asmad etv ajaghnuṣī # RV.8.67.15c.
asmākam atra pitaro manuṣyāḥ # RV.4.1.13a.
asya snuṣā śvaśurasya praśiṣṭim # TB.2.4.6.12c. See mama snuṣā.
ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām ekapuṇḍarīkaṃ bhūyāsam # śB.14.9.3.14; BṛhU.6.3.14.
ā kalaśā anūṣata # RV.9.65.14a; śś.7.15.8.
āṅkṣvaikaṃ maṇim ekaṃ kṛṇuṣva # AVś.19.45.5a; AVP.15.4.5a.
ā juhvad dhavyam ānuṣak # SV.1.82c.
ā tanuṣva pra tanuṣva # TA.1.12.1a.
ā tiṣṭha jiṣṇus tarasā sapatnān # AVP.15.12.9a.
ātmā ca tvā tanūś ca śrīṇītām # TB.3.7.9.3; Apś.13.3.3. Cf. next.
ātmā ca me tanūś ca me # VS.18.3; TS.4.7.1.2; MS.2.11.2: 140.14; KS.18.7. Cf. prec.
ātmā devānām uta mānuṣāṇām (JUB. martyānām) # AVś.7.111.1b; JUB.3.2.4a. See prec.
ādityāso varuṇenānuśiṣṭāḥ # AVś.19.56.4d; AVP.3.8.4d.
ādityo me daiva udgātā tvaṃ mānuṣaḥ # śś.5.1.5. Cf. under ādityo 'dhvaryuḥ.
ād id dāmānaṃ savitar vy ūrṇuṣe # RV.4.54.2c; VS.33.54c.
ā naḥ kṛṇuṣva suvitāya rodasī # RV.2.2.6c.
ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.16. See ānuṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ, and ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvat (KSṃS. chandasā) # VS.11.11; śB.6.3.1.41; MS.2.7.1: 74.18; KS.16.1. See ānuṣṭubhena tvā chandasādade.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ pārśvenāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See under ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayāgneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upa dadhāmi # TS.5.5.8.3. See ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ, and mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devābhyāṃ.
ānuṣṭubhena tvā chandasādade 'ṅgirasvat # TS.4.1.1.4. See ānuṣṭubhena chandasāṅgi-.
ā no goṣu viśatv auṣadhīṣu (MS. oṣadhīṣu; KS. ā tanūṣu; AVP. viśastv ā prajāyām) # AVP.15.2.8c; TS.4.2.7.2c; MS.2.7.14c: 95.9; KS.16.14c. See ā mā goṣu etc.
āpa imāṃ lokān anusaṃcaranti # Kauś.99.2d; 103.2d.
ā mā goṣu viśatv ā tanūṣu # VS.12.105c; śB.7.3.1.23. See ā no goṣu etc.
ā mā dṛśyāsan (!) devamanuṣyā ubhaye # JG.1.18.
ā mānuṣasya janasya janma # RV.1.70.2b.
ā mūlād anusaṃdaha # AVś.12.5.63b.
āyuṣmantaṃ māṃ tejasvantaṃ manuṣyeṣu kuru # MS.4.7.3: 96.11. See tejasvantaṃ mām.
ārabhethām anusaṃrabhethām # TA.2.6.2a. See under anvārabhethām etc.
ārohan kṛṇuṣe 'dharān # AVś.3.6.6b.
ārṣṭiṣeṇo manuṣyaḥ samīdhe # RV.10.98.8b; MS.4.11.2b: 167.10; KS.2.15b.
ā vām ṛtāya keśinīr anūṣata # RV.1.151.6a.
āviḥ kṛṇuṣva # see āviṣ etc.
āvir vakṣaḥ kṛṇuṣe śumbhamānā # RV.6.64.2c.
āvir vakṣāṃsi kṛṇuṣe vibhātī # RV.1.123.10d.
āviṣ (MS. āviḥ) kṛṇuṣva daivyāny agne # RV.4.4.5b; VS.13.13b; TS.1.2.14.2b; KS.16.15b; MS.2.7.15b: 97.15.
āviṣ kṛṇuṣva rūpāṇi # AVś.4.20.5a; 12.4.29c; AVP.8.6.11a.
āviṣ patho devayānān kṛṇuṣva (and kṛṇudhvam) # MS.2.12.4b (bis): 148.1,4. See under agne pathaḥ.
āvis tanvaṃ kṛṇuṣe dṛśe kam # RV.1.123.11b.
āśrāvaya yajñaṃ deveṣv āśrāvaya māṃ manuṣyeṣu kīrtyai yaśase brahmavarcasāya # Aś.1.3.23.
ā sukrato tanūṣv (JB. tanuṣv) ā # RV.9.65.30b; SV.2.489b; JB.3.95b.
ichanta reto mithas tanūṣu # RV.1.68.8a.
iḍas pade manuṣā yat samiddhaḥ # RV.2.10.1b.
iḍā devair manuṣyebhir agniḥ # RV.3.4.8b; 7.2.8b.
iḍām akṛṇvan manuṣasya śāsanīm # RV.1.31.11c.
iḍā manuṣvad iha cetayantī # RV.10.110.8b; AVś.5.12.8b; VS.29.33b; MS.4.13.3b: 202.9; KS.16.20b; TB.3.6.3.4b; N.8.13b.
ity āhur brāhmaṇīḥ prajāḥ # ApMB.2.11.13b; HG.2.1.3b. See imā mānuṣīḥ.
idam aham ānuṣṭubhena chandasaikaviṃśena stomena vairājena sāmnā prajāpatinā devatayāyus te dīrghāyutvam ādade 'sau # KS.36.15.
idam ahaṃ manuṣyān saha rāyas poṣeṇa (MS. adds prajayā copāvarte) # VS.5.39; MS.1.2.13: 22.14; śB.3.6.3.19. P: idam ahaṃ manuṣyān Mś.2.2.4.37.
idam ahaṃ manuṣyo (omitted in KS.) manuṣyān # TS.1.3.4.2; 6.3.2.5; KS.3.1; 26.2; TA.5.9.10; Apś.11.18.2; 15.16.10. See next.
idam ahaṃ manuṣyo manuṣyān saha rāyas poṣeṇa prajayā copāvarte (text -vartate) # MS.3.9.1: 13.15. See prec.
idam ahaṃ manuṣyo manuṣyān somapīthānu mehi saha prajayā saha rāyas poṣeṇa # TA.4.11.8.
idaṃ me karmedaṃ vīryaṃ putro 'nusaṃtanotu # VSK.2.6.10; Kś.3.8.25; 15.6.10. See idaṃ me 'yaṃ.
idaṃ me 'yaṃ vīryaṃ putro 'nusaṃtanavat # śB.1.9.3.21; 2.3.4.41; 5.4.2.8. See idaṃ me karmedaṃ.
indav indrapītasya ta indriyāvato 'nuṣṭupchandasaḥ sarvagaṇasya sarvagaṇa upahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # PB.1.6.2.
induṃ sa dhatta ānuṣak # RV.5.18.2c.
induṃ nāvā anūṣata # RV.9.45.5c.
indra iva dasyūn adharān kṛṇuṣva # AVP.12.5.8a.
indra iva dasyūn ava dhūnuṣva pṛtanyataḥ # AVś.19.46.2c; AVP.4.23.2c.
indra eṣa manuṣyeṣu # AVP.3.25.13a.
indra eṣa manuṣyeṣv antaḥ # AVP.3.25.5a. See indro jāto manu-.
indraṃ vāṇīr anūṣata # RV.1.7.1c; AVś.20.38.4c; 47.4c; 70.7c; SV.1.198c; 2.146c; TS.1.6.12.2c; MS.2.13.6c: 154.16; KS.8.16c; 39.12c; TB.1.5.8.2c.
indraṃ vāṇīr anūṣatā sam ojase # RV.8.12.22c.
indra kṣitīnām asi mānuṣīṇām # RV.3.34.2c; AVś.20.11.2c.
indraṃ giro bṛhatīr abhy anūṣata # RV.3.51.1b; SV.1.374b; MS.4.12.3b: 185.7.
indra viśvāni dhūnuṣe # RV.10.134.4b.
indra vṛtraṃ manuṣe gātuyann apaḥ # RV.1.52.8b.
indra śākvara gāyatrīṃ (also jagatīṃ, triṣṭubhaṃ, paṅktiṃ, -ānuṣṭubhaṃ) pra padye tāṃ te yunajmi # TB.3.7.7.3; Apś.10.9.1.
indrāya tvāpiśarvarāya # Apś.14.3.11. See indrāya tvābhiśarvarāya, and cf. anuṣṭupchandaso 'gnihuta indrābhi-.
indrāya viśvā savanāni mānuṣā # RV.1.131.1f.
indrendra manuṣyāḥ parehi # AVś.3.4.6a. See next.
indrendraṃ manuṣyaḥ parehi # AVP.3.1.6a. See prec.
indro jāto manuṣyeṣv antaḥ # AVś.4.11.3a. See indra eṣa manu-.
indhāno agniṃ vanavad vanuṣyataḥ # RV.2.25.1a; MS.4.14.10a: 230.15; TB.2.8.5.2a.
imāṃ diśaṃ manuṣyāṇām # TA.6.9.1c.
imā mānuṣīḥ prajāḥ # PG.1.15.8b. See ity āhur.
imā havyāny ānuṣak # RV.8.44.8b.
ime śaṃsaṃ vanuṣyato ni pānti # RV.7.56.19c; MS.4.14.18c: 247.13; TB.2.8.5.6c.
iyam u te anuṣṭutiḥ # RV.8.63.8a.
iṣaṃ duhantā manuṣāya dasrā # RV.1.117.21b; N.6.26b.
iṣitaś ca hotar asi bhadravācyāya preṣito mānuṣaḥ sūktavākāya # VS.21.61; 28.23,46; MS.4.13.9: 211.11; KS.19.13; TB.2.6.15.2; 3.6.15.1.
iṣitā daivyā hotāro (Mś. daivyāhotāro) bhadravācyāya preṣito mānuṣaḥ sūktavākāya # śB.1.8.3.10; 9.1.1; 2.5.2.42; 6.1.45; TB.3.3.8.11; Kś.3.6.1; Apś.3.6.5; Mś.1.3.4.12.
iṣudhīṃs tvad dhanus tvat # AVP.5.10.6d.
iṣur mātā dhanuṣ pitā # AVP.11.2.3b.
iṣṭāpūrtam anusaṃkrāma vidvān (TA. anusaṃpaśya dakṣiṇām) # AVś.18.2.57c; AVP.2.60.5c; TA.6.1.1c.
īḍenyo vo manuṣo yugeṣu # RV.7.9.4a.
ugraṃ dhanur ojasvān ā tanuṣva # AVP.1.76.1b.
uta yo mānuṣeṣv ā # RV.1.25.15a.
uto tṛtīyaṃ manuṣaḥ sa hotā # RV.2.18.2b.
ut tanuṣva dhanuḥ prati muñcasva varma # AVP.12.5.5a.
ut tiṣṭhogra vi dhūnuṣva # AVP.4.5.10a.
ud agne tiṣṭha praty ā tanuṣva # RV.4.4.4a; VS.13.12a; TS.1.2.14.2a; KS.16.15a; MS.2.7.15a: 97.13.
udīcyā tvā diśā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayānuṣṭubhena chandasāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See next two.
udīcyā tvā diśā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devatayānuṣṭubhena chandasā śaradam ṛtuṃ praviśāmi # KA.1.61; 2.61. See prec.
udyan raśmīn ā tanuṣe (AVP. ā tanuṣva) # AVś.13.2.10a; AVP.4.16.8a.
upahūtā manuṣyāḥ # TS.2.6.7.4; MS.4.13.5: 205.16; śB.1.8.1.27; TB.3.5.8.3; 13.3; Aś.1.7.7; śś.1.12.1.
ubhayeṣāṃ tvā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ priyāṃ (Mś. also priyaṃ) karomi # MS.4.2.13: 37.3; Mś.9.5.6.23.
ubhā yad asya januṣaṃ yad invata # RV.1.141.4c.
ubhe asmai manuṣye ni pāhi # RV.3.1.10d.
urukṣayāḥ sagaṇā mānuṣāsaḥ (TS. mānuṣeṣu) # AVś.7.77.3b; TS.4.3.13.4b.
uruṃ gabhīraṃ januṣābhy ugram # RV.3.46.4a; AB.5.5.2.
urvīṃ tvāhur manuṣyāḥ # Kauś.106.7a.
uśik pāvako vasur mānuṣeṣu # RV.1.60.4a.
uṣṇig anuṣṭubhe # Vait.1.18. Cf. jagaty etc.
ūrjaṃ manuṣyā uta # Kauś.89.12b.
ūrjaṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # AVP.11.5.14b.
ūrdhvo bhuvan manuṣe dasmatamaḥ # RV.2.20.6b.
ṛjur ic chaṃso vanavad vanuṣyataḥ # RV.2.26.1a.
ṛṇā ca dhṛṣṇuś cayate # RV.9.47.2c.
ṛtasya garbhaṃ januṣā (TB. haviṣā) pipartana # RV.1.156.3b; TB.2.4.3.9b.
ṛtasya yoge vanuṣaḥ # RV.3.27.11b.
ṛtasya vā vanuṣe pūrvyāya # RV.4.44.3c; AVś.20.143.3c.
ṛtūn praśāsad vi dadhāv anuṣṭhu # RV.1.95.3d; AVP.8.14.3d.
ṛdhag yajño na mānuṣaḥ # RV.10.93.8d.
eka eva namasyaḥ suśevāḥ # AVś.2.2.2d. See ekāyuvo namasā suśevaḥ, and ekāvyo manuṣyas.
ekāvyo manuṣyas suśevaḥ # KA.1.100c. See under eka eva namasyaḥ.
eko anyac cakṛṣe viśvam ānuṣak # RV.1.52.14d.
etad vai bhadram anuśāsanasya # RV.10.32.7c.
evam ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām # AG.1.22.21c; PG.2.4.2c; MG.1.22.17c; VārG.5.27c.
eṣa ta ānuṣṭubho bhāga iti me somāya brūtāt # Mś.2.1.4.6.
eṣa sya mānuṣīṣv ā # RV.9.38.4a; SV.2.626a.
aiṣāṃ tanūṣu ni viviśuḥ punaḥ # RV.10.56.4d.
okaḥ kṛṇuṣva salile sadhasthe (TA. kṛṇuṣva parame vyoman) # AVś.18.3.8b; TA.6.4.2b.
okaḥ kṛṇuṣva harivo na mardhīḥ # RV.7.25.4d.
ojasvantaṃ mām āyuṣmantaṃ varcasvantaṃ (MS. māṃ sahasvantaṃ) manuṣyeṣu kuru (Vait. āyuṣmantaṃ manuṣyeṣu kṛṇuhi) # TS.3.3.1.1; MS.4.7.3: 96.12; Aś.6.3.22; Vait.25.14. See next, ojasvy, and ojiṣṭho.
ojasvān ahaṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam # VSK.8.14.1. See under prec.
ojasvy ahaṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam # śś.10.3.10. See under ojasvantaṃ mām.
ojiṣṭho 'haṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam # VS.8.39; śB.4.5.4.12. See under ojasvantaṃ mām.
ojīyaḥ śuṣmin sthiram ā tanuṣva # AVś.5.2.4c. See next.
ojīyo dhṛṣṇo sthiram ā tanuṣva # RV.10.120.4c; AVś.20.107.7c; AVP.6.1.4c. See prec.
omānam āpo mānuṣīr amṛktam # RV.6.50.7a.
oṃ bhūr gāyatraṃ chando 'nuprajāyasva traiṣṭubhaṃ jāgatam ānuṣṭubham # Kauś.69.23. See gāyatraṃ chando 'nu.
kakun manuṣyāṇām # AVś.6.86.3b.
katham anuṣṭup katham ekaviṃśaḥ # AVś.8.9.20d.
kanikradaj januṣaṃ prabruvāṇaḥ # RV.2.42.1a; AG.3.10.9. P: kanikradat Rvidh.1.31.4. Cf. BṛhD.4.94.
karma kṛṇvantu (Mś. -to) mānuṣāḥ # AVś.6.23.3b; Mś.1.2.4.18b.
kalpayataṃ mānuṣīḥ # TB.1.1.1.4; Apś.12.23.1.
kuruṅgā adhi sānuṣu # AVP.4.21.2b.
kṛṇavan mānuṣā yugā # RV.8.62.9b.
kṛṇuṣva pājaḥ (Mś.11.9.2.8, pājāḥ) prasitiṃ na pṛthvīm # RV.4.4.1a; VS.13.9a; TS.1.2.14.1a; MS.2.7.15a: 97.7; KS.10.5; 16.15a; AB.1.19.8; KB.8.4; śB.7.4.1.33; Aś.4.6.3; BDh.3.6.6; N.6.12a. Ps: kṛṇuṣva pājaḥ MS.4.11.5: 173.3; KS.6.11; TA.10.20.1; śś.5.9.11; Kś.17.4.7; Apś.16.22.4; 19.18.16; Mś.5.1.7.40; 6.1.7.5; 11.9.2.8; MahānU.13.6; kṛṇuṣva Rvidh.2.13.1. Designated as rākṣoghnīḥ (comm. kṛṇuṣva-pājīyāḥ, sc. ṛcaḥ) Apś.7.13.4.
kṛta enaṃ manuṣyeṣv amṛṣṭa # AVP.1.70.3b. See tṛta enaṃ, and trita etan.
kṛtvānam agne adharaṃ kṛṇuṣva # AVP.1.76.1d.
keṣu viṣṇus triṣu padeṣv asthaḥ (śś. padeṣv iṣṭaḥ; Vait. padeṣu jiṣṇuḥ) # Aś.10.9.2c; śś.16.6.1c; Vait.37.1c. See yeṣu viṣṇus.
ko mām annaṃ manuṣyo dayeta # TB.2.8.8.2d.
kratuṃ punata ānuṣak # RV.8.53 (Vāl.5).6d. Cf. next but one.
kratuṃ punīta ānuṣak # RV.8.12.11b. Cf. prec. but one.
kratvā mahāṃ anuṣvadham # RV.1.81.4a; SV.1.423a.
kṣatreṇa manuṣyān # TS.4.4.8.1.
kṣayantaṃ mānuṣāṃ anu # RV.8.19.35b.
kṣitīr uchantī mānuṣīr ajīgaḥ # RV.6.65.1b.
kṣetravittaro manuṣo vi vo made # RV.10.25.8c.
kṣetrāya viṣṇur manuṣe daśasyan # RV.7.100.4b; MS.4.14.5b: 221.7; TB.2.4.3.5b.
garbho janīnāṃ januṣām upastham # AVś.13.1.4b. See prajābhir vṛddhiṃ.
gāyatrīṃ triṣṭubhaṃ jagatīm anuṣṭubham (MS. -tīṃ virājam) # AVś.8.9.14c; TS.4.3.11.2c; MS.2.13.10c: 160.8. See gāyatrī triṣṭub jagatī virāṭ.
gāyatreṇa chandasā trivṛtā stomena rathaṃtareṇa sāmnā vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇa pūrvajān bhrātṛvyān adharān pādayāmi # TS.3.5.3.1. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasai-.
gāyatreṇa tvā chandasodūhāmy auṣṇihena tvānuṣṭubhena tvā vārhatena tvā pāṅktena tvā traiṣṭubhena tvā jāgatena tvā vairājena tvā dvaipadena tvātichandasā tvā # ā.5.1.4.3.
gāyatry uṣṇig anuṣṭub bṛhatī paṅktis triṣṭubjagatyau # AVś.19.21.1.
girīṇām upa sānuṣu # AVś.10.4.4d.
giro hotā manuṣyo na dakṣaḥ # RV.1.59.4b.
gīrbhir yajñebhir ānuṣak # RV.5.6.10b.
guhā carantī manuṣo na yoṣā # RV.1.167.3c.
gṛhān paraimi mānuṣaḥ # śś.8.11.14b.
gobhiḥ krāṇā abhidyavaḥ (N. anūṣataḥ) # RV.1.134.2c; N.4.19c.
gor na seke manuṣo daśasyan # RV.1.181.8d.
ghṛtapratīkaṃ manuṣo vi vo made # RV.10.21.7c.
cakre agnir januṣājmānnam # RV.6.4.4b; TS.1.3.14.7b.
cakṣur devānām uta martyānām (AVś. mānuṣāṇām) # AVś.4.14.5b; AVP.3.38.3b; VS.17.69b; TS.4.6.5.2b; MS.2.10.6b: 138.4; KS.18.4b; śB.9.2.3.28.
candraṃ te vastraṃ te chāgā te dhenus te mithunau te gāvau tisras te 'nyāḥ # śB.3.3.3.4; Kś.7.8.14.
candramā me daivo brahmā tvaṃ mānuṣaḥ # śś.5.1.3. Cf. under next.
cākḷpre tena ṛṣayo manuṣyāḥ # RV.10.130.6a.
cārum adya devebhyo vācam udyāsaṃ cāruṃ brahmabhyaś cāruṃ manuṣyebhyaś cāruṃ narāśaṃsāyānumatāṃ pitṛbhiḥ # Apś.24.12.6.
cikitsantī mānuṣāya kṣayāya # RV.1.123.1d.
codayo manuṣo ratham # RV.1.175.3b; SV.2.784b.
coṣkūyate viśa indro manuṣyān # RV.6.47.16d; N.6.22.
chandasaḥ svād anuṣṭubhaḥ # KS.37.13b.
jagatī prajāpataye # Vait.1.18. Cf. jagaty anuṣṭubhe.
jagaty anuṣṭubhe # VSK.2.3.2; TB.3.7.6.2; Kś.2.1.19; Mś.5.2.15.2; Apś.3.18.4. Cf. uṣṇig, and jagatī prajāpataye.
jajastam aryo vanuṣām arātīḥ # RV.4.50.11d; 7.97.9d.
jayaṃś ca jiṣṇuś cāmitrān # AVś.11.9.18c.
jahi vadhar vanuṣo martyasya # RV.4.22.9d; 7.25.3c.
jāgatena chandasā saptadaśena stomena vāmadevyena sāmnā vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇāparajān # TS.3.5.3.2. Cf. under ānuṣṭubhena chandasai-.
jāraṃ na kanyānūṣata # RV.9.56.3b.
juṣad dhavyā manuṣasya # RV.10.20.5a.
juṣṭaṃ devānām uta mānuṣānām # AVś.4.30.3b. See next.
juṣṭaṃ devebhir uta mānuṣebhiḥ # RV.10.125.5b. See prec.
juhve manuṣvad uparāsu vikṣu # RV.4.37.3c.
ta id ugrāḥ śavasā dhṛṣṇuṣeṇāḥ # RV.6.66.6a.
ta iṣaṇyanty ānuṣak # RV.5.6.6d.
taṃ viśve mānuṣā yugā # RV.8.46.12c.
taṃ gāvo abhy anūṣata # RV.9.26.2a.
taj jānatīr abhy anūṣata vrāḥ # RV.4.1.16c. See tā jānatīr.
tataṃ tantum anv eke taranti (TA. anusaṃcaranti) # AVś.6.122.2a; TA.2.6.2a.
tato yugmanto anusaṃvahanti # JB.2.438b.
tato vapūṃṣi kṛṇuṣe purūṇi # AVś.5.1.2b. See ato vapūṃṣi.
tad ūcuṣe mānuṣemā yugāni # RV.1.103.4a.
tad dhi havyaṃ manuṣe gā avindat # RV.5.29.3c.
tanūr me tanvā saha # Mś.5.2.15.21. See tanūs tanvā.
tanūṣu viśvā bheṣajāni dhattam # AVP.1.109.4b. See viśvā tanūṣu etc.
tantuṃ tanuṣva pūrvyam (RV.8.13.14c, pūrvyaṃ yathā vide) # RV.1.142.1c; 8.13.14c.
tanvānā yajñam ānuṣag yad añjate # RV.9.102.7c.
tam āpo abhy anūṣata # RV.8.69.11d; AVś.20.92.8d.
tam īṃ hotāram ānuṣak # RV.4.7.5a.
tam u havyair manuṣa ṛñjate girā # RV.2.2.5b.
tavendra viṣṇor anusaṃcarema # TA.10.2.1b.
tasmai dada dīrgham āyuṣ kṛṇuṣva # AVP.1.46.5c.
tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato 'nuṣṭupchandaso harivataḥ sarvagaṇasya (Kś. -endriyāvato gāyatrachandasaḥ [also triṣṭupchandasaḥ, jagacchandasaḥ] sarvagaṇasya; PB.9.9.11, -endriyāvataḥ sarvagaṇasya) sarvagaṇa upahūta upahūtasya (Kś. -gaṇa upahūtasyopahūto) bhakṣayāmi # Kś.25.12.6,7; PB.1.6.1; 9.9.11. Cf. indav indrapītasya, and Vait.19.6.
tasya ta indrapītasyānuṣṭupchandasa upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.6.3.22.
tā anuṣṭhyoc cyāvayatāt # MS.4.13.4: 203.14; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.15; TB.3.6.6.3; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.6.
tā jānatīr abhy anūṣata kṣāḥ # ArS.3.5c. See taj jānatīr.
tān u te sarvān anusaṃdiśāmi # AVś.4.16.9c.
tā mandasānā manuṣo duroṇa ā # RV.8.87.2c; 10.40.13a; ApMB.1.6.12a (ApG.2.5.25). See sā mandasānā.
tistire barhir ānuṣak # RV.3.41.2b; AVś.20.23.2b.
turīyaṃ vāco manuṣyā vadanti # RV.1.164.45d; AVś.9.10.27d; śB.4.1.3.17d; TB.2.8.8.6d; JUB.1.7.3d; 40.1d; N.13.9d.
turīyas te manuṣyajāḥ # RV.10.85.40d; AVś.14.2.3d; PG.1.4.16d; ApMB.1.3.1d. See turīyo 'haṃ.
turīyo 'haṃ (VārG. turyo 'haṃ) manuṣyajāḥ # HG.1.20.2d; JG.1.21d; VārG.14.10d. See turīyas te.
turyo 'haṃ manuṣyajāḥ # see turīyo 'haṃ etc.
tṛta enaṃ (read enan) manuṣyeṣu mamṛje # AVś.6.113.1b. See under kṛta enaṃ.
tejasvantaṃ mām āyuṣmantaṃ varcasvantaṃ manuṣyeṣu kuru # TS.3.3.1.1. See āyuṣmantaṃ māṃ.
tena cākḷpra ṛṣayo manuṣyāḥ # RV.10.130.5d.
tena viṣṇustotram anu smaram # RVKh.7.55.6d.
tena sapatnān adharān kṛṇuṣva # AVP.4.27.2c.
tenāham agne anuśiṣṭa āgām # RV.5.2.8d; 10.32.6d.
te skambham anusaṃviduḥ # AVś.10.7.17f.
te hi ṣmā vanuṣo naraḥ # RV.8.25.15a.
trita etan manuṣyeṣu māmṛje # TB.3.7.12.5b. See under kṛta enaṃ.
trir mānuṣāḥ pary aśvaṃ nayanti # RV.1.162.4b; VS.25.27b; TS.4.6.8.2b; MS.3.16.1b: 182.2; KSA.6.4b.
trivatsā anuṣṭubhe # VS.24.12; MS.3.13.17: 172.1; Mś.9.2.3.18.
trī sākam indro manuṣaḥ sarāṃsi # RV.5.29.7c.
traiṣṭubhena chandasā pañcadaśena stomena bṛhatā sāmnā vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇa sahajān # TS.3.5.3.1. Cf. under ānuṣṭubhena chandasai-.
traiṣṭubhena jāgatenānuṣṭubhena pāṅktena chandasāvabāḍho yaṃ dviṣmaḥ # KS.2.11. P: traiṣṭubhena jāgatena KS.25.9.
traiṣṭubhena jāgatenānuṣṭubhena pāṅktena tvā chandasā sādayāmi # KS.16.18. Cf. traiṣṭubhena tvā chandasā sādayāmi.
traiṣṭubhena tvā chandasā sādayāmi # VS.13.53; MS.2.7.18: 103.12; śB.7.5.2.61. Cf. traiṣṭubhena jāgatenānuṣṭubhena pāṅktena tvā.
try aryamā manuṣo devatātā # RV.5.29.1a; AB.5.1.17; KB.22.4; 26.16; Aś.9.5.16. P: try aryamā Aś.7.7.1; śś.10.4.8; 11.6; 14.27.12; 16.21.19. Cf. BṛhD.5.27.
tvaṃ yajñas tvaṃ vaṣaṭkāraḥ # Tā.10.68c; LVyāsaDh.2.18c; śaṅkhaDh.9.16c. See tvaṃ viṣṇus etc.
tvaṃ rājā januṣāṃ dhehy asme # RV.4.17.20c; AB.3.38.10c.
tvaṃ viṣṇus tvaṃ vaṣaṭkāraḥ # PrāṇāgU.1d. See tvaṃ yajñas etc.
tvaṃ viṣṇus tvaṃ brahma # Tā.10.68e.
tvaṃ hi mānuṣe jane # RV.5.21.2a.
tvaṃ devānāṃ brāhmaṇo 'sy ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām # JG.1.2. See tvaṃ deveṣu brāhmaṇo 'sy.
tvaṃ deveṣu brāhmaṇo 'sy ahaṃ manuṣyeṣu # SMB.2.4.6. See tvaṃ devānāṃ brāhmaṇo 'sy.
tvam agne mānuṣīṇām # RV.6.48.8b. See viśvāsāṃ mānuṣīṇām.
tvam agne vanuṣyato ni pāhi # RV.6.15.12a; 7.4.9a.
tvaṣṭāram indro januṣābhibhūya # RV.3.48.4c.
tvaṣṭā viṣṇuḥ prajayā saṃrarāṇaḥ (VS.KS.śB. -ṇāḥ) # AVś.7.17.4c; VS.8.17c; VSK.9.3.3c; TS.1.4.44.1c; KS.3.9c; 4.12c; 13.9c; śB.4.4.4.9c; Apś.12.6.3c; ApMB.1.7.12c. See viṣṇus tvaṣṭā.
tvām agne mānuṣīr īḍate (JB. īlate) viśaḥ # RV.5.8.3a; TS.3.3.11.2a; AB.7.6.3; JB.1.64a; śB.12.4.4.2a; Aś.3.13.12; Mś.5.1.2.17a. P: tvām agne mānuṣīḥ śś.3.5.3.
dattaṃ pitṛbhir anumataṃ manuṣyaiḥ # AVś.6.71.2b.
dadhānā abhyanūṣata # VS.20.69c; MS.3.11.4c: 145.6; KS.38.9c; TB.2.6.13.2c.
dadhuṣ ṭvā bhṛgavo mānuṣeṣv ā # RV.1.58.6a.
dadhyaṅ ha me januṣaṃ pūrvo aṅgirāḥ # RV.1.139.9a; Aś.8.1.2. P: dadhyaṅ ha śś.10.7.7. Cf. BṛhD.4.10.
daśāritro manuṣyaḥ svarṣāḥ # RV.2.18.1c.
dasrā hi viśvam ānuṣak # RV.8.26.6a.
dikṣu viṣṇur vyakraṃstānuṣṭubhena chandasā # śś.4.12.5. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasā diśo.
digbhyaḥ svargaṃ lokam anusaṃtanu # MS.2.13.3: 153.11. Cf. divaḥ svaḥ.
diva ived aratir mānuṣā yugā # RV.2.2.2c.
divaṃ proṣṭhinīm (Mś. proṣṭhanīm [?]) āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ manuṣyāṇām # Apś.18.6.4; Mś.7.1.3.18.
divaḥ subandhur januṣā pṛthivyāḥ # RV.3.1.3b.
divyād dhāmno mā chitsi mā mānuṣāt # MS.1.4.2: 49.3; 1.4.7: 55.13; Apś.4.16.4.
diśo viṣṇur vyakraṃstānuṣṭubhena chandasā # KS.5.5. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasā diśo.
dīrghaprayajyum ati yo vanuṣyati # RV.7.82.1c; TS.2.5.12.3c; MS.4.12.4c: 187.2; N.5.2. See next.
dūtaṃ kṛṇvāṇā ayajanta havyaiḥ (RV.10.122.7b, mānuṣāḥ) # RV.5.3.8b; 10.122.7b; MS.2.7.9b: 87.5.
dṛṃhantāṃ daivīr viśaḥ kalpantāṃ manuṣyāḥ # KS.28.1. Cf. kalpayataṃ daivīr.
dṛṣadvatyāṃ mānuṣa āpayāyām # RV.3.23.4c. Cf. BṛhD.2.137.
devatrā yac ca mānuṣam # TB.3.12.6.5b (quater); 6.6b (bis).
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar upadadhe (and vaiśvānarāyānuṣṭubhena chandasā rātrīm) upadadhe # KS.38.12. See next.
devāḥ pitaro manuṣyāḥ # AVś.10.9.9a; 11.7.27a.
devānāṃ yan manuṣyā amanmahi # RV.10.35.8b.
devānāṃ panthām anusaṃcaranti # AVś.18.3.4b.
devān pitṝn dadate manuṣyāṃś ca # JB.2.30d (bis).
devān manuṣyāṃ asurān uta ṛṣīn (AVP. utarṣīn) # AVś.8.9.24d; AVP.11.5.11d.
devān yakṣi mānuṣāt pūrvo adya # RV.2.3.3b.
devā madanti pitaro manuṣyāḥ # AVP.2.23.5b.
devā manuṣyā asurāḥ pitara ṛṣayaḥ # AVś.10.10.26d.
devā manuṣyā uta # AVP.12.10.6b.
devā manuṣyā ṛṣayaḥ # AVP.1.20.2c. Cf. daivīr manuṣyeṣavaḥ.
devā manuṣyāḥ pitaraś (AVP.Kauś. paśavaś) ca sarve # AVP.1.78.4b; MS.4.14.14b: 239.13; Kauś.82.13b.
devā manuṣyā gandharvāḥ # AVP.9.29.5c.
devā manuṣyān abruvan # AB.7.13.11c; śś.15.17c.
devā vayaṃ manuṣyāḥ # Kauś.104.2c.
devāvyaṃ manuṣe pinvati tvacam # RV.9.74.5b.
devā stavante manuṣāya sūrayaḥ # RV.10.65.4d.
devi marteṣu mānuṣi śravasyum # RV.7.75.2d.
devebhir mānuṣe jane # RV.6.16.1c; SV.1.2c; 2.824c.
devebhyaḥ śikṣann uta mānuṣebhyaḥ # MS.4.14.15b: 242.6.
devebhyo gātuṃ manuṣe ca vindaḥ # RV.10.104.8d.
deveṣu ca savitar mānuṣeṣu ca # RV.4.54.3c; TS.4.1.11.2c; MS.4.10.3c: 149.17.
daivaṃ mānuṣā yujā # MS.2.7.14d: 96.3. See daivyaṃ etc., and viprāso mānuṣā.
daivīṃ vācam udyāsaṃ (śivām ajasrāṃ juṣṭāṃ devebhyas svadhāvatīṃ pitṛbhyaś śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ) # KA.1.208E; 3.208E. See under next.
daivīṃ vācam udyāsaṃ juṣṭāṃ devebhyaḥ svadhāvarīṃ pitṛbhyo 'numatāṃ (text -tān) manuṣyebhyaḥ # MS.4.9.2: 122.10. See prec., and vaiśvadevīṃ vācam.
daivī medhā manuṣyajā (TA. var. lect. sarasvatī) # TA.10.41.1c; HG.1.8.4c; JG.1.12c; MahānU.16.6. See next.
daivī yā mānuṣī medhā # RVKh.10.151.3c; ApMB.2.4.6c; MG.1.22.11c. See prec., and yā medhā daivī mānuṣī.
daivīr manuṣyajā uta # AVś.11.4.16b.
daivīr manuṣyeṣavaḥ # AVś.1.19.2c. Cf. devā manuṣyā ṛṣayaḥ.
daivīś ca mānuṣīś cāhorātre me kalpetām # TB.3.7.5.8; Apś.4.10.9.
daivo yo mānuṣo gandhaḥ # ApMB.2.7.24c. See daivyo etc.
daivyaṃ mānuṣā yugā # RV.10.140.6d; SV.2.1171d; VS.12.111d; TS.4.2.7.3d; śB.7.3.1.34. See under daivaṃ etc.
daivyā mimānā manuṣaḥ (MS.KSṭB. manasā) purutrā # VS.20.42a; MS.3.11.1a: 140.8; KS.38.6a; TB.2.6.8.3a. Cf. daivyā hotāra manuṣaḥ.
daivyāḥ śamitāra uta manuṣyā ārabhadhvam (AB.Aś. śamitāra ārabhadhvam uta manusyāḥ; KS.KB.śś. śamitāra uta ca manuṣyā ārabhadhvam) # MS.4.13.4: 203.7; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.1; KB.10.4; TB.3.6.6.1; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.1. P: daivyāḥ śamitāraḥ Mś.5.2.8.22. Designated as adhrigu Aś.3.2.10,11,15; 3.1; śB.13.5.1.18; 2.1; N.5.11; ApYajñaparibhāṣā 1.43. Cf. adhrig-.
daivyā hotārā manuṣaḥ # RV.5.5.7b. Cf. daivyā mimānā manuṣaḥ.
daivyā hotāro (TS. hotārā) vanuṣanta (TS. vaniṣanta) pūrve (KS. vaniṣan na etat) # RV.10.128.3c; TS.4.7.14.1c; KS.40.10c. See daivā hotāraḥ saniṣan.
daivyo yo mānuṣo gandhaḥ # HG.1.10.4c. See daivo etc.
dyāvā ca bhūmā januṣas tujete # RV.1.61.14b; AVś.20.35.14b.
dyāvo na dyumnair abhi santi mānuṣān # RV.10.115.7d.
dyutānas tvā māruto marudbhir uttarataḥ pātu (TA. uttarato rocayatv ānuṣṭubhena chandasā) # TS.5.5.9.4; TA.4.6.2; 5.5.2. See nitānas etc.
dyumnāni mānuṣāṇām # RV.9.61.11b; SV.2.24b; ArS.1.8b; VS.26.18b; JB.3.283b.
dyaur dhenus tasyā ādityo vatsaḥ # AVś.4.39.6.
druṇā sadhastham aśnuṣe # RV.9.65.6c. See droṇe etc.
droṇe sadhastham aśnuṣe # SV.2.135c. See druṇā etc.
dvitā hotāraṃ manuṣaś ca vāghataḥ # RV.3.2.1c.
dve niyute tathā hy anusṛṣṭāḥ # GB.1.5.23b.
dhanaspṛtaṃ śūśuvāṃsaṃ sudakṣam # RV.6.19.8b; 10.47.4b. See dhanuspṛtaṃ.
dhanuṣ ṭanvanti etc. # see dhanus etc.
dhanus tanvanti (SV. dhanuṣ ṭa-) pauṃsyam # RV.9.99.1b; SV.1.551b.
dhartāraṃ mānuṣīṇām # RV.5.9.3c.
dharṣā (VSK. dharṣān) mānuṣaḥ (KS. mānuṣam; TS.Apś. mānuṣān) # VS.6.8; VSK.6.2.2; TS.1.3.8.1; 6.3.6.3; MS.1.2.15: 24.11; 3.9.6: 124.7; KS.3.5; 26.8; śB.3.7.4.2; Apś.7.13.8; Mś.1.8.3.6.
dhīṣ pīpāya bṛhaddiveṣu mānuṣā # RV.2.2.9b.
dhruvam aṅgaṃ priyaṃ yat tanūs te # Mś.2.5.4.24b. See under aṅgā parūṃṣi.
dhvāntaṃ vātāgram anusaṃcarantau (PB. abhisaṃ-) # TS.1.7.7.2b; PB.1.7.5b; TB.2.7.16.1b; PG.3.14.6b; ApMB.2.21.17b. See dhvāntā vātā.
nakiṣ ṭanūṣu yetire # RV.8.20.12b.
na te divo na pṛthivyā adhi snuṣu # VS.17.14d; TS.4.6.1.4d; MS.2.10.1d: 132.11; KS.17.17d; śB.9.2.1.15.
nama iṣukṛdbhyo dhanuṣkṛdbhyaś (TS.KS. dhanvakṛdbhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.46; TS.4.5.4.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.9; KS.17.13.
namo 'stu devaṛṣipitṛmanuṣyebhyaḥ # śG.6.6.16.
na ya īṣante januṣo 'yā nu # RV.6.66.4a.
na yasya vartā januṣā nv asti # RV.4.20.7a.
nāḍī nāmāsi januṣā # AVP.8.12.5a.
nābhā pṛthivyā adhi sānuṣu triṣu # RV.2.3.7d.
nidhir eṣa manuṣyāṇām # śG.1.2.8c.
ni yaṃ dadhur manuṣyāsu vikṣu # RV.1.148.1c; MS.4.14.15c: 241.1.
ni vo yāmāya mānuṣaḥ # RV.1.37.7a.
nīviṃ kṛṇuṣva mā vayaṃ riṣāma # AVś.14.2.50d.
nūnaṃ bhago havyo mānuṣebhiḥ # RV.7.38.1c. Cf. BṛhD.5.168 (B).
nṛmṇaṃ tanūṣu dhehi naḥ # SV.1.231b.
ny asminn indro januṣem uvoca # RV.7.21.1b; SV.1.313b; Mś.9.1.3.28b.
ny u priyo manuṣaḥ sādi hotā # RV.7.73.2a.
paṅktir viṣṇoḥ (GB.Vait. viṣṇoḥ patnī) # MS.1.9.2: 132.6; KS.9.10; GB.2.2.9; Vait.15.3. Cf. viṣṇor anuṣṭup.
pañca kṣitīr mānuṣīr bodhayantī # RV.7.79.1b.
pathaḥ sarvāṃ anu kṣiya # AVś.6.121.4d. See sarvān patho anuṣva.
patheva yantāv anuśāsatā rajaḥ # RV.1.139.4f.
payo manuṣyā uta # Kauś.89.12b.
paridhir manuṣyāṇām # AVś.12.2.44b.
pari svayaṃ cinuṣe annam āsye (SV. āsani) # RV.10.91.5d; SV.2.332d.
parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇām # VS.6.6; śB.3.7.1.21. See next two.
parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ manuṣyāḥ saha rāyas poṣeṇa prajayā ca vyayantām # MS.1.2.14: 24.5. See prec. and next.
parīmaṃ rāyas poṣo yajamānaṃ manuṣyāḥ (KS. rāyo manuṣyam) # TS.1.3.6.2; KS.3.3; 26.6. See prec. two.
pitā mātā sadam in mānuṣāṇām # RV.6.1.5d; MS.4.13.6d: 206.14; KS.18.20d; TB.3.6.10.2d.
pituś cid ūdhar januṣā viveda # RV.3.1.9a.
pibā somam anuṣvadhaṃ madāya # RV.3.47.1b; VS.7.38b; VSK.28.10b; TS.1.4.19.1b; MS.1.3.22b: 38.1; KS.4.8b; N.4.8b.
puṇyagandha puṇyaṃ me gandhaṃ kuru devamanuṣyeṣu # JG.1.18 (bis).
punar manuṣyā uta (AVś. adaduḥ) # RV.10.109.6b; AVś.5.17.10b; AVP.9.15.9b.
punānam abhy anūṣata # RV.9.99.4b; SV.2.983b.
puraṃdaro vṛtrahā dhṛṣṇuṣenaḥ # RV.3.54.15c.
puraṃdhivān manuṣo yajñasādhanaḥ # RV.9.72.4c.
purāṇam anusaṃviduḥ # AVś.10.7.26d.
puru rūpāṇi (AVP. pururūpāṇi) kṛṇuṣe vibhātī # AVś.19.49.4d; AVP.14.8.4d.
puru viśvā janima mānuṣāṇām # RV.7.62.1b.
puruṣarājāya markaṭaḥ # TS.5.5.11.1; KSA.7.1. See manurājāya, and manuṣyarājāya.
puruspṛho mānuṣāso yajatram # RV.10.46.10b.
purū carann ajaro mānuṣā yugā # RV.1.144.4d.
puṣṭir yā te manuṣyeṣu paprathe # AVś.19.3.3c; AVP.1.73.3c; TB.1.2.1.22c; Apś.5.13.4c.
pūrvīr ṛtasya bṛhatīr anūṣata # RV.8.52 (Vāl.4).9c; AVś.20.119.1c; SV.2.1027c.
pūṣā viṣṇus trīṇi sarāṃsi dhāvan # RV.6.17.11c.
pṛthag devā anusaṃyanti sarve # AVś.11.5.2b.
pṛthivī dhenus tasyā agnir vatsaḥ # AVś.4.39.2.
pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyaṃ manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa # AB.7.5.3. See pitṝn pṛthivīm agan, pṛthivīṃ pitṝn, and pṛthivīṃ manuṣyāṃs.
pṛthivīṃ manuṣyāṃs tṛtīyaṃ yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu # śś.3.20.4. See under pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyaṃ.
prajāpatir me daivaḥ sadasyas tvaṃ mānuṣaḥ # śś.5.1.8.
prajābhir vṛddhiṃ januṣām upastham # TB.2.5.2.1b. See garbho janīnāṃ.
prajāvad indra manuṣo duroṇe # RV.10.104.4c; AVś.20.33.3c.
pra tad viṣṇu (AVś. viṣṇu; MS.śś. viṣṇuḥ; KS. viṣṇus) stavate vīryeṇa (AVś. vīryāṇi; TB.Apś. vīryāya) # RV.1.154.2a; AVś.7.26.2a; VS.5.20a; MS.1.2.9a: 19.12; 3.8.7: 105.14; KS.2.10a; 25.8; śB.3.5.3.23a; TB.2.4.3.4a; Aś.6.7.8; 9.9.11; Apś.11.9.1a; NṛpU.2.4a. Ps: pra tad viṣṇuḥ stavate śś.15.3.5; pra tad viṣṇuḥ MS.4.11.4: 172.9; 4.14.5: 221.4; TB.2.8.3.2; 3.1.3.3; śś.5.7.3; Kś.8.4.16; Apś.20.4.5; Mś.2.2.2.37; --4.4.35; 6.1.7.24; 9.2.1.28; VHDh.8.247.
prati priyaṃ yajataṃ januṣām avaḥ # RV.1.151.1d; TB.2.8.7.6d.
pra te vanve vanuṣo haryataṃ madam # RV.10.96.1b; AVś.20.30.1b.
pratyaṅṅ ud eṣi mānuṣān (AVś.13.2.20b, mānuṣīḥ) # RV.1.50.5b; AVś.13.2.20b; 20.47.17b; ArS.5.10b; N.12.24b.
prathamāya januṣe bhūma neṣṭhāḥ (Aś. bhūmaneṣṭhāḥ; AVś. bhuvaneṣṭhāḥ; AVP. bhūmaniṣṭhāḥ) # AVś.4.1.2b; AVP.5.2.1b; Aś.4.6.3b; śś.5.9.6b.
pra-pret te agne vanuṣaḥ syāma # RV.1.150.3c.
praminatī manuṣyā yugāni # RV.1.92.11c; 124.2b.
pra yajña etv ānuṣak # RV.5.22.2c; 26.8a.
pra yajñahotar ānuṣak # RV.8.9.17c; AVś.20.142.2c.
pra yo bhanakti vanuṣām aśastīḥ # RV.6.68.6d.
pra vāṃ bharan mānuṣā devayantaḥ # RV.10.13.2b; AVś.18.3.38c; AB.1.29.6; KB.9.3; TA.6.5.1b.
praśāstā potā januṣā purohitaḥ # RV.1.94.6b; AVP.13.5.5b.
praṣṭayo yuktā anusaṃvahanti # AVś.10.8.8b.
pra syandrā yātho manuṣo na hotā # RV.1.180.9b.
prāpyaivaṃ mānuṣān kāmān # MG.2.11.11c.
priyo viśām atithir mānuṣīṇām # RV.5.1.9d; TB.2.4.7.10d.
babhruvo vo vṛñjā ānuṣṭubhena chandasā # MS.4.2.11: 35.3.
balaṃ dhehi tanūṣu naḥ # RV.3.53.18a; śś.18.11.2.
bṛhadreṇuś cyavano mānuṣīṇām # RV.6.18.2c; KS.8.17c.
bṛhaspatiṃ manuṣo devatātaye # RV.3.26.2c.
bṛhaspatir aṣṭākṣarayānuṣṭubham udajayat # MS.1.11.10: 172.14; KS.14.4. Cf. next but two.
bṛhaspatir udgātā (Lś. -gātāhaṃ mānuṣaḥ) # TS.3.3.2.1; Lś.1.10.25.
bṛhaspatir devānāṃ (śś. daivo) brahmāhaṃ manuṣyāṇām (śś. mānuṣaḥ) # VSK.2.3.3; TB.3.7.6.3; śś.4.6.9; Kś.2.1.19; Apś.3.18.4; Mś.5.2.15.2. See bṛhaspatir brahmāhaṃ.
bṛhaspatir brahmāhaṃ mānuṣaḥ (and mānuṣa om) # Lś.2.4.6; 4.9.16; 10.29; 5.11.6. See bṛhaspatir devānāṃ.
brahmā ca yatra viṣṇuś ca # RVKh.9.113.4c.
bhagaṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # AVP.10.6.8b.
bhadraṃ manaḥ kṛṇuṣva vṛtratūrye # RV.2.26.2b; 8.19.20a; SV.2.910a; VS.15.39b; JB.3.275a; Apś.14.33.6b; Mś.6.2.2.21b.
bharatam uddharem (TB. comm. uddhara imam; Mś. uddharema) anuṣiñca (Mś. omits anuṣiñca) # TB.3.7.5.5; Apś.2.18.9; Mś.1.3.2.12.
bhartā manuṣyāṇāṃ jajñe # AVP.8.11.4c.
bhartrī prajānām uta mānuṣāṇām # Kauś.106.7b.
bhūmyāṃ manuṣyā jīvanti # AVś.12.1.22c.
bhūri hi te savanā mānuṣeṣu # RV.7.22.6a; SV.2.1150a.
bhrājasvantaṃ mām āyuṣmantaṃ varcasvantaṃ (MS. māṃ varcasvantaṃ) manuṣyeṣu kuru # TS.3.3.1.2; MS.4.7.3: 96.13. See next, and bhrājiṣṭho.
bhrājasvān (śś. bhrājasvy) ahaṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam # VSK.8.15.1; 16.1; 17.1; śś.10.4.12. See under prec.
bhrājiṣṭho 'haṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam # VS.8.40; śB.4.5.4.12. See under bhrājasvāntaṃ.
madhumatīṃ devebhyo vācam udyāsaṃ śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # TS.3.3.2.2; TA.4.1.1. See next but one.
madhumatīm adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi cāruṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # śś.1.5.9. See prec. but one.
manas tanūṣu bibhrataḥ (LśṭB.3.7.14.3b; Apś.14.32.2b, piprataḥ) # RV.10.57.6b; VS.3.56b; TB.2.4.2.7b; 3.7.14.3b; Lś.3.2.10b; Apś.6.16.12b; 14.32.2b; Kauś.89.1b.
manur vaivasvato rājā (Aś.śś. manur vaivasvataḥ) tasya manuṣyā viśas ta ima āsate ṛco (śś. ṛcovedo) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.3; Aś.10.7.1; śś.16.2.1--3.
manuṣyakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (TāṃahānU.Aś.BDh. asi svāhā) # VS.8.13; TS.3.2.5.7; PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59; MahānU.18.1; Aś.6.12.3; śś.8.9.1; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; BDh.4.3.6. P: manuṣyakṛtasya Vait.23.12.
manuṣvad deva dhīmahi pracetasam # RV.1.44.11c. See vanuṣvad.
mano niviṣṭam anusaṃviśasva # AVś.18.3.9c.
manyuṃ viśa īḍate mānuṣīr yāḥ (TB. īḍate devayantīḥ) # RV.10.83.2c; MS.4.12.3c: 186.7; TB.2.4.1.11c. See manyur viśa.
manyur viśa īḍate mānuṣīr yāḥ # AVś.4.32.2c; AVP.4.32.2c. See manyuṃ viśa.
mama viṣṇuś ca somaś ca # AVP.1.40.2a; Kauś.133.3a.
mama snuṣā śvaśurasya praviṣṭau # Aś.2.11.8c. See asya snuṣā.
marīcīr vā yā anusaṃcaranti # AVś.4.38.5b.
marutsu viśvabhānuṣu # RV.4.1.3e; 8.27.3d; KS.26.11e.
marudbhyaḥ svatavadbhyo 'nusṛṣṭān # VS.24.16; MS.3.13.14: 171.7; Apś.20.14.10.
marudbhyo na mānuṣo dadāśat # RV.10.77.7b.
mahām anūṣata śrutam # RV.1.6.6c; AVś.20.70.2c.
mahīnāṃ januṣe pūrvyāya # RV.5.45.3b.
maho devān yajasi yakṣy ānuṣak # RV.6.48.4a.
māghāny aryo vanuṣām arātayaḥ # RV.7.83.5b.
mā devānāṃ tantuś chedi mā manuṣyāṇām # MS.1.9.1: 131.13; KS.9.9; śś.10.18.6. See mā daivyas.
mā daivyas tantuś chedi mā manuṣyaḥ # TA.3.5.1. See mā devānāṃ tantuś.
mā naḥ pātrā bhet sahajānuṣāṇi # RV.1.104.8d.
mā naḥ śāpta januṣā subhāgāḥ # TS.3.3.9.1c; PG.3.9.6c. See mā no hāsiṣṭa, and mā vaśvātra.
mānuṣaḥ # śś.1.6.1; Apś.2.16.14; Mś.1.3.1.26. See asau mānuṣaḥ.
mānuṣaṃ mānuṣād gupto astu # AVP.5.40.6b.
mānuṣād daivyam (Mś. daivam) upaimi # TB.1.2.1.15; Apś.5.8.1. P: mānuṣād daivam Mś.1.5.2.4.
mā no hāsiṣṭa januṣā subhāgāḥ # AVś.9.4.24c. See under mā naḥ śāpta.
mā mānuṣīr avasṛṣṭā vadhāya # AVś.17.1.28d.
mām evānusaṃrabhasva # HG.1.5.11a.
mā vaśvātra januṣā saṃvidānā # śG.3.11.14c. See under mā naḥ śāpta.
mā viveno viśruṇuṣvājaneṣu # TB.2.4.7.4b.
mitraṃ digbhiḥ kṛṇuṣva jātavedaḥ # AVP.15.22.5a.
mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ devābhyāṃ devatayānuṣṭubhena chandasāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.15. See under ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrā-.
mitrāvaruṇābhyām ānuṣṭubhābhyām ekaviṃśābhyāṃ vairājābhyāṃ śāradābhyāṃ payasyā (MS. payasyām; VS. vairājābhyāṃ payasyā) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.10; KSA.5.10.
mimānā yajñaṃ manuṣo yajadhyai # RV.10.110.7b; AVś.5.12.7b; VS.29.32b; MS.4.13.3b: 202.7; KS.16.20b; TB.3.6.3.3b; N.8.12b.
mimīte yajñam ānuṣag vicakṣya # RV.8.13.30c.
ya āsurā manuṣyā āttadhanvaḥ # Kauś.104.2a.
ya iha pitaro manuṣyā vayaṃ teṣāṃ śreṣṭhā bhūyāsma # śś.4.5.1. See prec.
ya ūrū anusarpati # AVś.9.8.7a.
yaḥ pūrvyām anuṣṭutim # RV.8.68.7c.
yaḥ prajānām ekarāṇ mānuṣīṇām # TA.3.15.2c.
yaṃ havante bahudhā mānuṣāsaḥ # AVP.10.6.1b.
yakṣi cikitva ānuṣak # RV.2.6.8b.
yajiṣṭhaṃ mānuṣe jane # RV.5.14.2c; 10.118.9c.
yajñaṃ ca mānuṣāṇām # RV.1.84.2d; SV.2.380d; VS.8.35d; TS.1.4.38.1d; MS.1.3.34d: 41.12; KS.4.11d.
yajñasya tvā saṃtatim anusaṃtanomi # TB.3.7.4.17; Apś.1.13.15; 6.5.5.
yajñā yathā apūrva # PB.21.9.16. Comm., ity anuṣṭup.
yajñāyur anusaṃcarān # TB.3.7.4.9b; Apś.1.6.1b. Cf. yajñasyāyur anu-.
yajñebhir gīrbhir viśvamanuṣāṃ marutām iyakṣasi # RV.8.46.17cd. Doubtful metre, to be divided after gīrbhir ?.
yajñeṣu manuṣo viśaḥ # RV.6.14.2d.
yaṃ jīvam aśnavāmahai (MS. -he; AVP.15.15.3c, aśnuṣe tvam) # RV.10.97.17c; AVś.6.109.2c; AVP.11.7.4c; 15.15.3c; VS.12.91c; TS.4.2.6.5c; MS.2.7.13c: 94.14; KS.16.13c.
yat tanuṣv anahyanta # AVP.1.108.3a. See yat te tanūṣv.
yat te tanūṣv anahyanta # AVś.19.20.3a. See yat tanuṣv etc.
yat te śukra śukraṃ dhāma śukrā tanūś śukraṃ jyotir ajasraṃ yat te 'nādhṛṣṭaṃ nāmādhṛṣyaṃ tena tvādadhe # KS.7.14. See under prec. but two.
yat pañca mānuṣāṃ anu # RV.8.9.2b; AVś.20.139.2b.
yatra devāś ca manuṣyāś ca # AVś.10.8.34a.
yatrā naro dediśate tanūṣv ā # RV.8.20.6c.
yat saṃpṛchaṃ mānuṣīr viśa āyan # RV.10.69.9c.
yathā dhenuś cānaḍvāṃś ca # AVP.6.5.5a.
yathā manuṣyā uta # AVś.6.141.3b.
yathā yajñaṃ manuṣo vikṣv āsu # RV.4.37.1c.
yathā viprasya manuṣo havirbhiḥ # RV.1.76.5a; Aś.3.7.5.
yathā hotar manuṣo devatātā # RV.6.4.1a; TS.4.3.13.2a. P: yathā hotaḥ śś.14.54.4.
yathendraṃ daivīr viśo maruto 'nuvartmāno 'bhavann (TS. maruto 'nuvartmāna) evam imaṃ yajamānaṃ daivīś ca viśo mānuṣīś cānuvartmāno bhavantu (VSK. bhūyāsuḥ) # VS.17.86; VSK.18.7.7; TS.4.6.5.6; MS.2.11.1: 140.7; KS.18.6.
yathemām amūr vyupāpatati bhāsv iti , evaṃ kṣatrasya mānuṣād vyupāpatata śatravaḥ # JB.3.248.
yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya saṛṣikasya saṛṣirājanyasya sapitṛkasya sapitṛrājanyasya samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sākāśasya sātīkāśasya sānūkāśasya sapratīkāśasya sadevamanuṣyasya sagandharvāpsaraskasya sahāraṇyaiś ca paśubhir grāmyaiś ca yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam idam aham agne sarvavrato bhavāmi svāhā # AG.3.9.1. See yad brāhmaṇānāṃ.
yadi vā puruṣaiḥ kṛtā # AVś.5.14.7b. Cf. yā vā manuṣyajā.
yadi sūrya udite yadi vā manuṣyavat # AVP.2.23.2c.
yadī viśo mānuṣīr devayantīḥ # RV.3.6.3c.
yad deveṣu pitṛṣu manuṣyeṣv enaś cakārāyam # AVP.2.49.1--5.
yad druhyuṣv anuṣu pūruṣu sthaḥ # RV.1.108.8b.
yad dha sya mānuṣo janaḥ # RV.6.2.3c.
yad brāhmaṇānāṃ brahmaṇi vrataṃ yad agnes sendrasya saprajāpatikasya sadevasya sadevarājasya samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājasya sapitṛkasya sapitṛrājasya sagandharvāpsaraskasya yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tenāhaṃ sarvavrato bhūyāsam # ApMB.2.5.10 (ApG.4.11.18). See yad agneḥ sendrasya.
yad bheṣajaṃ kṛṇumahe tanūṣu # KS.35.12b.
yad vardhayantaṃ prathayantam ānuṣak # RV.10.49.6c.
yad vā tokeṣu tanuṣu prajāsu # KS.35.12c.
yad vā vāṇīr anūṣata # RV.8.9.19c; AVś.20.142.4c.
yaṃ tvā vājinn aghnyā abhy anūṣata # RV.9.80.2a.
yaṃ devāḥ pitaro manuṣyāḥ # AVś.10.6.32a.
yaṃ devā manuṣyeṣu # TB.3.3.11.1a; Apś.3.13.6a.
yan mājihīta vayunā canānuṣak # RV.10.49.5b.
yan mānuṣapradhanā indram ūtayaḥ # RV.1.52.9c.
yan mānuṣān yakṣyamāṇāṃ ajīgaḥ # RV.1.113.9c.
yan mā sāvo manuṣa āha nirṇije # RV.10.49.7c.
yam ā manuṣvat pradivo dadhidhve # RV.4.34.3b.
yam ṛtvijo vṛjane mānuṣāsaḥ # RV.1.60.3c.
yaṃ mānuṣaṃ manuṣyāḥ śapante # AVP.5.36.3a.
yaśo gṛhītvā pṛthivīm anusaṃcarema # AVś.19.58.3f; AVP.1.110.3f.
yaś citro mānuṣe jane # RV.1.48.11b.
yas ta ātithyam ānuṣag jujoṣat # RV.4.4.10d; TS.1.2.14.4d; MS.4.11.5d: 173.13; KS.6.11d.
yas te rājan varuṇa triṣṭupchandāḥ pāśaḥ kṣatre pratiṣṭhitas taṃ ta etenāvayaje (KS. triṣṭupchandā jagacchandā anuṣṭupchandāḥ pāśas taṃ ta etad avayaje) # MS.2.3.3: 30.11; KS.12.6. See yas te deva varuṇa triṣṭup-.
yas te rājan varuṇa druhaḥ pāśas triṣṭupchandā (also pāśo gāyatrachandāḥ, pāśo jagacchandā, and pāśo 'nuṣṭupchandā) antarikṣam (also pṛthivīm, divam, and diśo) anvāviveśa (once 'nvāviveśa, after diśo) kṣatre (also brahmaṇi, viśi, and paśuṣu) pratiṣṭhitas taṃ ta etad avayaje # KS.17.19.
yas te rājan varuṇānuṣṭupchandāḥ pāśo dikṣu pratiṣṭhitas taṃ ta etenāvayaje # MS.2.3.3: 30.14.
yasmin manuṣyā uta # AVś.12.2.17b.
yasmai viṣṇus trīṇi padā vicakrame # RV.8.52 (Vāl.4).3c.
yasya te viśvamānuṣaḥ (SV.JB. viśvam ānuṣak) # RV.8.45.42a; AVś.20.43.3a; SV.2.421a; JB.3.141a.
yasya devā anusaṃyanti cetaḥ # TB.3.1.1.7b.
yasya dyāvo na vicaranti mānuṣā (SV. -ṣam) # RV.1.51.1c; SV.1.376c.
yasya dvārā manuṣ (SV. -nuḥ) pitā # RV.8.63.1c; SV.1.355c.
yasyāṃ bījaṃ manuṣyā vapanti # RV.10.85.37b; AVś.14.2.38b; ApMB.1.11.6b; HG.1.20.2b; JG.1.21b.
yā gudā anusarpanti # AVś.9.8.17a.
yāgne mama tanūs tvayy abhūd iyaṃ sā mayi yā tava tanūr mayy abhūd eṣā sā tvayi # KS.3.1. Cf. under agne vratapate yā.
yā tava tanūr mayy abhūd eṣā sā tvayi yo (VSK. yā) mama tanūs tvayy abhūd iyaṃ sā mayi # VS.5.40; VSK.5.9.7; śB.3.6.2.1. Cf. under agne vratapate yā.
yā te agna utsīdataḥ pavamānā priyā tanūs tayā saha pṛthivīm āviśa rathaṃtareṇa sāmnā gāyatreṇa ca chandasā # Apś.5.26.5. Quasi-metrical, five pādas.
yā te agne pāvakā yā manasā preyasī priyā tanūs tayā sahāntarikṣam āviśa vāmadevyena sāmnā traiṣṭubhena ca chandasā # Apś.5.26.5. Quasi-metrical.
yā te agne yajñiyā tanūs tayā me hy āroha tayā me hy āviśa # GB.2.4.9; Vait.24.14. Cf. yā te yajñiyā.
yā te agne yajñiyā tanūs tayehi # TS.3.4.10.5; TB.2.5.8.8a; Aś.3.10.6a; Apś.6.28.11a; Mś.1.6.3.3a. P: yā te agne yajñiyā tanūḥ BDh.2.10.17.26. Cf. yā te yajñiyā.
yā te agne rudriyā tanūs tayā naḥ pāhi tasyās (MS.KS. tasyai) te svāhā # TS.1.2.11.2; MS.1.2.7: 17.6; KS.2.8. P: yā te agne rudriyā tanūḥ TS.6.2.2.7; KS.24.9; MS.3.7.10: 91.7; Apś.11.2.4; Mś.2.2.1.46.
yā te yajñiyā tanūs tayāroha # KS.2.4. Cf. yā te agne yajñiyā.
yā naḥ prajāṃ manuṣyāṃ saṃ sṛjante # Kauś.130.2d; 131.2d.
yāṃ nīviṃ kṛṇuṣe tvam # AVś.8.2.16b.
yām atharvā manuṣ pitā # RV.1.80.16a; N.12.34a. Cf. BṛhD.3.121.
yā mama tanūs tvayy abhūd iyaṃ sā mayi yā tava tanūr mayy abhūd eṣā sā tvayi # TS.1.3.4.3. Cf. under agne vratapate yā.
yā mānuṣeṣv asi tasya rājā # RV.1.59.3d.
yā medhā daivī mānuṣī # VārG.5.30c. See daivī yā mānuṣī medhā.
yāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ bhūtau saṃpaśyasi teṣv abhibhūyāsam # Lś.3.11.4.
yāvatīṣu manuṣyāḥ # AVś.8.7.26a.
yā vājinn agneḥ pavamānā (Apś. agneḥ paśuṣu pav-) priyā tanūs tām āvaha # MS.1.6.2: 86.12; Apś.5.13.7. P: yā vājinn agneḥ Mś.1.5.4.1. See next but one.
yā vājinn agneḥ pāvakā (Apś. agner apsu pāv-) priyā tanūs tām āvaha # MS.1.6.2: 86.12; Apś.5.13.7. See next.
yā vājinn agneḥ priyā tanūḥ paśuṣu pavamānā (also tanūr apsu pāvakā, and tanūs sūrye śukrā śucimatī) tām āvaha tayā mā jinva # KS.7.13. See prec. two, and next.
yā vājinn agneḥ śuciḥ (Apś. agneḥ sūrye śu-) priyā tanūs tām āvaha # MS.1.6.2: 86.13; Apś.5.13.7. See prec.
yā vātam anusaṃyanti # AVP.7.13.3a.
yā vā manuṣyajā asi # AVP.7.1.11b. Cf. yadi vā puruṣaiḥ.
yā vām indrāvaruṇā yātavyā tanūs tayemam aṃhaso muñcatam # TS.2.3.13.1. P: yā vām indrāvaruṇā yātavyā tanūḥ Apś.19.25.5. Cf. BDh.4.7.5, and the ūha, amuktam, for muñcatam Apś.19.25.6.
yā vām indrāvaruṇā sahasyā rakṣasyā tejasyā tanūs tayemam aṃhaso muñcatam # TS.2.3.13.1.
yā vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā ojasyā tanūs tayā vāṃ vidhema # MS.2.3.1: 27.15. P: yā vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā ojasyā Mś.5.2.1.3,4. With ūhas, agnīvaruṇā (text agni-), and indrāvaruṇā, for mitrāvaruṇā Mś.5.2.1.3.
yā vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā ojasyā sahasyā yātavyā rakṣasyā tanūs tayā vām avidhāma # MS.2.3.1: 27.19. See next but three.
yā vāṃ mitrāvaruṇau yātavyā tanūs tayā vāṃ vidhema # MS.2.3.1: 27.17.
yā vāṃ mitrāvaruṇau rakṣasyā tanūs tayā vāṃ vidhema # MS.2.3.1: 27.18.
yā vāṃ mitrāvaruṇau sahasyā tanūs tayā vāṃ vidhema # MS.2.3.1: 27.16.
yā vāṃ mitrāvaruṇau sahasyaujasyā rakṣasyā yātavyā tanūs tayā vāṃ vidhema (also vām avidhāma) # KS.11.11. See prec. but three.
yās te tanūs tiraścīnā nirdahantīḥ śvasantīḥ # Kauś.131.2b.
yās tvaṃ vettha manuṣyajāḥ # AVś.12.4.43b.
yāsyā apaśavyā tanūs tām asyā apajahi # śG.1.18.3; SMB.1.4.4. See yāsyai paśu-.
yāsyā aputryā (śG. -triyā) tanūs tām asyā apajahi # śG.1.18.3; SMB.1.4.3. See yāsyai prajāghnī.
yāsyāḥ patighnī tanūs tām asyā apajahi # śG.1.18.3; SMB.1.4.2. See yāsyai etc.
yāsyai gṛhaghnī tanūs tām asyai nāśaya (JG. tām asyā apajahi) svāhā # PG.1.11.2; JG.1.22.
yāsyai ghorā tanūs tām ito nāśaya svāhā # HG.1.24.1.
yāsyai ninditā tanūs tām ito nāśaya svāhā # HG.1.24.1.
yāsyai patighnī tanūs tām asyai (HG. ito) nāśaya (JG. tām asyā apajahi) svāhā # PG.1.11.2; HG.1.24.1; JG.1.22. See yāsyāḥ etc.
yāsyai paśughnī tanūs tām asyai nāśaya (JG. tām asyā apajahi) svāhā # PG.1.11.2; JG.1.22. See yāsyā apaśavyā.
yāsyai prajāghnī tanūs tām asyai nāśaya (JG. tām asyā apajahi) svāhā # PG.1.11.2; JG.1.22. See yāsyā aputryā.
yāsyai yaśoghnī tanūs tām asyai nāśaya (JG. tām asyā apahata) svāhā # PG.1.11.2; JG.1.22.
ye adrogham anuṣvadham # RV.5.52.1c.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"nus" has 71 results
anusaṃhāraindependent mention, a second time, of a thing already mentioned,for another purpose; confer, compare 'अलोन्त्यस्य' इति स्थाने विज्ञातस्यानुसंहारः P.I.1.53 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.
anusaṃhitaṃaccording to the Saṁhitā text of the Vedas: confer, compareएतानि नोहं गच्छन्ति अध्रिगो अनुसंहितम् Bhartṛihari's Mahābhāṣyadīpikā p. 9; confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.31, also XV.33, where the word is explained as संहिताक्रमेण by Uvaṭa.
anusvārasee a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. under अं
{{c|-( anusvāra ) ṃanusvāraor nasal (l) looked upon as a phonetic element, independent, no doubt, but incapable of being pronounced without a vowel Preceding it. Hence, it is shown in writing with अ although its form in writing is only a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the line cf अं इत्यनुस्वारः । अकार इह उच्चारणर्थ इति बिन्दुमात्रो वर्णोनुस्वारसंज्ञो भवति Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk I.1.19; (2) anusvāra,showing or signifying Vikāra id est, that is अागम and used as a technical term for the second विभक्ति or the accusative case. See the word अं a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 1.
kāmadhenusudhārasaa commentary on the Kāvyakāmadhenu by Ananta, son of Cintāmaṇi who lived in the sixteenth century A. D.
aṃ(ं)nasal utterance called अनुस्वार and written as a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the vowel preceding it. confer, compare स्वरमनु संलीनं शब्द्यते इति; it is pronounced after a vowel as immersed in it. The anusvāra is considered (l) as only a nasalization of the preceding vowel being in a way completely amalgamated with it. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 11,31; XV. 1; XXII. 14 ; (2) as a nasal addition to the preceding vowel, many times prescribed in grammar as nuṭ (नुट् ) or num (नुम् ) which is changed into anusvāra in which case it is looked upon as a sort of a vowel, while, it is looked upon as a consonant when it is changed into a cognate of the following consonant (परसवर्ण) or retained as n (न्). confer, compare P. VIII.4.58; (3) as a kind cf consonant of the type of nasalized half g(ग्) as described in some treatises of the Yajurveda Prātiśākhya: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)1.22 V.Pr.14.148-9. The vowel element of the anusvāra became more prevalent later on in Pali, Prkrit, Apabhraṁśa and in the spoken modern languages while the consonantal element became more predominant in classical Sanskrit.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ，ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
akṣarāṅgaforming a part of a syllable just as the anusvāra ( nasal utterance ) or svarabhakti (vowelpart) which forms a part of the preceding syllable. confer, compare अनुस्वारो व्यञ्जनं चाक्षराङ्गम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.22, also स्वरभक्तिः पूर्वभागक्षराङ्गम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.32.
anunāsika(a letter)uttered through the nose and mouth both, as different from anusvāra which is uttered only through the nose. confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिकःP.I.1.8, and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon. The anunāsika or nasal letters are the fifth letters of the five classes ( id est, that is ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न्, म् ) as also vowels अ, इ, उ and semivowels when so pronounced, as ordinarily they are uttered through the mouth only; ( exempli gratia, for example अँ, आँ, et cetera, and others or य्यँ, व्वँ, ल्लँ et cetera, and others in सय्यँन्ता, सव्वँत्सरः, सँल्लीनः et cetera, and others) The अनुनासिक or nasalized vowels are named रङ्गवर्ण and they are said to be consisting of three mātras. confer, compare अष्टौ आद्यानवसानेsप्रगृह्यान् आचार्या आहुरनुनासिकान् स्वरान् । तात्रिमात्रे शाकला दर्शयन्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.63.64; confer, compare also अप्रग्रहाः समानाक्षराणि अनुनासिकानि एकेषाम् T. Pr XV.6. Trivikrama, a commentator on the Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Sūtras, explains अनुनासिक as अनु पश्चात् नासिकास्थानं उच्चारणं एषां इत्यनुनासिकाः । पूर्वं मुखस्थानमुच्चारणं पश्चान्नासिकास्थानमुच्चारणमित्यर्थः । अनुग्रहणात्केवलनासिकास्थानोच्चारणस्य अनुस्वारस्य नेयं संज्ञा । and remarks further पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्धसंज्ञेयमन्वर्था । Com. by Tr. on Kat. I 1.13. Vowels which are uttered nasalized by Pāṇini in his works viz. सूत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ et cetera, and others are silent ones i. e. they are not actually found in use. They are put by him only for the sake of a complete utterance, their nasalized nature being made out only by means of traditional convention. e. g. एध, स्पर्ध et cetera, and others confer, compare उपदेशेSजनुनासिक इत् P.I.3.2; confer, compare also प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः Kāś on I.3.2.
appayadīkṣitaअप्पदीक्षित A famous versatile writer of the sixteenth century A. D. (1530-1600 ), son of रङ्गराजाध्वरीन्द्र a Dravid Brāhmaṇa. He wrote more than 60 smaller or greater treatises mainly on Vedānta, Mimāṁsā, Dharma and Alaṁkāra śāstras; many of his works are yet in manuscript form. The Kaumudi-prakāśa and Tiṅantaśeṣasaṁgraha are the two prominent grammatical works written by him. Paṇdit Jagannātha spoke very despisingly of him.
ākṛtiliterally form; individual thing; confer, compare एकस्या अाकृतेश्चरितः प्रयोगो द्वितीयस्यास्तृतीयस्याश्च न भवति M.Bh on III.1.40 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).6. The word is derived as आक्रियते सा आकृतिः and explained as संस्थानम्; confer, compare आक्रियते व्यज्यते अनया इति आकृतिः संस्थानमुच्यते Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on IV.1.63; (2) general form which, in a way, is equivalent to the generic notion or genus; confer, compare आकृत्युपदेशात्सिद्धम् । अवर्णाकृतिरुपदिष्टा सर्वमवर्णकुलं ग्रहीष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1; (3) notion of genus; cf also यत्तर्हि तद् भिन्नेष्वभिन्नं छिनेष्वच्छिन्नं सामान्यभूतं स शब्दः । नेत्याह । अाकृतिर्नाम सा. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya.1; (4) a metre consisting of 88 letters; confer, compare R. Prāt. XVI.56,57.
uṇādisūtradaśapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.
ūṣmanaspiration letters, spirants called breathings also: the name is given to letters or sounds produced with unintonated breath through an open posision of the mouth; confer, compare विवृतमूष्मणाम् M. Bh, on P.I.1.10 Vārt, 3. The word refers to the letters श्, ष्, सु, ह्, visarga, jihvāmūlīya, upadhmāniya and anusvāra; confer, compare ऊष्मा वायुस्तत्प्रधाना वर्णा ऊष्माणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.12; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.10.
ekavacanasingular number; affix of the singular numberin Pāṇini's grammar applied to noun-bases ( प्रातिपदिक) and roots when the sense of the singular number is to be conveyed; the singular sense can be of the form of an individual or collection or genus. The word एकवचन in the technical sense of singular number is found used in the Prātiśākhyas and Nirukta also.
ḥor विसर्गः literally letting out breath from the mouth; sound or utterance caused by breath escaping from the mouth; breathing. The Visarjanīya, just like the anusvāra, is incapable of being independently utteredition Hence, it is written for convenience as अः although its form for writing purposes is only two dots after the vowel preceding it; confer, compare अः इति विसर्जनीयः । अकार इह उच्चारणार्थः इति कुमारीस्तनयुगाकृतिर्वर्णो विसर्जनीयसंज्ञो भवति । Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk. I.1.16. See अः a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 2.
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātantraparibhāṣāpāṭhaname given to a text consisting of Paribhāṣāsūtras, believed to have been written by the Sūtrakāra himself as a supplementary portion to the main grammar. Many such lists of Paribhāṣāsūtras are available, mostly in manuscript form, containing more than a hundred Sūtras divided into two main groups-the Paribhāṣā sūtras and the Balābalasūtras. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
kātantraparibhāṣāvṛtti(1)name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha written by Bhāvamiśra, probably a Maithila Pandit whose date is not known. He has explained 62 Paribhāṣās deriving many of them from the Kātantra Sūtras. The work seems to be based on the Paribhāṣā works by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and others on the system of Pāṇini, suitable changes having been made by the writer with a view to present the work as belonging to the Kātantra school; (2) name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha of the Kātantra school explaining 65 Paribhāṣās. No name of the author is found in the Poona manuscript. The India Office Library copy has given Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. as the author's name; but it is doubted whether Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. was the author of it. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jātipakṣathe view that जाति, or genus only, is the denotation of every word. The view was first advocated by Vajapyayana which was later on held by many, the Mimamsakas being the chief supporters of the view. See Mahabhasya on P. I. 2.64. See Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
jātisvarathe acute accent for the last vowel of a word ending with क्त of the past passive participle. denoting a genus; confer, compare P. VI. 2.170.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
tantrapradīpaname of the learned commentary_written by मैत्रेयरक्षित, a famous Buddhist grammarian of the 12th century A. D. on the काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका ( न्यास ) of Jinendrabuddhi। The work is available at Present only in a manuscript form, and that too in fragments. Many later scholars have copiously quoted from this work. The name of the work viz. तन्त्रप्रदीप is rarely mentioned; but the name of the author is mentioned as रक्षित, मैत्रेय or even मैत्रेयरक्षित. Ther are two commentaries on the तन्त्रप्रदीप named उद्द्योतनप्रभा and आलोक,
taltad, affix त (l) added in the sense of collection (समूह) to the words ग्राम, जन, बन्धु and सहाय and गज also, exempli gratia, for example ग्रामता, जनता et cetera, and others; (2) added in the sense of 'the nature of a thing' ( भाव ) along with the affix त्व optionally, as also optionally along with the affixes इमन्, ष्यञ् et cetera, and others given in P. V. 1.122 to 136; e. g. अश्वत्वम्, अश्वता; अपतित्वम्, अपतिता; पृथुत्वम्, पृथुता, प्रथिमा; शुक्लता, शुक्लत्वम्, शौक्ल्यम्, शुक्लिमा; et cetera, and others, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.1.119 to 136. Words ending with the affix तल् are always declined in the feminine gender with the feminine. affix अा ( टाप् ) added to then; confer, compare तलन्तः (शब्दः स्त्रियाम् ), Linganusasana 17.
tīvrataraextreme sharpness of the nasalization at the time of pronouncing the anusvara and the fifth letters recommended by Saityayana.e. g. अग्नीररप्सुषदः, वञ्चते परिवञ्चते. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 1.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
dūṣakaradodbhedaname of a commentary, on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa, believed to have been written by Gopalacārya Karhadkar, a grammarian of the 19th century and attributed to Bhimacarya. This commentary, which was written to criticize the commentary written by Visnusastri Bhat, was again criticized in reply by Visnusastri Bhat in his Ciccandrika ( चिच्चन्द्रिका ). See विष्णुशास्त्री भट.
dravyasubstance, as opposed to गुण property and क्रिया action which exist on dravya. The word सत्त्व is used by Yaska, Panini and other grammarians in a very general sense as something in completed formation or existence as opposed to 'bhava' or kriya or verbal activity, and the word द्रव्य is used by old grammarians as Synonymous with सत्त्व; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे। चादयो निपातसंज्ञा भवन्ति न चेत्सत्वे वर्तन्ते, confer, compare Kas on P. I. 4.57; confer, compare S.K. also on P. I.4.57. (2)The word द्रव्य is also found used in the sense of an individual object, as opposed to the genus or generic notion ( अाकृति ); confer, compare द्रव्याभिधानं व्याडिः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64. Vart. 45.(3)The word द्रव्य is found used in the sense of Sadhana or means in Tait. Prati. confer, compare तत्र शब्दद्रव्याण्युदाहरिष्यामः । शब्दरूपाणि साधनानि वर्णयिष्यामः Tai, Pr. XXII. 8.
dhvePersonal-ending of the second. person. Pl. Atmanepada in the present and perfect tenses. न् fifth consonant of the dental class of consonants which is possessed of the properties घोष, नादानुप्रदान, अल्पप्राणत्व, संवृतकण्ठत्व and अानुनासिक्य. In Panini's grammar the nasal consonant न् (a)is added as an augment prescribed\ \नुट् or नुम् which originally is seen as न्, but afterwards changed into अनुस्वार or परसवर्ण as required, as for example in पयांसि, यशांसि, निन्दति, वन्दति et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VII. 1.58-73, VII. 1.7983; VIII. 3.24; (b) is changed into ण् when it directly follows upon ऋ, ॠ, र् or ष् or even intervened by a vowel, a semivowel except ल् , a guttural consonant, a labial consonant or an anusvara; confer, compare P. VIII. 4.1.1-31. (c) is substituted for the final म् of a root, e. g. प्रशान्, प्रतान् confer, compare P. VIII. 2.64, 65.
naṣṭarūpāname given to an anustup verse which has nine, ten and eleven syllables respectively for the first, second and third feet; exempli gratia, for example विपृच्छामि पाक्यान् देवान् Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita.I.120.4; confer, compare R.Pr. XVI. 29. The verse has got 32 syllables, but it has only three feet instead of four.
nāsikāsthānaa place in the nose where a nasal letter such as ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न् or म् and anusvara get a tinge of nasalization while passing through it. The yama letters e.g the nasal क्, ख् ,ग् , घ् get nasalization in the utterance of the words पलिक्किनः, चख्ख्नतुः, अग्ग्निः, घ्घ्नन्ति; confer, compare यमो नाम वर्णः प्रातिशाख्ये प्रसिद्धः S.K. on P. VIII. 2. 1. confer, compare also यमानुस्वारनासिक्यानां नासिके Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 74, Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 12.
paripannaa kind of Samdhi or coalescence characterized by the change of the consonant म् into an anusvara, as by मोनुस्वारः P. VIII. 3.23, before a sibilant or before रेफ; confer, compare रेफोष्मणोरुदययोर्मकारः अनुस्वारं तत् परिपन्नमाहुः R.Pr.IV.5; confer, compare also सम्राट्शब्द: परिसंपन्नापवाद: R.Pr.IV.7.
paribhāṣāprakāśāan independent treatise explaining the various Paribhasas in the system of Panini's grammar, written by Visnusesa of the famous SeSa family.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
pāṇinisūtravṛttia gloss on the grammer rules of Pāņini. Many glosses were written from time to time on the Sûtras of Pāņini, out of which the most important and the oldest one is the one named Kāśikāvŗtti, written by the joint authors Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. It is believed that the Kāśikāvŗtti was based upon some old Vŗttis said to have been written by कुणि, निर्लूर, चुल्लि, श्वोभूति, वररुचि and others.Besides Kāśikā,the famous Vŗtti, and those of कुणि,निर्लूर and others which are only reported, there are other Vŗttis which are comparatively modern. Some of them have been printed, while others have remained only in manuscript form. Some of these are : the Bhāșāvŗtti by Purusottamadeva, Vyākaranasudhānidhi by Viśveśvara, Gūdhārthadīpinī by Sadāsivamiśra, Sūtravŗtti by Annambhatta, Vaiyākaraņasarvasva by Dharaņīdhara, Śabdabhūșaņa by Nārāyaņa Paņdita, Pāņinisūtravŗtti by Rāmacandrabhațța Tāre and Vyākaranadīpikā by Orambhațța. There are extracts available from a Sūtravŗtti called Bhāgavŗtti which is ascribed to Bhartŗhari, but, which is evidently written by a later writer (विमलमति according to some scholars) as there are found verses from Bhāravi and Māgha quoted in it as noticed by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiin his vŗtti on Pari.76. Glosses based upon Pāņini Sūtras, but having a topical arrangements are also available, the famous ones among these being the Praķriyākaumudī by Rāmacandra Śeșa and the Siddhāntakaumudī by Bhațțojī Dĩkșita. The मध्यमकौमुदी and the लघुकौमुदी can also be noted here although they are the abridgments of the Siddhānta Kaumudī. There are Vŗttis in other languages also, written in modern times, out of which those written by Bōhtlingk, Basu and Renou are well-known.
prakriyāsaṃgrahaa work on grammar by Abhayacandra in which the Sutras of Sakatayana's Sabdanusasana are arranged in the form of different sections dealing with the different topics of grammar.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prātipadikārthadenoted sense of a Pratipadika or a noun-base. Standard grammarians state that the denotation of a pratipadika is five-fold viz. स्वार्थ, द्रव्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या and कारक. The word स्वार्थ refers to the causal factor of denotation or प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त which is of four kinds जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा as noticed respectively in the words गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्ः. The word द्रव्य refers to the individual object which sometimes is directly denoted as in अश्वमानय, while on some occasions it is indirectly denoted through the genus or the general notion as in ब्राह्मणः पूज्य:, लिङ्ग the gender, संख्या the number and कारक the case-relation are the denotations of the case-terminations, but sometimes as they are conveyed in the absence of a case-affix as in the words पञ्च, दश, and others, they are stated as the denoted senses of the Pratipadika, while the case-affixes are said to indicate them; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युः शब्दादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya.
binduanusvara, letter pronounced only through the nose; a dot to indicate the nasal phonetic element shown in writing a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. or sometimes after that letter or vowel, after which it is uttered; confer, compare अं इत्यनुस्वारः । अकार इह उच्चारणार्थः इति बिन्दुमात्रो वर्णोनुस्वारसंज्ञो भवति ।। Kat. I.1.19.
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
bha(1)the letter or sound भ् with the vowel अ added for facility of utterance; (2) a technical term in the Grammar of Panini given to a noun base before such case and taddhita affixes as begin with any vowel or with the consonant य्. The utility of this designation of भ to the base is (l) to prevent the substitutes which are enjoined for the final vowel or consonant of a pada (a word ending with a case-affix or a base before case and taddhita affix. affixes beginning with any consonant excepting य् ) just as the substitution of Visarga, anusvara, the first or third consonant, and others given in P. VIII. 4.37 and the following. For the various changes and operations for a base termed भ see P. VI. 4.129 to 175.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpaṭīkaname given to each of the various commentaries on the Pradipa of Kaiyata written by grammarians, out of which the commentaries of चिन्तामणि,रामचन्द्रसरस्वती, नारायण, नित्यानन्दपर्वतीय and one or two more are available in a manuscript form and those too quite incomplete.
mahābhāṣyavyākhyāname given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable
mukhanāsikāvacanadefinition of अनुनासक, a letter which is pronounced through both-the mouth and the nose-as contrasted with नासिक्य a letter which is uttered only through the nose; exempli gratia, for example ड्, ञ् , ण्, न् , म् and the nasalized vowels and nasalized य् , व् and ल्; confer, compare मुखनासिक्रावचनेीSनुनासिकः Paan. I. 1.8: confer, compare also अनुस्वारोत्तम अनुनासिकाः (Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.30), where the fifth letters and the anusvaara are called anunaasika. According to Bhattoji, however, anusvaara cannot be anunaasika as it is pronounced through the nose alone, and not through both-the mouth and the nose. As the anusvaara is pronounced something like a nasalized ग् according to the Taittiriyas it is called a consonant in the Taittiriya Praatisaakhya: confer, compare ' अनुस्वारोप्युत्तमवह्यञ्जनमेव अस्मच्छाखायाम् ! अर्धगकाररूपत्वात् / Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 30.
meghavijayaa Jain grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a grammar work, similar to the Siddhanta Kaumudi, on the Sabdanusasana of Hemacandra. The grammar work is called हैमकौमुदी, or चन्द्रप्रभा also.
metreyarakṣitaa recognised scholar of Paninis' grammar who belonged to the Eastern part of India and fourished in the beginning of the twelfth century. As it appears from the name Maitreya Raksita he appears to have been a Buddhist grammarian. Subsequent writers in their works refer to him by the name Raksita alone, as also by the name Maitreya, but very rarely by the name Maitreya Raksita.He wrote many works on grammar of which the 'tantrapradipa'a learned commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa on Kasika was a reputed one, which, although available in a fragmentary manuscript form today, has been profusely quoted by prominent grammarians after him.
yayshort term (प्रत्याहार) for sonants beginning with य् ( in हयवरट्) and ending before the ; mute letter य् ( in कपय् ) id est, that is all consonants except! श्, ष्, स्, and ह्; confer, compare अनुस्वारस्य ययि परसवर्णः P.VIII 4. 58 by which an anusvara is changed into a cognate letter of the following which is a letter included in यय्.
yaśa:kavia grammarian, the author of a treatise named Bhasanusasana. यश:सागर a Jain grammarian, the author of a work named Samasasobha.
yaśovarmadevathe same as यक्षवर्मन् the author of ' चिन्तृामणि ' a commentary on the Sabdnussana of Sakatyana.
yastaddhita affix. affix य with mute स् to indicate the application of the term पद् to the preceding base as a consequence of which the final म् of the words कम् and शम्, after which यस् is prescribed, gets changed into anusvara e. g. कंयु:, दंयु:: cf P.W.2.138.
varṇasamāmnāyaa collection of letters or alphabet given traditionally. Although the Sanskrit alphabet has got everywhere the same cardinal letters id est, that is vowels अ, इ et cetera, and others, consonants क्, ख् etc : semivowels य्, र्, ल्, व, sibilants श् ष् स् ह् and a few additional phonetic units such as अनुस्वार, विसर्ग and others, still their number and order differ in the different traditional enumerations. Panini has not mentioned them actually but the fourteen Siva Sutras, on which he has based his work, mention only 9 vowels and 34 consonants, the long vowels being looked upon as varieties of the short ones. The Siksa of Panini mentions 63 or 64 letters, adding the letter ळ ( दुःस्पृष्ट ); confer, compare त्रिषष्टि: चतुःषष्टिर्वा वर्णाः शम्भुमते मताः Panini Siksa. St.3. The Rk Pratisakhya adds four (Visarga, Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya and Anusvara ) to the forty three given in the Siva Sutras and mentions 47. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya mentions 52 letters viz. 16 vowels, 25class consonants, 4 semivowels,six sibilants (श्, ष् , स्, ह् , क्, प् , ) and anusvara. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions 65 letters 3 varieties of अ, इ, उ, ऋ and लृ, two varieties of ए, ऐ, ओ, औ, 25 class-consonants, four semivowels, four sibilants, and जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय, अनुस्वार, विसर्जनीय, नासिक्य and four यम letters; confer, compare एते पञ्चषष्टिवर्णा ब्रह्मराशिरात्मवाचः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 25. The Rk Tantra gives 57 letters viz. 14 vowels, 25 class consonants, 4 semivowels, 4 sibilants, Visarga,.Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya, Anunasika, 4_yamas and two Anusvaras. The Rk Tantra gives two different serial orders, the Uddesa (common) and the Upadesa (traditional). The common order or Uddesa gives the 14 vowels beginning with अ, then the 25 class consonants, then the four semivowels, the four sibilants and lastly the eight ayogavahas, viz. the visarjanya and others. The traditional order gives the diphthongs first, then long vowels ( अा, ऋ, लॄ, ई and ऊ ) then short vowels (ऋ, लृ, इ, उ, and lastly अ ), then semivowels, then the five fifth consonants, the five fourths, the five thirds, the five seconds, the five firsts, then the four sibilants and then the eight ayogavaha letters and two Ausvaras instead of one anuswara. Panini appears to have followed the traditional order with a few changes that are necessary for the technigue of his work.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
śabdarūpāvalia very brief treatise on declension giving the forms of the seven cases of a few choice-words. The work is studied as the first elementary work and is very common without the name of any specific author.There are different works named शब्दरूपावलि giving declensions of different words which are all anonymous, although from the dates of manuscripts mentioned, they appear to be more than five or six hundred years old.
śākaṭāyana(1)name of an ancient reputed scholar of Grammar and Pratisakhyas who is quoted by Panini. He is despisingly referred to by Patanjali as a traitor grammarian sympathizing with the Nairuktas or etymologists in holding the view that all substantives are derivable and can be derived from roots; cf तत्र नामान्याख्यातजानीति शाकटायनो नैरुक्तसमयश्च Nir.I.12: cf also नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् M. Bh on P.III.3.1. Sakatayana is believed to have been the author of the Unadisutrapatha as also of the RkTantra Pratisakhya of the Samaveda ; (2) name of a Jain grammarian named पाल्यकीर्ति शाकटायन who lived in the ninth century during the reign of the Rastrakuta king Amoghavarsa and wrote the Sabdanusana which is much similar to the Sutrapatha of Panini and introduced a new System of Grammar. His work named the Sabdanusasana consists of four chapters which are arranged in the form of topics, which are named सिद्धि. The grammar work is called शब्दानुशासन.
śākaṭāyanataraṅgiṇīa commentary on Sakatayana's Sabdanusana.
śaityāyanaan ancient Grammarian and Vedic scholar who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya for recommending a sharp and distinct nasalisation of the anusvara and the fifth class-consonants; confer, compare तत्रितरमानुनासिक्यमनुस्वारोत्तमेषु इति शैत्यायन: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 1.
sakṛdākhyātanirgrāhyācapable of being understood on being mentioned only once just as the notion of genus or generality which is so understood; the phrase सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या is cited as a definition of जाति; confer, compare सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह, M.Bh. on P.IV.1.63.
sakṛdākhyātanirgrāhyācapable of being understood on being mentioned only once just as the notion of genus or generality which is so understood; the phrase सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या is cited as a definition of जाति; confer, compare सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह, M.Bh. on P.IV.1.63.
sāmānyābhidhānadenotation of the genus factor of a word, as contrasted with द्रव्याभिधान denotation of the individual object; confer, compare तद्यदा द्रव्याभिधानं तदा बहुवचने भविष्यति, यदा सामान्याभिधानं तदैकवचनं भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 58 Vart. 7.
hareidīkṣitaa reputed grammarian of the Siddhantakaumudi school of Panini who lived in the end of the seventeenth century. He was the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita and the preceptor of Nagesabhtta. His commentary named लधुशब्दरत्न, but popularly called शब्दरत्न on Bhattoji Diksita's Praudhamanorama, is widely studied by pupils along with the Praudhamanorama in the Vyakaranapathasalas. There is a work existing in a manuscript form but recentlv taken for printing, mamed 'Brhatsabdaratna ' which has been written by Haridiksita, although some scholars beiieve that it was written by Nagesa who ascribed it to his preceptor. For details see लधुशब्दरत्न.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
haimakaumudīan exhaustive commentary on the Sabdanusasana of Hemacandra written by a Jain grammarian Meghavijaya in the seventeenth century which is similar to the Siddhāntakaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita,
haimabṛhadavṛttia gloss written on the Haima Sabdanusasana sutrapatha by Hemacandra himselfeminine. See हेमचन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
haimabṛhannyāsaan extensive critical commentary written by Hemacandra on his own work, Haima Sabdanusasana. See हेमचन्द्र.
haimalaghuvṛttia short gloss on the Sabdanusasana, written by Hemacandra himselfeminine. See हेमचन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
haimaśabdānuśāsanalaghunyāsaa short commentary on Hemacandra's Sabdanusasana written by Devendrassuri. हैमशब्दनुशासनवृत्ति a short gloss called अवचूरि also, written by a Jain grammarian नन्दसुन्दर on the हैमशब्दानुशासन.
Vedabase Search
86 results
manu-ādayaḥ the Manus and othersSB 8.14.1
manu-ādayaḥ the Manus and othersSB 8.14.3
manu-ādibhiḥ as ManusSB 3.11.27
āhata unusedSB 10.53.11
ahate unusedSB 10.75.22
manu-antara of reigns of the various ManusSB 12.12.19
manu-antara prescribed duties given by the ManusCC Adi 2.91-92
manu-antaraḥ the change of Manus [in one day of Brahmā there are fourteen Manus]SB 6.1.3
antarāṇi the reigns of the ManusSB 12.7.9-10
gāyatrī uṣṇik anuṣṭup ca known as Gāyatrī, Uṣṇik and AnuṣṭupSB 11.21.41
anuyāpitaḥ unusually severely sufferedSB 8.22.29-30
apānaḥ His anusSB 12.11.6-8
ati-ulbaṇam unusually fierceSB 10.25.15
puruṣa-avatāra the incarnation of the three Viṣṇus (Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)CC Madhya 20.250
bha-gaṇāḥ the luminaries, like the sun, the moon, Venus, Mercury, Mars and JupiterSB 5.23.3
bhaviṣyāṇi the future ManusSB 8.13.7
bhūmipaiḥ with the ManusSB 8.23.20-21
gāyatrī uṣṇik anuṣṭup ca known as Gāyatrī, Uṣṇik and AnuṣṭupSB 11.21.41
caudda-manvantare in the duration of fourteen ManusCC Madhya 20.391
dhanuḥ-tīrthe snāna bathing at the holy place known as Dhanus-tīrthaCC Madhya 9.199
dhanuḥ-tīrtha Dhanus-tīrthaCC Madhya 9.311
bha-gaṇāḥ the luminaries, like the sun, the moon, Venus, Mercury, Mars and JupiterSB 5.23.3
gāyatrī uṣṇik anuṣṭup ca known as Gāyatrī, Uṣṇik and AnuṣṭupSB 11.21.41
graha the nine planets (Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and Pluto)SB 4.12.25
gudam an anusSB 3.26.57
gudam His anusSB 3.26.66
gudam anusSB 10.67.13
gudam the anusSB 11.15.24
gudāt from the anusSB 3.26.57
gudataḥ beginning from the anusSB 10.72.43
vibudha-īśvarāḥ all the different demigods (such as the sun, the moon, Venus, Mars and Jupiter, who are all in charge of various activities for the welfare of the world)SB 6.4.45
veṇu-kīcakaiḥ with veṇus (bamboos) and kīcakas (hollow bamboos)SB 4.6.18
manavaḥ ManusBG 10.6
manavaḥ all the ManusSB 1.3.27
manavaḥ the Manus, the fathers of mankindSB 2.6.30
manavaḥ other ManusSB 3.11.25
manavaḥ the ManusSB 4.24.67
manavaḥ the ManusSB 6.4.45
manavaḥ the ManusSB 7.8.37-39
śrī-manavaḥ ūcuḥ all the Manus offered their respectful obeisances by sayingSB 7.8.48
manavaḥ ManusSB 8.1.4
manavaḥ all the ManusSB 8.14.2
manavaḥ all the ManusSB 8.14.5
manavaḥ the ManusSB 8.18.8
manu-ādibhiḥ as ManusSB 3.11.27
manu-antaraḥ the change of Manus [in one day of Brahmā there are fourteen Manus]SB 6.1.3
manu-ādayaḥ the Manus and othersSB 8.14.1
manu-ādayaḥ the Manus and othersSB 8.14.3
manu-antara of reigns of the various ManusSB 12.12.19
manu-antara prescribed duties given by the ManusCC Adi 2.91-92
manūn the Manus, semi-incarnations of GodSB 2.3.9
manūn the ManusSB 3.7.25
manūn the ManusSB 3.11.23
manūn the ManusSB 3.20.49
manūn all the different ManusSB 7.4.5-7
manūn ManusSB 8.1.1
manusyuḥ Pravīra's son ManusyuSB 9.20.2
manvantara changes of ManusSB 2.10.1
manvantarāṇi the reign of the ManusSB 2.10.4
manvantarāṇi different advents of ManusSB 3.10.30
manvantarāṇi all about the periods of the various ManusSB 9.1.1
caudda-manvantare in the duration of fourteen ManusCC Madhya 20.391
pañcabhiḥ with the five working senses (voice, arms, legs, anus and genitals)SB 6.1.50
pāyoḥ from the anusSB 3.12.26
pāyu the anusSB 11.22.15
pāyum the door of the anusSB 4.23.14
puruṣa-avatāra the incarnation of the three Viṣṇus (Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)CC Madhya 20.250
saḥ he (Venus)SB 5.22.12
dhanuḥ-tīrthe snāna bathing at the holy place known as Dhanus-tīrthaCC Madhya 9.199
śrī-manavaḥ ūcuḥ all the Manus offered their respectful obeisances by sayingSB 7.8.48
svaram the fifteen vibrations produced with anusvāraSB 11.14.34
tasmāt from him (Manusyu)SB 9.20.2
tataḥ from that (Venus)SB 5.22.13
dhanuḥ-tīrtha Dhanus-tīrthaCC Madhya 9.311
dhanuḥ-tīrthe snāna bathing at the holy place known as Dhanus-tīrthaCC Madhya 9.199
śrī-manavaḥ ūcuḥ all the Manus offered their respectful obeisances by sayingSB 7.8.48
ati-ulbaṇam unusually fierceSB 10.25.15
uśanā VenusSB 5.22.12
uśanā VenusSB 5.23.7
uśanasā with VenusSB 5.22.13
gāyatrī uṣṇik anuṣṭup ca known as Gāyatrī, Uṣṇik and AnuṣṭupSB 11.21.41
utsarga excretion (by both the genitals and anus)SB 11.22.16
veṇu-kīcakaiḥ with veṇus (bamboos) and kīcakas (hollow bamboos)SB 4.6.18
vibudha-īśvarāḥ all the different demigods (such as the sun, the moon, Venus, Mars and Jupiter, who are all in charge of various activities for the welfare of the world)SB 6.4.45
vikalpasya of the changes in a kalpa, such as the change of ManusSB 8.14.11
visargaḥ the functions of the genital and anusSB 11.12.19
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
Dr. Potturu with thanks
Purchase Kindle edition
 

āḍhaki

Plant pigeon pea, redgram, Cajanus cajan , C. indicus.

antarāmaya

emprosthotonos or forward bending of the body in lying posture as in tetanus.

anusarayoga

modern school of haṭhayoga founded by John Friend.

apatānaka

convulsion; spasm; tetanus.

apatantraka

hysteria with loss of consciousness; tetanus; apoplectic fits; dāruṇa apatantraka hysterical fits.

āruka

1. hurting, injuring; 2. yak; 3. peach fruit, Prunus persica.

bahirāmaya

tetanus; opisthotonus; state of severe hyperextension and spasticity in which patient'sbody enter into a complete arching position like a bow.

bhela

student of Ātreya, native of northwest (Gāndhāra) India and author of Bhela samhita, manuscript found in the Tanjore library.

bhūmyāmalaki

Plant stonebreaker or seed-under-leaf, carry-me seed; Phyllanthus niruri; P. fraternus; P. amarus.

citraka

1. Plant leadwort, doctorbush, Plumbago zeylanica, P. rosea. 2. Plant castor oil, Ricinus communis; 3. painting.

danta

teeth, dantabhanjana loss of teeth, dantacala loose tooth, danta grāhi chilling of teeth due to cold beverages; dantakapālika tartar forming flakes; krimidanta dental caries, dantaharṣa morbid sensitiveness of teeth, intolerance to cold; dantamāmsas gums; dantanāḍi dental sinus; dantapuppuṭa gum boil, gingivitis; dantaśalāka toothpick, dantaśarkara tartar, dantaśaṭha bad for teeth ex: citrus; dantaśūla toothache, dantavaidarbha loose teeth due to injury; dantavardhana extra tooth; dantaveṣṭa pyorrhoea alveolaris, formation of pus in teeth.

dhanurvāta

tetanus, a serious illness caused by tetanus bacteria.

elavāluka

Plant seeds of Prunus avium, sweet cherry; a fragrant bark.

eranḍa

Plant castor oil plant; roots of Ricinus communis.

gandharvahasta

Plant caster plant; Ricinus communis.

garbhadṛti

internal liquefication (of mercury); internal digestion; liquefication of conusmed substance within mercury.

guda

anus; rectum; gudabhramśa anal prolapse; prolapse of rectum; gudavasti rectal enema.

hastikarṇa

elephant-eared; Plant trees Ricinus communis and Butea frondosa.

indravāruṇi

Plant colocynth; bitter apple; tellicherry; leaf & dried root of Citrullus colocynthis; Cucumis trigonus.

jambūka

jackal; small to medium sized wolf; jackal and wolf belong to same genus but to different species.

ketaki,kaitaka

Plant screw pine, dried underground roots of Pandanus tectorius, P. fascicularis. P. odoratissimus.

kucandana

Plant 1. sappanwood, Caesalpinia sappan; 2 coralwood tree, Adenathera pavonia. 3. redsander tree, Pterocarpus santalinus.

mūlaka

Plant radish, Raphanus sativus.

nāḍi

sinus, pulse, nāḍisveda suduation therapy with a tubular instrument, nāḍivraṇa sinus ulcer, nāḍiyantra tubular instrument to look inside (used in surgery).

nāsārṣa

nasal polyp; polypoidal masses arising from the mucous membranes of the nose and paranasal sinuses.

navanīta

a treatise on āyurveda (4th Century ) discovered by colonel Bower, a British military officer, therefore named Bower’s manuscript; also known as Yaśomitrasamhita.

nikocaka

Plant Pinus longifolia; sage leaved alangium.

padmaka

Plant bird cherry, heartwood of Prunus cerasoides.

pāribhadra

Plant 1. coral tree, stembark of Erythrina indica, E. variegata; 2. neem tree; 3. Himalayan pine or longleaf pine tree, Pinus deodera; 4. a gemstone, aquamarine.

pāyu

excretory organ, anus

pīnasa

chronic rhinitis, sinusitis, coryza.

priyaṅgu

Plant 1. beauty berry, dried inflorescence of Callicarpa macrophylla; 2. Prunus mahaleb; 3. Aglalia roxburghiana.

raktacandana

Plant redsanders; heartwood of Pterocarpus santalinus.

sarala

Plant long leaved pine, heartwood of Pinus roxburghii, P. longifolia.

sauṣīra

sinus in the gums.

śayana

scholar of Hampi, the capital of Viajayanagara empire (14th – 15th Century ), author of Ayurveda sudhanidhi, the manuscript is not available.

sūryāvarta

headache that increases and decreases according to the course of sun; frontal sinusitis.

tilaparṇika

Plant 1. red sandalwood; 2. resin of Pinus longifolia; 3. African spiderflower, Gynandropsis gynandra.

trapuṣa

Plant cucumber, Cucumis sativus, C. trigonus.

vātāma

Plant tha almond tree, Prunus amygdalus, P. dulcis.

viṣkandha-saṃskandh

tetanus.

Wordnet Search
"nus" has 63 results.

nus

sāmañjasyam, saumanasyam, anusāritā, yathātathyam, aucityam, ucitatā, upapattiḥ, sadṛśatā, yogyatā, yuktatā, yuktiḥ   

ucitaḥ upayuktaśca saṃyogaḥ।

sāmañjasyāt kaṭhinam api kāryam sukaraṃ bhavati।

nus

anuyogādhīnatā, anusandhānādhīnatā, vicārādhīnatā, āhvānādhīnatā, abhiyojyatā, anuyojyatā, abhiyojanīyatā, paryanuyogādhīnatā, paryanuyojyatā, anusandhānayogyatā, āhvānayogyatā, āhveyatā, uttaradānādhikāraḥ, uttaradānādhīnatā, pṛcchādhīnatā   

kasyāpi viṣayasya kāryasya vā uttaradānasya adhikāraḥ।

asya kāryasya anuyogādhīnatā kasya।

nus

smṛtiḥ, smaraṇam, saṃsmṛtiḥ, saṃsmaraṇam, anusmṛtiḥ, avismṛtiḥ, saṃskāraḥ   

anubhūtaviṣayajñānam।

śaiśavasya smṛtyā manaḥ prasīdati।

nus

anusṛtya   

kasyāpi matena dṛṣṭyā vā।

mām anusṛtya saḥ kāryaṃ kartuṃ necchati।

nus

anveṣaṇam, gaveṣaṇā, śodhaḥ, anusandhānam, anvīkṣaṇam, anveṣaṇā   

kamapi viṣayaṃ samyak parīkṣīya nūtanatattvasya pariśodhanam।

yantramānavaḥ vaijñānikasya anusandhānasya phalam।

nus

anveṣaṇam, anusandhānam   

kasyacana aprāpyasya vastunaḥ prāptyartham kṛtā kriyā।

kolambasa mahodayena amerikādeśasya anveṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।

nus

anukūla, anusāra, aviruddha, anugata   

yaḥ anurūpaḥ।

bhavatām anukūlaṃ karma kartum aham asamarthaḥ।

nus

anukaraṇam, anusaraṇam   

yāṃ dṛṣṭvā tatsadṛśā kriyamāṇā kriyā।

sādhujanānām anukaraṇaṃ karaṇīyam।

nus

indradhanuḥ, indracāpaḥ, śakradhanus, indrāyudham, devāyudham, śakraśarāsanam, meghadhanuḥ, suradhanuḥ, maṇidhanuḥ, vāyuphalam, dhanuṣyam, kauśikāyudham, parāmṛtam   

saptavarṇayuktam ardhavṛttaṃ yad varṣākāle ākāśe sūryasya prāṅdiśi dṛśyate।

indradhanuṣā varṣākālasya śobhā vardhate।

nus

parīkṣā, parīkṣaṇam, nirupaṇam, anusandhānam, vicāraḥ, anveṣaṇā   

yasmin yogyatā-viśeṣata-sāmarthyādayaḥ viśeṣeṇa gocarayati।

samarthaḥ rāmadāsaḥ śiṣyānāṃ parīkṣārthe tebhyaḥ vyāghrīdugdham ayācat।

nus

anusaṃdhānam   

kāryasya prāk kṛtaṃ prabandham।

kṛṣimantrālayeṇa kṛṣyotsavasya anusaṃdhānam kṛtam।

nus

lekhāparīkṣakaḥ, gaṇitaśodhakaḥ, anusandhāyī, guṇakaḥ   

yaḥ likhitasya vyavahārasya parīkṣaṇaṃ karoti।

lekhāparīkṣakasya pade niyuktaḥ saḥ।

nus

pariṇāmaḥ, anubandhaḥ, anusāraḥ, phalam, pariṇatiḥ   

kriyāyāḥ antaḥ।

tasya kāryasya pariṇāmaḥ viparitaḥ jātaḥ।

nus

jijñāsā, kautūhalam, kautukam, kutukam, kutūhalam, pipṛcchiṣā, anusandhānecchā   

jñātumicchā।

bālakasya manasi jijñāsā vartate।

nus

anusaraṇam, anugamanam, anuvartanam   

kasyāpi pachcād dhāvanasya kriyā।

śyāmaḥ svapituḥ anusaraṇam karoti।

nus

parīkṣaṇam, samīkṣaṇam, nirīkṣaṇam, nirupaṇam, anusandhānam, parīkṣā, vicāraḥ, vicāraṇam, vicāraṇā, jijñāsā, anvekṣaṇam, anvekṣaṇā, avekṣā, avekṣaṇam, saṃvīkṣaṇam, prasamīkṣā, nirṇayaḥ, niścayaḥ, anuyogaḥ, vivecanā, vivekaḥ, vimarśaḥ   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ samyak praviceyasya kriyā।

samyak parīkṣaṇād anantarameva kasyāpi satyatā svīkaraṇīyā।

nus

gaṅgā, mandākinī, jāhnavī, puṇyā, alakanandā, viṣṇupadī, jahnutanayā, suranimnagā, bhāgīrathī, tripathagā, tistrotāḥ, bhīṣmasūḥ, arghyatīrtham, tīrtharījaḥ, tridaśadīrghikā, kumārasūḥ, saridvarā, siddhāpagā, svarāpagā, svargyāpagā, khāpagā, ṛṣikulyā, haimavratī, sarvāpī, haraśekharā, surāpagā, dharmadravī, sudhā, jahnukanyā, gāndinī, rudraśekharā, nandinī, sitasindhuḥ, adhvagā, ugraśekharā, siddhasindhuḥ, svargasarīdvarā, samudrasubhagā, svarnadī, suradīrghikā, suranadī, svardhunī, jyeṣṭhā, jahnusutā, bhīṣmajananī, śubhrā, śailendrajā, bhavāyanā, mahānadī, śailaputrī, sitā, bhuvanapāvanī, śailaputrī   

bhāratadeśasthāḥ pradhānā nadī yā hindudharmānusāreṇa mokṣadāyinī asti iti manyante।

dharmagranthāḥ kathayanti rājñā bhagīrathena svargāt gaṅgā ānītā।

nus

abhinirvṛt, nivṛt, parisamāp, anusamāp, nistṝ   

prārabdha-kārya-samāptyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

prathamam etat kāryam abhinivartayatu anantaram anyat kāryaṃ prārabhatu।

nus

parīkṣ, avalok, nirīkṣ, avekṣ, samīkṣ, vīkṣ, abhivīkṣ, āloc, nirūp, anusandhā, anviṣ, anveṣ, anuyuj, vimṛś, niści, viniści, vici   

yogyatāparīkṣaṇānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

tasya kāryaṃ parīkṣyate prathamam।

nus

bhakṣ(bhakṣati/te), bhakṣ (bhakṣayati), bhuj, khād, aś, ghas, khad, hu, carba, cham, cam (camati), vī, vevī, cam (camnoti), valbh, jakṣ, caṣ, (vi)cam, carv (carvati), carv (carvayati), kuḍ, am, (sam) añj, car, kūḍ, kruḍ, skhad, snus, (upa)yuj (upayunakti), (upa)yuj (upayuṅkte), bhrakṣ, bhlakṣ, plakṣ   

annasya gala-bilādhaḥ-saṃyogānukūla-vyāpāraḥ।

bho māṇavaka, bhakṣaya etat phalam।

nus

anviṣ, anveṣ, anusandhā, parīkṣ, nirūp   

vyaktivastusthānadayaḥ kutra asti itiprakārakaḥ śodhanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ārakṣakāḥ hantāram anviṣyanti।

nus

anviṣ, anusandhā, anveṣ   

kasyāpi viṣayasya vastunaḥ vā tattvānāṃ gaveṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saṃsthā asya durvṛttasya tattvāni anviṣyati।

nus

anveṣaṇam, anveṣaṇā, mārgaṇam, nirūpaṇam, anusandhānam, nirīkṣaṇam, anvīkṣaṇam, vicayaḥ   

pracchannasya viluptasya vā prāpaṇasya kriyā।

ārakṣakaḥ ghātakasya anveṣaṇaṃ karoti।

nus

yamunā, yamunānadī, kālindī, sūryatanayā, śamanasvasā, tapanatanūjā, kalindakanyā, yamasvasā, śyāmā, tāpī, kalindalandinī, yamanī, yamī, kalindaśailajā, sūryasutā, tapanatanayā, aruṇātmajā, dineśātmajā, bhānujā, ravijā, bhānusutā, sūryasutā, sūryajā, yamānujā, arkatanayā, arkasutā, arkajā   

bhāratīyanadīviśeṣaḥ sā tu himālayadakṣiṇadeśād nirgatya prayāge gaṅgāyāṃ miśritā।

sarnāṇi hṛdayāsthāni maṅgalāni śubhāni ca। dadāti cepsitān loke tena sā sarvamaṅgalā॥ saṅgamād gamanād gaṅgā loke devī vibhāvyate। yamasya bhaginī jātā yamunā tena sā matā॥

nus

anusāraya, anugamaya, anudhāvaya, anuvrājaya, anuyāpaya, anuvartaya, anukramaya, anukrāmaya, anudrāvaya, samanugamaya, samanudrāvaya, samanudhāvaya, samanuvrājaya   

kasyacana paścāt gamanapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ārakṣakāḥ cauraṃ grahītuṃ śvānam anusārayati।

nus

anusaraṇam, anudhāvanam   

kasyacana paścāt gamanam।

anusaraṇāt anantaram ārakṣakaḥ cauram agṛhṇāt।

nus

visṛj, prasṛj, utsṛj, anusṛj, anusṛj   

sthānaviyogāya anumatipradānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rājā janakaḥ saharṣaṃ sītāṃ visasarja।

nus

yojanā, upāyaḥ, upāyakalpanā, anusandhānam, upakramaḥ   

kiñcit kāryam uddeśaṃ vā seddhuṃ kalpitaḥ kāryakalāpaḥ yaḥ dṛśyatāṃ na prāptaḥ।

asmin varṣe bhāratadeśasya ārthikīṃ paristhitīṃ cintayitvā upāyayojanāḥ nirmitāḥ।

nus

anusṛ, anugam, anudhāv, anuvraj, anuyā, anuvṛt, anukram, anudru, samanugam, samanudru, samanudhāv, samanuvraj   

paścāt dhāvanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ārakṣakāḥ dīrghakālaṃ yāvat cauram anvasārṣuḥ।

nus

pṛcchā, pṛcchanam, marśanam, paripṛcchā, vicikitsā, anvīkṣā, anvīkṣaṇam, anusaṃdhānam, carcā, tarkā, parīṣṭiḥ, paryeṣaṇam, mārgaṇam, sampraśnaḥ, praśnaḥ   

kāṃcit ghaṭanā kaṃcit viṣayaṃ vā jñātuṃ pravartitā pṛcchanakriyā।

etāvatyā pṛcchayā api kaścid lābhaḥ na jātaḥ।

nus

yatheccham, yatheṣṭam, icchānusāram, yathāvāñchitam   

icchām anatikramya।

kuryur yatheṣṭaṃ tat sarvam īśāste svadhanasya vai।

nus

anusūcita-janajātiḥ   

śāsanena niścitāḥ vanyajātayaḥ।

anusūcita-janajāteḥ vikāsārthe yogyāḥ prayatnāḥ āvaśyakāḥ।

nus

anusūciḥ   

koṣṭhakādirūpeṇa dattā sā nāmāvaliḥ sūcanā vā yā vivaraṇādeḥ ante pariśiṣṭarūpeṇa vartate।

keṣucana pustakeṣu anusūciḥ vartate eva।

nus

ājñānusāram   

kasyacana ājñām anusṛtya।

pitroḥ ājñānusāram asmābhiḥ kāryaṃ karaṇīyam।

nus

anusūcitajātiḥ   

sā jātiḥ yā śāsanasya viśiṣṭāyāṃ sūcyām āgacchati।

saṃvidhāne anusūcitajāteḥ ārakṣaṇaṃ nirdhāritam asti।

nus

prāp, āp, abhiprāp, anusamprāp, anvāp, abhyāp, abhisaṃprāp, abhisamprāp, āyā, āviś, anusamaś, anvaś, anvas, abhinaś, abhiprapad, abhiprasthā, ābhūṣ   

kañcana sthānam abhi vitānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

āplāvajalaṃ grāmaṃ samayā prāpat।

nus

smaraṇam, saṃsmaraṇam, anusmaraṇam   

kasyacit dṛṣṭasya śrutasya jātasya vā viṣayasya manasi vidyamānatvasya kriyā।

bhavān mayā kadā dṛṣṭaḥ etasmin viṣaye mama smaraṇaṃ nāsti।

nus

parīkṣaya, samīkṣaya, pratyavekṣaya, anvavekṣaya, vilokaya, samavalokaya, samālokaya, anusaṃdhāpaya, anusandhāpaya   

saukaryātiśayena vīkṣaṇabhavanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pañcadaśa pustikāḥ parīkṣayante।

nus

parīkṣ, samīkṣ, pratyavekṣ, anvavekṣ, vilokaya, samavalokaya, samālokaya, anusaṃdhā, anusandhā   

kāryaṃ samyagrītyā sampadyate vā na iti vīkṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

asmākaṃ kāryaṃ bhāṣāvidaḥ parīkṣiṣyante।

nus

anuyāyī, anugāmī, anuvartī, anusārī, anukārī   

yaḥ anukaraṇaṃ karoti।

netuḥ anuyāyinā sarve prabhāvitāḥ।

nus

anusmaraṇam, paricintanam   

vismṛtānāṃ ghaṭanānāṃ punaḥ smāraṇam।

paṭhanasamaye api saḥ anusmaraṇaṃ karoti।

nus

anusṛ, anugam, anuvraj, anuyā, anuvṛt, anukram, samanugam, samanuvraj   

kasyacana paścāt gamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bālakaḥ mātaram anusarati।

nus

anukṛ, anuhṛ, anugam, anusṛ, anvi, anuyā, anuvṛta, anuvidhā, anuvad, viḍambaya   

anyena sadṛśam ācaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śyāmaḥ pitāmahasya anukaroti।

nus

anusūyā   

śakuntalāyāḥ sakhī।

śakuntalā anusūyām anviṣyati।

nus

syūta, anusyūta   

yaḥ sīvyate।

kānicana janāḥ adhunāpi syūtāni vastrāṇi na paridhārayati।

nus

anusvāraḥ   

svarānte uccāryamāṇaḥ anunāsikavarṇaḥ।

kecana bālakāḥ anusvārasya uccāraṇaṃ kartum asamarthāḥ।

nus

niyamānusāram, yathāniyamam   

niyamān anatikramya।

niyamānusāraṃ vayam api bhavanapraveśārhāḥ smaḥ।

nus

bhānusenaḥ   

karṇasya putraḥ।

bhānusenasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

nus

anusaraṇam, pālanam   

kasyāpi ājñāyāḥ nirdeśasya vacanasya kartavyasya vā anusāreṇa ācaraṇasya kriyā।

rājye rājñaḥ ājñāyāḥ anusaraṇaṃ bhavet।

nus

yathocitam, yathārhaḥ, yoguyatānusāram   

ucitam anatikramya iti;

karmāṇi ca yathākālaṃ yathādeśaṃ yathābalam। yathocitaṃ yathāvittam akarod brahmasātkṛtam॥

nus

kramānusāritā   

yathākramaṃ saṃsthitiḥ।

kramānusāritayā tena daśame sthāne sthātavyam।

nus

anusaṃdhā, anusandhā, vimṛś, vīkṣ, avekṣ, parīkṣ, samīkṣ   

vṛttasya vā viṣayasya vā mūlakāraṇānām anveṣaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ārakṣakāḥ tathyān anusandadhati।

nus

galanam, praścotanam, avasyandanam, anusiñcanam   

siñcanasya kriyā।

rasasya galanasya saṃrodhānantaraṃ tālarasena yuktaḥ ghaṭaḥ vṛkṣāt avaruhyate।

nus

veṣṭita, upaveṣṭita, anusaṃvīta   

yasya veṣṭanaṃ jātam।

pracchadapaṭena veṣṭitaḥ śiśuḥ mātrā śiśudolāyāṃ sthāpitaḥ।

nus

manusmṛtiḥ   

ekā pramāṇitā smṛtiḥ yasyāḥ racayitā svāyambhuvaḥ manuḥ asti।

tasmai manusmṛteḥ pāṭhanaṃ rocate।

nus

anu, anusṛtya   

anusaraṇaṃ kṛtvā।

sadācaraṇasya carcayā sarve tṛptāḥ paraṃ tad anu kaḥ ācarati।

nus

anusūcita, anusūcībaddha   

anusūcyāṃ baddhaḥ।

anusūcitāni pṛṣṭhāni sajagatayā paṭhanīyāni।

nus

yojanānusārin   

yojanām anusṛtya।

yojanānusārī kāryakramaḥ sampannaḥ।

nus

bhāratīya-antarikṣa-anusandhāna-kendram   

bhāratasarvakārasya saṃsthā yā antarikṣeṇa sambaddham anusandhānaṃ karoti tathā tasmin sahāyyaṃ karoti।

bhāratīya-antarikṣa-anusandhāna-kendreṇa naikeṣām upagrahāṇāṃ nirmitiḥ kṛtā।

nus

rakṣā-anusandhānam-tathā-vikāsa-saṅghaṭanam   

rakṣāsambaddham anusandhānārthaṃ tathā vikāsārthaṃ yā saṃsthā kāryaṃ karoti।

mohanaḥ rakṣā-anusandhānam-tathā-vikāsa-saṅghaṭane kāryarataḥ asti।

nus

bhānusenaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

bhānusenasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

nus

sāhānusāhiḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

sāhānusāheḥ ullekhaḥ pañcadaṇḍacchatra-prabandhe asti

nus

jīvīnusiddhikulakaḥ   

ekaḥ jainagranthaḥ ।

jīvānusiddhikulakasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

Parse Time: 2.716s Search Word: nus Input Encoding: IAST: nus